lwarp (10feb17)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@43292 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

2 files changed, 21317 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dce07329532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,21225 @@
+%
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2016 Brian Dunn
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{lwarp}
+%<package>    [2017/02/09 v0.20  Allows LaTeX to directly produce HTML5 output.]
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+% \usepackage{libertine}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}	% provides \degree, \textquotesingle, \textmu
+
+\usepackage{newunicodechar}
+\newunicodechar{ff}{ff}
+\newunicodechar{fi}{fi}
+\newunicodechar{fl}{fl}
+\newunicodechar{ffi}{ffi}
+\newunicodechar{ffl}{ffl}
+% \newunicodechar{°}{\degree}
+\newunicodechar{ρ}{\ensuremath{\rho}}
+\newunicodechar{⨯}{\texttimes}
+\newunicodechar{⁄}{\textfractionsolidus}
+% \newunicodechar{®}{\textregistered}
+% \newunicodechar{©}{\textcopyright}
+\newunicodechar{—}{---}
+\newunicodechar{–}{--}
+% \newunicodechar{”}{''}
+% \newunicodechar{“}{``}
+% \newunicodechar{§}{\S}
+% \newunicodechar{¶}{\P}
+% \newunicodechar{†}{\dag}
+\newunicodechar{‡}{\ddag}
+\newunicodechar{Á}{\'{A}}
+\newunicodechar{è}{\`{e}}
+\newunicodechar{ø}{\o{}}
+\newunicodechar{Æ}{\AE{}}
+\newunicodechar{â}{\^{a}}
+\newunicodechar{ô}{\^{o}}
+\newunicodechar{Ô}{\^{O}}
+\newunicodechar{ê}{\^{e}}
+
+\usepackage{microtype}
+
+\usepackage[all,defaultlines=2]{nowidow}
+\usepackage{needspace}
+
+
+\usepackage[log-declarations=false]{xparse}
+
+\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}
+\definecolor{myurlcolor}{rgb}{0,0,.7}
+\definecolor{mylinkcolor}{rgb}{.7,0,0}
+\definecolor{codecolor}{rgb}{0,.4,.2}
+\definecolor{overviewcolor}{rgb}{0,.2,.4}
+
+
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\graphicspath{{images/}}
+
+\usepackage{enumitem}
+
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+
+\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}
+
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+
+\usepackage{capt-of}
+
+\usepackage{comment}
+\excludecomment{testing}
+
+
+
+% \usepackage{morefloats}
+% \usepackage{marginfix}
+
+\usepackage{tocloft}
+\renewcommand{\cftpartfont}{\Large\bfseries}
+\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{2.5em}
+\setlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{3em}
+\setlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}{2.8em}
+\setlength{\cftsubsubsecnumwidth}{4em}
+
+
+\usepackage{titleps}
+
+\newpagestyle{pageheadfoot}{
+	\headrule
+	\sethead{\pkg{lwarp}}{}{\thepage}
+% 	\renewcommand{\makefootrule}{\rule[2.5ex]{\linewidth}{.4pt}}
+	\setfoot{}{}{}
+}
+
+\pagestyle{pageheadfoot}
+
+
+
+
+\usepackage{dtxdescribe}
+
+\newcommand{\ItemDescribeMacro}[1]{\item[\cmd{#1}:]\DescribeMacro{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ItemDescribeEnv}[1]{\item[\env{#1}:]\DescribeEnv{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ItemDescribeCounter}[1]{\item[\texttt{#1}:]\DescribeCounter{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ItemDescribeBoolean}[1]{\item[\texttt{#1}:]\DescribeBoolean{#1}}
+
+
+\usepackage[lwarpmk]{lwarp-newproject}
+\usepackage{lwarp}
+
+
+
+\usepackage[pdftex,bookmarks=true,hidelinks,%
+colorlinks,linkcolor=mylinkcolor,urlcolor=myurlcolor,%
+pageanchor=true,hyperindex=true,
+]{hyperref}
+
+\hypersetup{%
+pdfinfo={%
+Title={LaTeX lwarp package},%
+Author={Brian Dunn},%
+Subject={LaTeX to HTML conversion},%
+Keywords={LaTeX, HTML, conversion}%
+}}
+
+
+\usepackage{cleveref}
+
+
+\renewcommand{\partname}{Package}
+\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\arabic{part}}
+
+
+\newcommand{\lmacro}[1]{\textbackslash#1}
+\newcommand{\cmds}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\acro}[1]{\textsc{\lowercase{#1}}}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\newcommand{\codehtml}{\leavevmode\marginpar{\footnotesize\raggedleft\textcolor{codecolor}{\textbf{for HTML output:~}}}\vspace{-5.25ex}}
+\newcommand{\codeprint}{\leavevmode\marginpar{\footnotesize\raggedleft\textcolor{codecolor}{\textbf{for PRINT output:~}}}\vspace{-5.25ex}}
+\newcommand{\codeall}{\leavevmode\marginpar{\footnotesize\raggedleft\textcolor{codecolor}{\textbf{for HTML \& PRINT:~}}}\vspace{-5.25ex}}
+
+\newcommand{\tikz}{Ti\textit{k}z}
+\newcommand{\htmlfive}{\acro{HTML}\oldstylenums{5}}
+\newcommand{\cssthree}{\acro{CSS}\oldstylenums{3}}
+
+\newcommand{\goesto}{$\Rightarrow$}
+
+\newcommand{\userentry}[1]{%
+\par
+\smallskip
+\hspace*{2em}{\footnotesize Enter~$\Rightarrow$}\quad\texttt{#1}
+\smallskip
+}
+
+\newenvironment{docsidebar}[1][]
+{\hfill\minipage{.9\linewidth}\raggedright#1\smallskip\hrule\medskip}
+{\smallskip\hrule\endminipage\hspace*{\fill}\bigskip}
+
+% \makeatletter
+% \newcommand{\watchout}[1][]{%
+% \@bsphack%
+% \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue!70!black}{#1} \quad \includegraphics[height=3ex]{symbol_warning.pdf}}
+% \@esphack%
+% }
+% \makeatother
+
+\newcommand{\pdflatexonly}{
+\textcolor{red}{Only pre-loaded if \texttt{pdflatex} is being used.}
+\marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue!70!black}{\texttt{pdflatex} only:}}
+}
+
+% \newcommand{\margintag}[1]{%
+% \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue!70!black}{#1}}%
+% }
+
+
+% The following text is used in multiple places in the documentation:
+
+\newcommand{\documentationnotes}{
+The following sections document the actual implementation of the \pkg{lwarp} package.
+
+The small numbers at the left end of a line refer to line numbers
+\margintag{line numbers}
+in the \texttt{lwarp.sty} file.
+
+Blue-colored tags in the left margin
+\margintag{subjects}
+aid in quickly identifying the subject of each paragraph.
+
+Black-colored tags in the left marign are used to
+\margintag{objects}
+identify programming objects such as files, packages,
+environments, booleans, and counters.
+Items without a tag are command macros.
+Each of these also appears in the index as
+\margintag{index entries}
+individual entries, and are also listed together under ``files'', ``packages'', ``environments'',
+``booleans'', and ``counters''.
+
+Special warnings are marked with a warning icon.
+\watchout[warnings]
+
+\codehtml\vspace*{5.25ex}\ignorespaces
+\codeprint\vspace*{5.25ex}\ignorespaces
+\codeall\vspace*{5.25ex}\ignorespaces
+Green-colored tags in the left margin show which sections of source
+code apply to the generation of \acro{HTML}, print, or both forms of output.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitstext}{\cs{textbf}, etc.\ are supported,
+but \cs{bfseries}, etc.\ are not yet supported.}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsverse}{%
+\DescribeMacro{\attrib}
+The documentation for the \pkg{verse} and \pkg{memoir} packages suggest
+defining an \cs{attrib} command, which may already exist in current documents,
+but it will only work for print output.
+\pkg{lwarp} provides \cs{attribution}, which
+works for both print and \acro{HTML} output.  To combine the two so that
+\cs{attrib} is used for print and \cs{attribution} is used for \acro{HTML}:
+
+\begin{docsidebar}
+\ttfamily
+\cs{begin}\{warpHTML\}
+
+\cs{let}\cs{attrib}\cs{attribution}
+
+\cs{end}\{warpHTML\}
+\end{docsidebar}
+
+\DescribeLength{vleftskip}
+\DescribeLength{vleftmargini}
+These lengths are used by \pkg{verse} and \pkg{memoir} to control the left margin,
+and they may already be set by the user for print output.  New lengths
+ \DescribeLength{HTMLvleftskip}\DescribeLength{HTMLleftmargini}
+\cs{HTMLvleftskip} and \cs{HTMLleftmargini} are provided to control the
+margins in \acro{HTML} output.  These new lengths may be set by the user
+before any \env{verse} environment, and persist until they are manually changed again.
+One reason to change \cs{HTMLleftmargini} is if there is a wide
+\cs{flagverse} in use, such as the word ``Chorus'', in which case the value of
+\cs{HTMLleftmargini} should be set to a wide enough length to contain ``Chorus''.
+The default is wide enough for a stanza number.
+
+Horizontal spacing relies on \texttt{pdftotext}'s ability to discern the
+\texttt{-layout} of the
+text in the \acro{HTML}-tagged \acro{PDF} output.  For some settings of
+\cs{HTMLleftmargini} or \cs{HTMLleftskip} the horizontal alignment may not work out
+exactly, in which case a label may be shifted by one space.
+}
+
+
+\newcommand{\limitslateximagefontsize}{%
+The size of the math and text used
+\margintag{SVG image font size}
+in the \acro{SVG} image may be adjusted
+\index{font>size --- lateximage}%
+\index{font>size --- math, SVG}%
+\index{math>font size --- SVG}%
+\index{lateximages>font size}%
+by setting \cs{LateximageFontSizeName} to a font size name --- \emph{without the backslash}, for ex: \\
+\hspace*{.5in}\texttt{\cs{renewcommand}\{\cs{LateximageFontSizeName}\}\{\textcolor{red}{large}\}}
+}
+
+
+\newcommand{\limitsmath}{%
+Math may be rendered as \acro{SVG} graphics or using the \textsc{MathJax} JavaScript display engine.
+\index{JavaScript>MathJax}
+
+For \acro{SVG} math,
+\margintag{SVG math option}
+math is rendered as usual by \LaTeX{} into the initial \acro{PDF} file using the
+\index{math>SVG summary}%
+\index{SVG>math summary}%
+current font\footnote{See \cref{sec:xfrac} regarding fonts and fractions.},
+then is captured from the \acro{PDF} and converted to \acro{SVG} graphics
+via a number of utility programs.
+The \acro{SVG} format is a scalable-vector web format, so math may be typeset by \LaTeX{}
+with its fine control and precision, then displayed or printed at any size,
+depending on (sometimes broken) browser support.
+An \acro{HTML} \texttt{ALT} tag carries the \LaTeX{} code which generated the
+math, allowing copy/paste of the \LaTeX{} math expression into other documents.
+
+\limitslateximagefontsize
+
+As currently implemented,
+\margintag{SVG files}
+each instance of math creates a new \acro{SVG} file.  In text with
+many references to math variables, this can result in a large number of files with
+duplicate content.  In the future, some method of content-based naming and checksumming
+may be used to remove the need for duplicate files.
+
+Another approach would be
+\margintag{SVG inline}
+to in-line the \acro{SVG} files directly into the \acro{HTML}.
+This avoids having a large number of files and potentially speeds loading the images,
+but dis-allows the possibility of sharing one file among many instances without
+user intervention.
+
+Others have used \acro{PNG} files,
+\margintag{PNG files}
+sometimes pre-scaled for print resolution but displayed
+on-screen at a scaled down size.  This allows high-quality print output at the expense
+of larger files, but \acro{SVG} files are also larger as well.
+
+Conversion to Math\acro{ML} might be a better approach,
+\margintag{MathML}
+among other things
+allowing a more compact representation of math than \acro{SVG} drawings.
+Problems with Math\acro{ML} include limited browser support and some
+issues with the fine control of the appearance of the result.
+
+The popular MathJax alternative (\url{mathjax.org}) may be used to display math.
+\margintag{MathJax math option}
+\DescribeProgram{MathJax}
+\index{math>MathJax summary}
+\index{MathJax>summary}
+
+When MathJax is enabled, math is rendered twice:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item As regular \LaTeX\ \acro{PDF} output placed inside an \acro{HTML} comment, allowing
+equation numbering and cross referencing to be almost entirely under the control of \LaTeX, and
+\item As detokenized printed \LaTeX{} commands placed directly into the \acro{HTML} output
+for interpretation by the MathJax display scripts.  An additional script is used to
+pre-set the equation number format and value according to the current \LaTeX\ values,
+and the MathJax cross-referencing system is ignored in favor of the \LaTeX\ internal system,
+seamlessly integrating with the rest of the \LaTeX\ code.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Limitations when using MathJax include:
+\margintag{MathJax limitations}
+\DescribeProgram{MathJax}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item In document classes which have chapters,
+	\margintag{chapter numbers}%
+	\index{MathJax>tagged equations}%
+	\index{tagged equations>Mathjax}%
+	\cs{tag}ged equations have the chapter number prepended in \acro{HTML} output, unlike \LaTeX.
+	\cs{tag*} equations (correctly) do not.
+	This may be improved with future versions of the MathJax support script.
+
+	\href{https://groups.google.com/forum/\#!topic/mathjax-users/jUtewUcE2bY}
+		{\texttt{https://groups.google.com/forum/\#!topic/\\
+			\hspace*{2em}mathjax-users/jUtewUcE2bY}}
+
+\item MathJax itself does not support subequations.
+	\margintag{subequations}
+\index{MathJax>subequations}%
+\index{subequations>MathJax}%
+	This may be improved by parsing the \LaTeX{}
+	math expression to manually insert tags, but this has not yet been done.
+\item Footnotes inside equations are not yet supported while using MathJax.
+	\margintag{footnotes in math}
+\item Math appearing inside a lateximage,
+	\margintag{lateximage}
+	and therefore also inside a \tikz{} or \env{picture}
+	environment, is rendered as SVG math even if MathJax is used in the rest of the document.
+\item Usage of \pkg{siunitx} inside a math equation
+	\margintag{siunitx}
+	is supported via a third-party MathJax extension.
+	While inside a math expression, do not use \cs{SI} or \cs{si} inside \cs{text},
+	where it will be rendered as normal text.
+	\watchout[siunitx inside an equation]
+
+	\href{https://github.com/mathjax/MathJax-third-party-extensions/tree/master/siunitx}
+		{\texttt{https://github.com/mathjax/MathJax-third-party-extensions/\\
+		\hspace*{2em}tree/master/siunitx}}
+
+\item MathJax does not automatically support custom \LaTeX{} macros,
+	\margintag{\LaTeX{} macros}
+	but they may be set up by the user.
+\end{itemize}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsgraphics}{%
+\cs{graphicspath} only works for a single directory;
+\margintag{\cs{graphicspath}}
+all graphics must be in this directory.
+
+For \cs{includegraphics}, avoid \texttt{px} and \% units for width and height, or
+\margintag{units}
+enclose them inside \env{warpHTML} environments.
+For font-proportional image sizes, use \texttt{ex} or \texttt{em}.
+For fixed-sized images, use
+\texttt{cm}, \texttt{mm}, \texttt{in}, \texttt{pt}, or \texttt{pc}.
+Using the keys \cmds{width=.5\lmacro{linewidth}},
+or similar for \cmds{\lmacro{textwidth}} or \cmds{\lmacro{textheight}}
+to give fixed-sized images proportional to a 6 by 9 inch text area.
+
+\cs{includegraphics} accepts \texttt{width} and \texttt{height},
+\margintag{options}
+\texttt{origin}, \texttt{rotate} and \texttt{scale},
+plus a new \texttt{class} key.
+
+With \acro{HTML} output, \cs{includegraphics} accepts an optional
+\margintag{\acro{HTML} class}
+\texttt{class=xyz} keyval combination, and if this is given then
+the \acro{HTML} output will include that class for the image.
+The class is ignored for print output.
+
+For \cs{includegraphics} the user should provide both \texttt{.pdf} and \texttt{.svg}
+images, but always refer to
+\watchout[image file types]
+\texttt{.pdf} images in the document source.
+All \cs{includegraphics} references to \texttt{.pdf} will automatically
+be changed to \texttt{.svg} for \acro{HTML} output, and will be left as \texttt{.pdf} for print output.
+Images may also be \texttt{.jpg} and \texttt{.png}, and will be used as-is for either output.
+
+\cs{rotatebox} accepts the optional \texttt{origin} key.
+\margintag{\cs{rotatebox}}
+
+\cs{rotatebox}, \cs{scalebox}, and \cs{reflectbox} depend on modern browser
+support.
+\watchout[browser support]
+The \cssthree{} standard declares that when an object is transformed
+the whitespace which they occupied is preserved,
+unlike \LaTeX{}, so expect some
+ugly results for scaling and rotating.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsxcolor}{%
+Color definitions, models, and mixing are fully supported
+\margintag{support}
+without any changes required.
+
+Colored tables are ignored.  Use \acro{CSS} to style tables.
+\margintag{tables}
+
+\cs{textcolor}, \cs{colorbox}, and \cs{fcolorbox} are supported.
+\margintag{colored text and boxes}
+
+\cs{color} and \cs{pagecolor} are ignored.
+Use \acro{CSS} or \cs{textcolor} where possible.
+\margintag{\cs{color} and \cs{pagecolor}}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitstabular}{%
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Vertical rules are not yet supported.
+	\margintag{column types}
+
+\item \texttt{*} in a column specification is not used (so far).
+	Repeat the column type the correct number of times.
+
+\item Multirow and multicolumn cannot be used at the same time.
+	\watchout[\cs{multirow} \& \cs{multicolumn}]
+	(No rectangular holes wider than one column or taller than one row.)
+
+\item For multirow, insert \cs{mrowcell} into any empty multi-row cells.
+	This will be a null function for the print output, and is a placeholder for
+	\watchout[\cs{multirow}]
+	parsing the table for \acro{HTML} output.
+
+\item If a multirow reaches to the bottom of a table,
+	and \cs{bottomrule} does not go over to that edge,
+	\margintag{\cs{multirow} with rules}
+	try adding a line of empty cells below the \cs{bottomrule}.
+	This may be a browser bug.
+	\changes{v0.19}{2016/05/28}{Docs: \env{multirow} browser bug workaround.}
+
+\item If a \cs{midrule} is desired after the last row,
+	\margintag{rule at last row}
+	an additional row of blank cells must be used.
+
+\item Multiple paragraphs in one cell of a p, b, m column
+	must have \cs{newline} between paragraphs.
+	\watchout[paragraphs]
+
+\item \cs{cmidrule} does not support width or trim options
+	due to \acro{CSS} limitations.
+	\margintag{\cs{cmidrule} width, trim}
+
+\item For \pkg{longtable}, place headings and footings which
+	\margintag{\env{longtable} headings}
+	do not apply to \acro{HTML} inside \cs{warpprintonly\{\}}.
+
+\item For \cs{toprule} and \cs{bottomrule},
+	when combined with a \env{warpprint} or \env{warpHTML} environment,
+	\watchout[\cs{warpprintonly}]
+	if a ``misplaced \cs{noalign}'' error occurs,
+	change \\
+	\hspace*{.375in}\cmds{This \& That \cs{endhead}} \\
+	to \\
+	\hspace*{.375in}\cmds{\cs{warpprintonly}\{This \& That \cs{endhead}\}} \\
+	and likewise with the other \cs{end} headings.
+	Keep the \cs{endfirsthead} row unchanged, as it is still relevent to \acro{HTML} output.
+
+\item For S columns (from the \pkg{siunitx} package),
+	\watchout[S columns]
+	while producing print output,
+	anything non-numeric must be placed
+	inside \{ \} braces, including commands such as \cs{multirow}.
+	While producing \acro{HTML} output, though, anything placed inside
+	braces is not seen by \pkg{lwarp}'s tabular handling algorithm.
+	To resolve this problem, make a copy of the row, with one version
+	for print output, containing the extra braces, and another version
+	for \acro{HTML} output, without the extra braces, such as: \\
+	\hspace*{.375in} \cs{warpprintonly}\{\texttt{1 \& 2 \& \textcolor{red}{\{}\cs{multirow}\{2\}\{2cm\}\{Text\}\textcolor{red}{\}} \& 3 \textbackslash\textbackslash\}} \\
+	\hspace*{.375in} \cs{warpHTMLonly}\{\texttt{1 \& 2 \& \cs{multirow}\{2\}\{2cm\}\{Text\} \& 3 \textbackslash\textbackslash\}}
+
+\end{itemize}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsminipage}{%
+Minipages and parboxes will be placed side-by-side in \acro{HTML}
+unless you place a \cs{newline} between them.
+\margintag{placement}
+
+A line of text with an inline minipage
+\margintag{inline}
+or parbox will have the minipage or parbox placed onto its own line,
+because a paragraph is a block element and cannot be made \texttt{inline-block}.
+
+There is limited support for minipages inside an \acro{HTML} |span|.
+\margintag{in a span}
+An \acro{HTML} |div| cannot appear inside a |span|.
+While in a |span|, minipages and parboxes are ignored.
+Use \cs{newline} or \cs{par} for an \acro{HTML} break.
+
+When using \cs{linewidth}, \cs{textwidth}, and \cs{textheight},
+\margintag{size}
+widths and heights are scaled proportionally to a 6\texttimes{}9 inch text area.
+
+A new macro \cs{minipagefullwidth} requests
+\margintag{full-width minipages}
+that the next minipage be generated
+without an \acro{HTML} \texttt{width} tag, allowing it to be the full width of
+the display rather than the fixed width given.
+
+Nested minipages adopt their parent's text alignment in \acro{HTML},
+whereas in regular \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} output they do not.
+\watchout[text alignment]
+Use a \env{flushleft} or similar environment in the child minipage
+to force a text alignment.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsmdframed}{%
+Most basic functionality is supported, including
+\margintag{support}
+frame background colors and single-border colors and thickness,
+title and subtitle background colors and borders and thickness,
+border radius, and shadow.
+CSS classes are created for \pkg{mdframed} environments and frame titles.
+
+Only load \pkg{mdframed} in a \env{warpprint} environment.
+\pkg{lwarp} pre-loads \pkg{mdframed} in HTML with \texttt{framemethod=none}.
+\watchout[loading]
+
+For title font, use\\
+	\hspace*{.25in}\texttt{frametitlefont=\cs{textbf},}\\
+\margintag{font}%
+instead of\\
+	\hspace*{.25in}\texttt{frametitlefont=\cs{bfseries},}\\
+where \cs{textbf} must appear just before the comma and will receive the
+following text as its argument (since the text happens to be between braces
+in the \pkg{mdframed} source).
+Since \pkg{lwarp} does not support \cs{bfseries} and friends,
+only one font selection may be made at a time.
+
+\texttt{theoremtitlefont} is not supported, since the following text is not
+\margintag{theoremtitlefont}
+in braces in the \pkg{mdframed} source.
+
+Footnotes are currently placed at the bottom of the \acro{HTML} page.
+\margintag{footnotes}
+
+\texttt{userdefinedwidth} and \texttt{align} are currently ignored.
+\margintag{ignored options}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitscaption}{%
+To ensure proper float numbering, set caption positions
+such as:
+
+\hspace*{2em} \texttt{\cs{captionsetup}[table]\{position=top\}} \\
+\hspace*{2em} \texttt{\cs{captionsetup}[figure]\{position=bottom\}}
+
+Similarly for \texttt{subtable}, \texttt{subfigure},
+and \texttt{longtable}.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitscombiningfloats}{%
+If using \cs{newfloat}, \pkg{trivfloat}, and/or
+\pkg{algorithmicx} together, see \cref{sec:combiningfloats}.
+\watchout[package conflicts]
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitssubfig}{%
+At present, subfigures before the enclosing figure/table's \cs{caption}
+\margintag{LOF/LOT}
+would appear in the List of Figures/Tables before the enclosing figure/table,
+therefore \pkg{lwarp} does not place subfigures in the LOF/LOT.
+
+In the document source, use \cs{hfill} and \cs{hspace*}
+\margintag{horizontal spacing}
+between subfigures to spread them
+apart horizontally.  The use of other forms of whitespace may
+cause paragraph tags to be generated, resulting in subfigures
+appearing on the following lines instead of all on a single line.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsfloatrow}{%
+The emulation of \pkg{floatrow} does not support \cs{FBwidth} or \cs{FBheight}.
+These values are pre-set to \texttt{.3\cs{linewidth}} and \texttt{2in}.
+\watchout[\cs{FBwidth}, \cs{FBheight}]
+Possible solutions include:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Use fixed lengths.  \pkg{lwarp} will scale the \acro{HTML} lengths appropriately.
+\item Use \env{warpprint} and \env{warpHTML} environments to select appropriate
+	values for each case.
+\item Inside a \env{warpHTML} environment, manually change
+	\cs{FBwidth} or \cs{FBheight} before the \cs{ffigbox} or \cs{ttabbox}.
+	Use \cs{FBwidth} or \cs{FBheight} normally afterwards; it will be used as
+	expected in print output, and will use your custom-selected value in \acro{HTML}
+	output.  This custom value will be used repeatedly,
+	until it is manually changed to a new value.
+\end{itemize}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitssiunitx}{%
+Do not use \cmds{per-mode=fraction}, which cannot be seen by the final \cmds{pdftotext} conversion.
+\watchout[per-mode]
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitstikz}{%
+For recent versions of \tikz{} (v3.0.0 --- 2013/12/20 and later), include in the document
+\watchout[preamble]
+preamble: \\
+\hspace*{.25in} \texttt{\cs{usetikzlibrary\{babel\}}	\% v3.0.0 and up}
+
+For older versions of \tikz{} without the \tikz{} \texttt{babel} library,
+\pkg{lwarp} automatically handles the catcode change for the \$ math shift.
+}
+
+
+\newcommand{\limitsbabelone}{%
+If using \pkg{babel} with French, use \\
+\hspace*{.25in}\cs{frenchbsetup\{StandardLists=true\}} \\
+\watchout[French]%
+to preserve the special \acro{HTML} and \pkg{enumitem} list handling.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsbabeltwo}{%
+Also, when French is used, the caption separator is
+\margintag{\cs{CaptionSeparator}}
+changed to a dash.  The following may be used to restore it to a colon: \\
+\hspace*{.25in}%
+\texttt{\cs{renewcommand}*\{\cs{CaptionSeparator}\}\{:\textasciitilde\}}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsnewclude}{%
+\pkg{newclude} modifies \cs{label} in a non-adaptive way, so
+\pkg{newclude} must be loaded before \pkg{lwarp} is loaded.
+\watchout[loading]
+
+\begin{docsidebar}[Ex:]
+\cs{documentclass\{article\}} \\
+\ldots <font setup> \\
+\cs{usepackage\{newclude\}} \\
+\cs{usepackage[warpHTML]\{lwarp\}} \\
+\ldots
+\end{docsidebar}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsnewtxmath}{%
+\pkg{newtxmath} must be loaded after \pkg{lwarp}.
+\watchout[loading]
+}
+
+\newcommand{\limitsenumitem}{%
+\pkg{enumitem} is pre-loaded during \acro{HTML} output.
+\margintag{enumitem}
+Many of the spacing options are rendered irrelevant by \cmds{pdftotext} and
+\acro{HTML}.  Numbering, labels, and \cs{newlist} function correctly.
+}
+
+\newcommand{\osportabilityusage}{%
+\pkg{lwarp} tries to detect which operating system is being used.
+
+If \textsc{MS-Windows} is not correctly detected,
+\DescribeProgram{MS-Windows} \DescribeProgram{Windows}
+use the command \cs{warpOSwindows} in the document
+\DescribeMacro{\warpOSwindows}
+preamble after \pkg{lwarp} is loaded.  This modifies the
+creation of the \\ \hspace*{2em}\texttt{lateximages.sh} or \texttt{lateximages.cmd} \\
+batch file, which is an operating-system-specific shell script used to take
+individual pages of the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} output and
+convert and store them in individual \acro{SVG} files.
+}
+
+
+\setlength{\marginparsep}{1em}
+\setlength{\marginparpush}{.7ex}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+\setlength{\parskip}{2ex}
+\setlength{\IndexMin}{40ex}
+
+
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+
+\DisableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+  \DocInput{lwarp.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+
+% \fi
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{8260}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case     \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote \"      Hash (number) \#
+%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%   Acute accent \'      Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%   Equals        \=     Greater than \>      Question mark \?
+%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket \[      Backslash     \\
+%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%   Grave accent \`      Left brace    \{     Vertical bar \|
+%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+%
+% \changes{v0.10}{2016/03/08}{\ 2016/03/08 Initial version}
+% \changes{v0.11}{2016/03/11}{\ 2016/03/11}
+% \changes{v0.11}{2016/03/10}{Test Suite: limages and index in README.txt}
+% \changes{v0.11}{2016/03/11}{Test Suite: MS-Windows in README.txt}
+% \changes{v0.12}{2016/03/14}{\ 2016/03/14}
+% \changes{v0.12}{2016/03/14}{Global: Uses \textbackslash{}p@(type) in float captions.}
+% \changes{v0.12}{2016/03/14}{Test Suite: Sub-figures}
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/24}{\ 2016/03/24}
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{Test Suite: Ordinals, Subcaption}
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/24}{Removed package: subfig}
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/31}{\ 2016/03/31}
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/29}{Test Suite: Assigned cleveref name for Test Float.}
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/31}{Test Suite: Floatrow}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/04/06}{\ 2016/04/06}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/03/31}{Files: lwarp\_formal.css added.}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/03/31}{Test Suite: test\_suite\_formal.css file added.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/11}{\ 2016/04/11}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/07}{Test Suite: Supports XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Test Suite: Lwarp no longer selects fonts.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Removed package: suffix}
+% \changes{v0.17}{2016/04/14}{\ 2016/04/14}
+% \changes{v0.17}{2016/04/14}{Test Suite: Mdframed}
+% \changes{v0.17}{2016/04/14}{Test Suite: Fix: Print-version front-matter page numbers.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/19}{\ 2016/05/19}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/23}{Files: lwarp.css and lwarp\_formal.css: Improved responsive design.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/23}{File: lwarp.css: Improved TOC outline display.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/13}{Test Suite: Verse package}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/08}{\ 2016/06/08}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{File: \texttt{lwarp\_mathjax.txt} added.}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/01}{File: lwarp.css: \texttt{tnoteitemheader} added}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/02/09}{\ 2017/02/09}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/06/27}{Test Suite: HTML meta descriptions.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/09/19}{File: lwarp.css: Minor fixes for validation.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/08}{Docs: Improved index.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/17}{File: lwarpmk used to compile print, HTML, indexes, and lateximages.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/17}{Removed reliance on make, grep, gawk.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/17}{Parallel versions of aux files for print/HTML.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{Moved sidebar and example code to test suite.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/25}{\pkg{caption} and \pkg{subcaption} supported.}
+
+
+
+
+% \GetFileInfo{lwarp.sty}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\renewcommand,\addtocounter,\begin,\end,\begingroup,\endgroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\global,\ifbool,\ifthenelse,\isequivalentto,\let}
+% \DoNotIndex{\booltrue,\boolfalse}
+% \expandafter\DoNotIndex\expandafter{\detokenize{\(,\),\,,\\,\#,\$,\%,\^,\_,\~,\ ,\&,\{,\}}}
+%
+%
+% \thispagestyle{empty}
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \vfill
+% \includegraphics[width=.3\linewidth]{lwarp_logo.pdf}
+% \vfill
+% {\Huge The \textbf{lwarp} package}
+%
+% \fileversion{} --- \filedate
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% {\Large \textup{\LaTeX{} to HTML5}}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% {\small\copyright{} 2016} Brian Dunn\\ \small \texttt{bd@BDTechConcepts.com}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% 
+% ^^A % \title{The \pkg{lwarp} package\thanks{This document
+% ^^A %   corresponds to \pkg{lwarp}~\fileversion,
+% ^^A %   dated \filedate.}}
+% ^^A % \author{{\small\copyright{} 2016} Brian Dunn\\ \small \texttt{bd@BDTechConcepts.com}}
+% ^^A % \published{}
+% ^^A % \subtitle{\textup{\LaTeX{} to HTML5}}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \maketitle
+%
+% \vfill
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \noindent
+% The \pkg{lwarp} package causes \LaTeX\ to directly produce \htmlfive\ output,
+% using external utility programs only for the final conversion of text and images.
+% Math may be represented by \acro{SVG} files or MathJax.
+%
+% Documents may be produced by \LaTeX, \LuaLaTeX, or \XeLaTeX.
+% A TexLua script removes the need for system utilities such as |make| and |gawk|,
+% and also supports |xindy| and |latexmk|.  Configuration is automatic at the
+% first manual compile.
+%
+% Print and \acro{HTML} versions of each document may coexist, each with its own
+% set of auxiliary files.  Support files are self-generated on request.
+%
+% A modular package-loading system uses the \pkg{lwarp} version of a package for
+% \acro{HTML} when available.
+% Several dozen \LaTeX\ packages are supported with these high-level source
+% compatibility replacements.
+%
+% A tutorial is provided to quickly introduce the user to the major components
+% of the package.
+%
+%
+% \vfill
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \textcolor{blue}{To update existing projects, see \cref{sec:updates},
+% \nameref{sec:updates}.}
+%
+% \vfill
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \raggedright
+% \textcolor{red!30!black}{\bfseries
+% Note that this is still a ``beta'' version of \pkg{lwarp},
+% and some things may change in response to user feedback and
+% further project development.
+% }
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \end{center}
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \vspace*{\fill}
+% \vspace*{\fill}
+% \vspace*{\fill}
+%
+% \end{center}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \listoffigures
+% \listoftables
+%
+%
+% \thispagestyle{pageheadfoot}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \part{lwarp.sty}
+%
+% \section{Updates}
+% \label{sec:updates}
+%
+% For a detailed list of changes, see the Change History on page \pageref{sec:changehistory}.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[v0.20:] \
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item The |makefile| and related infrastructure
+%		has been replaced by the |lwarpmk| utility.
+%		This provides increased portability, reduced dependencies,
+%		and much simpler installation and setup.
+%	\item The |lwarp-newproject| package is now used to locally create
+%		support files.
+%	\item The print and \acro{HTML} versions of a document may co-exist with their
+%		own sets of auxiliary files.
+%	\item Package handling is now controlled by a modular system which
+%		looks for and loads an |lwarp-<package>| version if available.
+%	\item High-level source compatibility is provided for all supported
+%		packages, almost totally eliminating the need
+%		for |warpprint| and |warpHTML| environments.
+%	\item A large number of additional packages are supported.
+%	\item A new tutorial is included in the documentation, and
+%		many obsolete sections have been removed.
+%	\item \cs{NewHTMLdescription} sets the \acro{HTML} meta description tag for each file.
+%		See \cref{sec:htmldescription}.
+%	\item \cs{HTMLFileName} may now be empty, allowing filenames without a prefix.
+%		Lwarp no longer automatically appends a |-| character.
+%		\watchout
+%		For existing projects, add a |-| to the end of \cs{HTMLFileName}.
+%	\item \cs{HomeHTMLFileName} and \cs{HTMLFileName} no longer use
+%		escaped underscore\watchout\
+%		characters.  Underscores may be used in filenames as-is.
+%	\item \pkg{lwarp} now tries to auto-detect the operating system,
+%		and \cs{warpOSwindows} is only needed if the auto-detection
+%		fails to detect Windows.
+%	\item Tabular column types |@|, |>|, and |<| are now supported.
+%	\item |BlockClass| and \cs{InlineClass} add an optional style.
+%	\item The |sidebar| and |example| environments have been moved to the
+%		test suite, and are no longer included in \pkg{lwarp}.
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \item[v0.19:] \
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item \textsc{MathJax} now may be used to display math via the |mathjax| option.
+%		See \cref{sec:loading,sec:limitsmath}.
+%	To use MathJax with a pre-existing project,
+%	\watchout
+%	copy or link the file |lwarp_mathjax.txt| to the project's directory.
+%	\item \cs{rule} added, supporting width, height, raise, \cs{textcolor}.
+%	\item \cs{LateximageFontSizeName} provides user-adjustable font size for math
+%		and \env{lateximage}s.
+%	\item \cs{minipagefullwidth} requests that the next minipage be
+%		full-width in \acro{HTML}, but still the assigned width in print.
+%	\item \env{minipage} improved side-by-side rendering.
+%	\item CSS class |tablenotes| is provided for table note items.
+%	\item \cs{warpprintonly} replaces \cs{rowprintedonly},
+%		and \cs{warpHTMLonly} is added.  These behave like the \env{warpprint}
+%		\watchout
+%		and \env{warpHTML} environments, and are generally useful, so they replace
+%		the previously table-specific syntax.
+%	\item \pkg{cleveref} is loaded \cs{AtEndPreamble} for improved reliability.
+%		See \cref{sec:cleveref}.
+%	\item \cs{xfracHTMLfontsize} controls \pkg{xfrac} font size in \acro{HTML}.
+%	\item \tikz\ improved catcode handling.
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \item[v0.18:] \
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item The \pkg{verse} package and the verse-related commands from
+%		the \pkg{memoir} package are now supported.
+%	\item Responsive web design has been improved for the sideTOC.
+%	\item \cs{includegraphics} now maintains relative sized for em, ex, and \%.
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \item[v0.17:] \
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item \pkg{mdframed} package is supported.
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \item[v0.16:] \
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Font and input encoding are now controlled by the user, and
+%		\pkg{lwarp} is loaded after fonts have been selected.
+%	\item Support for \XeLaTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX.  See \cref{sec:fonts}.
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{Introduction: MathJax support mentioned.}
+%
+% The \pkg{lwarp} project aims to allow a rich \LaTeX{} document to be converted to a reasonable \acro{HTML}
+% interpretation.  No attempt has been made to force \LaTeX{} to provide for every
+% \acro{HTML}-related possibility, and \acro{HTML} cannot exactly render every possible \LaTeX{} concept.
+% Where compromise is necessary, it is desirable to allow the print output to remain
+% typographically rich, and compromise only in the \acro{HTML} conversion.
+%
+% Several ``modern'' features of \htmlfive, \cssthree, and \acro{SVG}
+% are employed to allow a fairly feature-rich document
+% without relying on the use of Javascript.
+% Limited testing on older browsers show that these new features
+% degrade gracefully, although the \acro{SVG} format
+% for math may not be available on small cell phones.
+%
+% |pdflatex|, |xelatex|, or |lualatex| is used, allowing \pkg{lwarp} to process the usual image formats.
+% While generating \acro{HTML} output, \acro{SVG} files are used in placed of \acro{PDF}.
+% Other formats such as \acro{JPG} are used as-is.
+%
+% \acro{SVG} images may be used for math,
+% and are also used for \env{picture}, and \tikz{} environments,
+% as this format has
+% better browser and e-book support than Math\acro{ML} (as of this writing),
+% while still allowing for the high-quality display and printing of images (again, subject to potentially
+% bug-ridden\footnote{Firefox has had an on-again/off-again bug for quite some time regareding
+% printing \acro{SVG}s at high resolution.} browser
+% support).\footnote{Aside --- The author, being a programmer, believes in the movement towards
+% ``logical punctuation''.  (Look it up.)
+%
+% Aside to the aside --- The author also believes that space should be on
+% either side of an em-dash, employing the symbol as a separator rather than something looking
+% like a chemical \textbf{bond---as} shown here, but is willing to abide by
+% Chicago style when necessary.}
+% Further, \acro{SVG} images allow math to be presented with
+% the same precise formatting as in the print version.
+% Math is accompanied by ALT tags holding the \LaTeX{} source for the expression, allowing it to be
+% copy/pasted into other documents.\footnote{There seems to be some debate as to whether
+% Math\acro{ML} is actually an improvement over \LaTeX{} for sharing math.  The author has no
+% particular opinion on the matter, except to say that in this case \LaTeX{} is much easier to implement!}
+% Custom \LaTeX{} macros may be used as-is in math expressions, since the math is evaluated
+% entirely inside \LaTeX.
+%
+% The \textsc{MathJax} JavaScript display engine may be selected
+% for math display instead of using \acro{SVG} images.
+% Subject to browser support and Internet access,
+% MathJax allows an \acro{HTML} page to display
+% math without relying on a large number of external image files,
+% one per math expression.  \pkg{lwarp} maintains \LaTeX\ control for cross-referencing
+% and equation numbering\,/\,formatting.
+%
+% \hfill\rule[.7ex]{.3\linewidth}{.4pt}\hspace*{\fill}
+%
+% The \pkg{lwarp} package allows \LaTeX{} to directly generate \htmlfive{} tags from a \LaTeX{}
+% source document, with only minor intervention on the user's part.
+% A |texlua| program called |lwarpmk| is used to process either the print or \acro{HTML}
+% version of the document.  A few external utility programs are used to finish
+% the conversion from a \LaTeX{}-generated \acro{PDF} file which happens to have \htmlfive{} tags,
+% to a number of \htmlfive{} plain-text files and accompanying images.
+%
+% A special |lwarp-newproject| package is used to set up the auxiliary files necessary for
+% the \acro{HTML} conversion.  Included is a parallel version of the user's source document,
+% |<sourcename>-html.tex|, which selects \acro{HTML} output and then inputs the user's own source.
+% This process allows both the printed and \acro{HTML} versions to co-exist side-by-side,
+% each with their own auxiliary files.
+%
+% When requesting packages during \acro{HTML} conversion,
+% |lwarp| first looks to see if it has its own modified version
+% to use instead of the usual \LaTeX\ version.  These |lwarp-packagename.sty| files contain
+% code used to emulate or replace functions for \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+% Enough functionality is provided to convert a typical article containing technical content.
+% Not every package has been tested, but many of the most useful ones are known to work,
+% either as-is or through emulation with replacement code.  (See \cref{tab:supported} on
+% page \pageref{tab:supported}.)
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Supported packages and features}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/04/05}{Docs: Moved the supported functions table to the introduction.}
+% 
+% \Cref{tab:supported} lists the various \LaTeX{} packages and macros which may be used.
+% \emph{Supported} means that the package or macro may be used as-is,
+% perhaps with minor limitations.
+% \emph{Emulated} means that the original package or macro is not used, but similar
+% functionality is provided in a way which is intended to be compatible with the
+% user's \LaTeX{} code.
+% \emph{Ignored} means that the package is not used, but nullified user-level macros
+% and related counters, lengths, etc.\ are provided for source-level compatibility.
+%
+% Any package listed in \cref{tab:supported} probably works with little or no change to the
+% user's source code.
+% Special environments are provided to mark blocks of code which are for
+% print only, \acro{HTML} only, or both, should it be necessary.
+% 
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}{>{\raggedright}m{.3\linewidth}m{.6\linewidth}}
+% \caption{\protect\LaTeX--HTML generation ---
+% \protect\pkg{lwarp} package ---
+% Supported functions\label{tab:supported}} \endfirsthead
+% \warpprintonly{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\pkg{lwarp} Supported Functions --- continued} \\
+%	Package or Macro & Status \\ \toprule \endhead}
+% \toprule
+% Package or Macro & Status \\
+% \midrule
+% Engines: & pdf\LaTeX, \XeLaTeX, \LuaLaTeX \\
+% \midrule
+% Classes: & \pkg{book}, \pkg{report}, or \pkg{article}. \pkg{memoir} is planned. \\
+% \midrule
+% Sectioning: & Supported, with hyperlinks.
+% 	Honors \cmds{tocdepth} and \cmds{secnumdepth}.
+% 	Adds \cmds{filedepth} for splitting the \acro{HTML} output.
+% 	Files may be numbered sequentially or named according to section name.
+% 	Common short words and punctuation is removed from the filenames. \\
+% \pkg{titlesec} & Ignored. \\
+% Table of Contents, Figures, Tables: & Supported, with hyperlinks. \\
+% \cs{maketitle}, \env{titlepage}, \pkg{titling}: & Supported, with optional
+% 	\pkg{titling}-based commands for published and subtitle. \\
+% \pkg{titletoc} & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{tocloft} & Ignored, with support for \cs{newlistof} and \cs{ctfchapterprecis}.\\
+% \pkg{abstract}: & Supported \\
+% \midrule
+% Cross-references: & Emulated, with hyperlinks. \\
+% \pkg{cleverref}: & Supported, including ranges and lists, with hyperlinks. \\
+% \pkg{nameref}: & Emulated \\
+% \pkg{hyperref}: & Emulated.
+% 	\acro{HTML} hyperlinks are generated for \acro{TOC}, \acro{LOF}, \acro{LOT},
+% 	\cs{nameref}, \cs{ref},
+% 	the \pkg{cleveref} commands, and index entries.\\
+% \pkg{bookmark}: & Emulated. \\
+% \midrule
+% Footnotes: & Supported, emulated as pagenotes per \acro{HTML} page. \\
+% \pkg{pagenote}: & Supported. \\
+% Indexing: & \cmds{texindy} is used, with hyperlinks. \\
+% Bibliography: & Supported, without hyperlinks so far. \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{babel}: & Supported. \\
+% \midrule
+% Math: & Supported.  Converted to \acro{SVG} images with \acro{HTML} \cmds{ALT} tags containing the
+% 	\LaTeX{} source for the math expression.
+%	MathJax supported as an alternative.
+% 	\AmS{} environments are supported.
+% 	User-defined macros are available during converson,
+% 	due to native \LaTeX{} processing.\\
+% \midrule
+% Floats: & Supported, appear where declared.
+%	\pkg{float} is emulated, \pkg{newfloat} is supported,
+%	\pkg{caption} and \pkg{subcaption} are supported,
+%	\pkg{capt-of} is supported,
+%	\pkg{placeins} is ignored,
+%	\pkg{trivfloat} is supported, \pkg{floatrow} is emulated,
+%	\pkg{keyfloat} is supported, \pkg{wrapfig} is emulated. \\
+% \midrule
+% \env{tabular}: & Emulated.
+% 	\cs{multirow} and \cs{multicolumn} are available, but cannot
+% 	be used at the same time.
+%	Nested tables are not supported. \\
+% \pkg{multirow}: & Emulated. \\
+% \pkg{longtable}: & Emulated.  Converted to a tabular.  Captions supported.
+% 	Extra headings and \cs{kill} lines must be enclosed in
+%  	\cs{warpprintonly\{\}} \\
+% \cmidrule{2-2}
+% \pkg{booktabs}: & Emulated.  \cs{toprule} and \cs{bottomrule}
+% 	form black rules, \cs{midrule} forms silver rules, as demonstrated on
+% 	this table.
+% 	\cs{cmidrule}, demonstrated at this line, does not use width or trim options. \\
+% \cmidrule{2-2}
+% \pkg{threeparttable}: & Emulated \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{geometry}: & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{titleps}: & Used by \pkg{lwarp}, but emulated for the user. \\
+% \pkg{fancyhdr}: & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{extramarks}: & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{afterpage}, \pkg{draftwatermark}, \pkg{eso-pic},
+%	\pkg{everypage}, \pkg{wallpaper}: & Ignored. \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{graphics}, \pkg{graphicx}: & Emulated.
+% \cs{includegraphics} supports \cmds{width}, \cmds{height},
+% \cmds{origin}, \cmds{angle}, and \cmds{scale} tags, and adds \cmds{class}.
+% References to \acro{PDF} files are changed to \acro{SVG}, other image types
+% are accepted as well.
+% \cs{rotatebox} and \cs{scalebox} are supported as well as \acro{HTML} can handle. \\
+% \pkg{rotating}: & Emulated.  All objects are displayed unrotated. \\
+% \midrule
+% Lists: & Supported \\
+% \pkg{enumitem}: & Supported, although spacing is still controlled by \acro{CSS}. \\
+% \midrule
+% Environments: & Standard \LaTeX{} environments are supported. \\
+% \pkg{theorem}: & Supported, with added \acro{CSS} tags. \\
+% \pkg{epigraph}: & Emulated \\
+% \pkg{csquotes}: & Supported \\
+% \pkg{verse} and \pkg{memoir}'s verse-related macros & Supported \\
+% \pkg{picture} and \pkg{tikz}: & Converted to an \acro{SVG} image. \\
+% \env{minipage}: & Supported with some \acro{HTML}5-imposed limitations.
+%	Nested minipages are supported.
+% 	Footnotes appear at the bottom of the \acro{HTML} page. \\
+% \pkg{fancyvrb}: & Supported except for verbatim footnotes. \\
+% \pkg{alltt}, \pkg{listings}: & Supported \\
+% \pkg{algorithmicx}: & Supported \\
+% \pkg{mdframed}: & Supported \\
+% \pkg{multicol}: & Emulated, with \acro{CSS}3.
+% Converted to up to three columns with an optional heading,
+% per browser support. Single-column if unsupported.\\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{siunitx}: & Supported except for \cmds{per-mode=fraction}. \\
+% \pkg{xfrac}: & Supported \\
+% \midrule
+% Direct formatting: & \cs{emph}, \cs{textsuperscript},
+% 	\cs{textbf}, etc are supported.
+% 	\cs{bfseries}, etc.\ are not yet supported. \\
+% Ordinals: & \pkg{nth}, \pkg{fmtcount}, and \pkg{engord} are supported. \\
+% Text ligatures: & Ligatures for symbols are supported.
+% 	Ligatures for f, q, t are intentionally turned off
+% 	because many simpler browsers do not display them correctly.
+% 	Modern full-featured browsers re-create these ligatures on-the-fly.\\
+% Horizontal space: &
+%	\acro{HTML} output for thin-unbreakable, unbreakable,
+%	\cs{enskip}, \cs{quad}, \cs{qquad}, \cs{hspace}. \\
+% Rules: & \cs{rule} with width, height, raise, text color. \\
+% \pkg{placeins}, \pkg{setspace}, \pkg{needspace}: & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{textpos}: & Emulated. \\
+% \pkg{nowidow}: & Ignored. \\
+% \pkg{microtype}, \pkg{letterspace}: & Ignored.
+%	\pkg{microtype} is used to disable ligatures. \\
+% \acro{HTML} reserved characters: & \cs{\&}, \cs{textless}, and
+% 	\cs{textgreater} are converted to \acro{HTML} entities. \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{xcolor}: & \textcolor{DarkGreen}{Supported}.
+% 	Full package color names, any color models,
+% 	and \textcolor{Goldenrod}{mixing} is
+% 	converted to hex web colors via \cs{convertcolorspec}.
+% 	Patched commands are 
+% 	\textcolor{Maroon}{\cs{textcolor}},
+% 	\colorbox{LightSteelBlue}{\cs{colorbox}},
+% 	and \fcolorbox{red}{NavajoWhite}{\cs{fcolorbox}}.
+% 	\cs{pagecolor} is not supported. \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{CJKutf8}: & Supported \\
+% \midrule
+% Where: & \\
+% \textbf{Supported:} & The existing \LaTeX{} package is used. \\
+% \textbf{Emulated:} & The \LaTeX{} package is not used, but some/all of its
+% 	functions are emulated.  Null functions, lengths, and counters are provided
+% 	for source compatibility. \\
+% \textbf{Ignored:} & The \LaTeX{} package is not used, but null functions
+%	are provided for source compatibility. \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% 
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Alternatives}
+% 
+% Summarized below are several other ways to convert a \LaTeX{} or other document to \acro{HTML}.
+% Where an existing \LaTeX{} document is to be converted to \acro{HTML}, \pkg{lwarp} may be
+% a good choice.  For new projects with a large number of documents, it may be worth
+% investigating the alternatives before decided which path to take.
+%
+% \subsection{TeX4ht}
+%
+% \url{http://tug.org/tex4ht/}\DescribeProgram{TeX4ht}
+%
+% This system uses native \LaTeX{} processing to produce a DVI file containing special commands,
+% and then uses additional post-processing for the \acro{HTML} conversion by way of numerous configuration
+% files.
+% In some cases, \pkg{lwarp} provides a better \acro{HTML} conversion, and it
+% supports a different set of packages.
+% TeX4ht produces several other forms of output beyond \acro{HTML}.
+%
+% \subsection{Translators}
+%
+% These systems use external programs to translate a subset of \LaTeX{} syntax into \acro{HTML}:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [H\textsuperscript{E}v\textsuperscript{E}a:] \url{http://hevea.inria.fr/}
+%	\DescribeProgram{Hevea}
+% \item [T\textsubscript{T}H:] \url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/}
+%	\DescribeProgram{TtH}
+% \item [GELLMU:] \url{http://www.albany.edu/~hammond/gellmu/}
+%	\DescribeProgram{GELLMU}
+% \item [LaTeXML:] \url{http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/}
+%	\DescribeProgram{LaTeXML}
+% \item [Plastex:] \url{https://github.com/tiarno/plastex}
+%	\DescribeProgram{Plastex}
+% \item [LaTeX2html:] \url{http://www.latex2html.org/} \\
+%                     and \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/latex2html}.
+%	\DescribeProgram{LaTeX2html}
+% \end{description}
+% 
+% \subsection{AsciiDoc}
+%
+% AsciiDoc is one of the most capable markup languages, providing enough features to produce
+% the typical technical-writing document with cross-references,
+% and it writes \LaTeX{} and \acro{HTML}.
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [Asciidoctor:] \url{http://asciidoctor.org/} (More active.)\DescribeProgram{AsciiDoc}
+% \item [AsciiDoc:] \url{http://asciidoc.org/} (The original version.)\DescribeProgram{AsciiDoctor}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% The Asciidoctor-LaTeX project is adding additional \LaTeX{}-related features.
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [Asciidoctor-LateX:] ~ \\
+%	\url{http://www.noteshare.io/book/asciidoctor-latex-manual} \\
+%	\url{https://github.com/asciidoctor/asciidoctor-latex}
+% 	\DescribeProgram{Asciidoctor-LaTeX}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \subsection{Pandoc}
+% \DescribeProgram{Pandoc}
+%
+% A markup system which also reads and writes \LaTeX{} and \acro{HTML}.
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [Pandoc:] \url{http://pandoc.org/}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% (Watch for improvements in cross-references to figures and tables.)
+%
+% \subsection{Word Processors}
+%
+% It should be noted that the popular word processors
+% \DescribeProgram{Word}\DescribeProgram{LibreOffice}\DescribeProgram{OpenOffice}
+% have advanced through the years in their abilities
+% to represent math with a \LaTeX-ish input syntax, unicode math fonts,
+% and high-quality output, and also generate HTML with varying success.
+% See recent developments in Microsoft\,\textregistered{} Word\,\textregistered{}
+% and LibreOffice\,\texttrademark{} Writer.
+%
+% \subsection{Commercial Systems}
+%
+% Likewise, several professional systems exist whose
+% \DescribeProgram{Adobe} \DescribeProgram{FrameMaker}
+% \DescribeProgram{InDesign} \DescribeProgram{Flare} \DescribeProgram{Madcap}
+% abilities have been advancing in the areas of typesetting, cross-referencing, and HTML generation.
+% See Adobe\,\textregistered{} FrameMaker\,\textregistered{},
+% Adobe\,\textregistered{} InDesign\,\textregistered{},
+% and Madcap Flare\,\texttrademark{}.
+%
+% \subsection{Comparisons}
+% \index{markup languages}
+%
+% AsciiDoc, Pandoc, and various other markup languages typically have a syntax which tries to be
+% natural and human-readable, but the use of advanced features tends to require
+% many combinations of special characters, resulting in a complicated mess of syntax.
+% By contrast, \LaTeX{} spells things out in readable words but takes longer to type, although
+% integrated editors exist which can provide faster entry and a graphic user interface.
+% For those functions which are covered by the typical markup language
+% it is arguable that \LaTeX{} is comparably easy to learn, while \LaTeX{} provides many more advanced
+% features where needed, along with a large number of pre-existing packages which provide solutions
+% to numerous common tasks.
+%
+% Text-based document-markup systems share some of the advantages of \LaTeX{} vs.\ a typical word
+% processor.  Documents formats are stable.  The documents themselves are portable,
+% work well with revision control,
+% do not crash or become corrupted, and are easily generated under program control.
+% Formatting commands are visible,
+% cross-referencing is automatic, and editing is responsive.
+% Search/replace with regular expressions provides a powerful tool for
+% the manipulation of both document contents and structure.
+% Markup systems and some commercial systems allow printed output
+% through a \LaTeX{} back end, yielding high-quality results especially when the \LaTeX{}
+% template is adjusted, but they lose the ability to use \LaTeX{} macros and
+% other \LaTeX{} source-document features.
+% 
+% The effort required to customize the output of each markup system varies.
+% For print output, \LaTeX{} configuration
+% files are usually used.  For HTML output, a \acro{CSS} file will be available, but additional
+% configuration may require editing some form of control file with a different syntax, such as XML.
+% In the case of \pkg{lwarp}, CSS is used, and much HTML output is adjusted
+% through the usual \LaTeX{} optional macro parameters,
+% but further customization may require patching \LaTeX{} code.
+% 
+% The popular word processors and professional document systems each has a large
+% base of after-market support including pre-designed styles and templates, and often include
+% content-management systems for topic reuse.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Installation}
+%
+% \Cref{tab:utility} shows the tools which are used for
+% the \LaTeX\ to \acro{HTML} conversion.
+% In most cases, these will be available via the
+% standard package-installation tools.
+%
+% \index{utility>programs}
+% \index{programs>utility}
+%
+% \vfill
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \captionof{table}{Required software programs\label{tab:utility}}
+% \hrule
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[Provided by your \LaTeX\ distribution:] \
+%
+%	From \TeX{}Live: \url{http://tug.org/texlive/}.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[\LaTeX:] |pdflatex|, |xelatex|, or |lualatex|.
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{pdfLaTeX}
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{XeLaTeX}
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{LuaLaTeX}
+%
+% \item[The \pkg{lwarp} package:] This package.
+%
+% \item[The \pkg{lwarp-newproject} package:] Accompanies \pkg{lwarp}, and used
+%	to create configuration files.
+%
+% \item[The |lwarpmk| utility:] Provided along with this package.  This
+%	should be an operating-system executable in the same way that
+%	|pdflatex| or |latexmk| is.  It is possible to have the
+%	\pkg{lwarp-newproject} package generate a local copy of |lwarpmk|
+%	called |lwarpmk.lua|.
+%	See \cref{sec:genlatexmk}.
+%
+% \item[luatex:] Used by the |lwarpmk| program to simplify and automate document generation.
+%
+% \item [xindy:] The \pkg{xindy} package is used by \pkg{lwarp} to create
+%	indexes.  On a MiK\TeX\ system this may have to be acquired separately,
+%	but it is part of the regular installer as of mid 2015.
+%
+% \item[latexmk:] Optionally used by |lwarpmk| to compile \LaTeX\ code.
+%	On a MiK\TeX\ system, Perl may need to be installed first.
+%
+% \item[pdfcrop:] Used to pull images out of the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF}.
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{pdfcrop}
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \item[Extra packages provided with your operating sytem:] \
+%
+%	From Poppler: \url{poppler.freedesktop.org}.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[pdftotext:] Used to convert \acro{PDF} to text.
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{pdftotext}\index{Poppler}
+%
+% \item[pdfseparate:] Used to pull images out of the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF}.
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{pdfseparate}
+%
+% \item[pdftocairo:] Used to convert images to \acro{SVG}.
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{pdftocairo}
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \item[Automatically downloaded from the internet as required:] \
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[MathJax:] Optionally used to display math.
+%	Automatically loaded from the MathJax website when needed. \\
+%	From: \url{mathjax.org}
+%	\DescribeProgram[requirement]{MathJax}
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \hrule
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \subsection{Installing the \protect\pkg{lwarp} package}
+%
+% There are several ways to install \pkg{lwarp}.  These are listed here
+% with the preferred methods listed first:
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \raggedright
+%
+% \item [Pre-installed:] Try entering into a command line:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk} \\
+%	If the |lwarpmk| help message appears, then \pkg{lwarp} is already installed.
+%
+% \item [\TeX\ Live:]If using a \TeX\ Live distribution,
+%	try installing via |tlmgr|:
+%	\userentry{tlmgr install lwarp}
+%
+% \item [MiK\TeX:] If using MiK\TeX, try using the package installer.
+%
+% \item [Operating-system package:] The operating-system package manager may
+%	already have |lwarp|, perhaps as part of a set of \TeX-related packages.
+%
+% \item [CTAN TDS archive:] \pkg{lwarp} may be downloaded from the Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive:
+%	\begin{enumerate}
+%	\item See \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/lwarp} for the \pkg{lwarp} package.
+%	\item Download the TDS archive: |lwarp.tds.zip|
+%	\item Find the \TeX\ |local| directory:
+%		\begin{description}
+%		\item[\TeX\ Live:] \
+%
+%			\userentry{kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFLOCAL}
+%		\item[MiKTeX:] \
+%
+%			In the ``Settings'' window, ``Roots'' tab, look for a local TDS root.
+%		\end{description}
+%		This should be something like: \\
+%		\hspace*{2em}|/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/|
+%	\item Unpack the archive in the TDS local directory.
+%	\item Renew the cache:
+%		\userentry{mktexlsr} \quad —\,or\,—
+%		\userentry{texhash}
+%	\end{enumerate}
+%
+% \item[CTAN \texttt{.dtx} and \texttt{.ins} files:] Another form of \TeX\ package
+%	is the |.dtx| and |.ins| source files.  These files are used to create
+%	the documentation and |.sty| files.
+%
+%	\begin{enumerate}
+%	\item See \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/lwarp} for the \pkg{lwarp} package.
+%	\item Download the zip archive |lwarp.zip| into your own |lwarp| directory.
+%	\item Unpack |lwarp.zip|.
+%	\item Locate the contents |lwarp.dtx| and |lwarp.ins|
+%	\item Create the documentation: \userentry{pdflatex lwarp.dtx} (several times)
+%	\item Create the |.sty| files: \userentry{pdflatex lwarp.ins}
+%	\item Copy the |.sty| files somewhere such as the \TeX\ Live local tree
+%		found in the previous CTAN TDS section, under the subdirectory: \\
+%		\hspace*{2em}|<texlocal>/tex/latex/local/lwarp|
+%	\item Copy the documentation |lwarp.pdf| to a |source| directory in the local tree,
+%		such as: \\
+%		\hspace*{2em}|<texlocal>/doc/local/lwarp|
+%	\item Renew the cache:
+%		\userentry{mktexlsr} \quad —\,or\,—
+%		\userentry{texhash}
+%	\item See \cref{sec:locallwarpmk} to generate your local copy of |lwarpmk|.
+%	\item Once the local version of |lwarpmk.lua| is installed, it may be made
+%		available system-wide as per \cref{sec:installlwarpmk}.
+%	\end{enumerate}
+% \item[Project-local CTAN \texttt{.dtx} and \texttt{.ins} files:] The
+%		|.dtx| and |.ins| files may be downloaded to a project
+%		directory, then compiled right there, alongside the
+%		document source files.  The resultant |*.sty| and |lwarpmk.lua| files
+%		may be used as-is, so long as they are in the same directory
+%		as the document source.  This approach is especially useful if
+%		you would like to temporarily test\margintag{Just testing!}\
+%		\pkg{lwarp} before deciding whether to permanently install it.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \subsection{Installing the \protect\texttt{lwarpmk} utility}
+% \label{sec:installlwarpmk}
+%
+% {\small
+% (Note: It is possible to use a local copy of |lwarpmk| instead of
+% installing it system-wide.
+% See \cref{sec:locallwarpmk}.)
+% }
+%
+% After the \pkg{lwarp} package is installed,
+% you may need to setup the |lwarpmk| utility:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item At a command line, try executing |lwarpmk|.  If the help message
+%	appears, then |lwarpmk| is already set up.
+% \item Locate the file |lwarpmk.lua|, which should be in the |scripts| directory
+%	of the TDS tree.  On a \TeX\ Live system you may use \userentry{kpsewhich lwarpmk.lua}
+% \item Create |lwarpmk|:
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [The easy way:] Copy |lwarpmk.lua| to wherever |pdflatex| is located.
+%		For Unix, rename |lwarpmk.lua| to |lwarpmk| and make it executable.
+%	\item [Unix:] Create a symbolic link and make it executable:
+%		\begin{enumerate}
+%		\item Locate the \TeX\ Live binaries:
+%			\userentry{kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFROOT} \\
+%			This will be something like: \\
+%			\hspace*{2em}|/usr/local/texlive/<year>| \\
+%			The binaries are then located in the |bin/<arch>| directory
+%			under the root: \\
+%			\hspace*{2em}|/usr/local/texlive/<year>/bin/<architecture>/| \\
+%			In this directory you will find programs
+%			such as |pdflatex| and |makeindex|.
+%		\item In the binaries directory,
+%			create a new symbolic link from the binaries directory to |lwarpmk.lua|:
+%			\userentry{ln -s <pathtolwarpmk.lua> lwarpmk}
+%		\item Make the link executable:
+%			\userentry{chmod 0755 lwarpmk}
+%		\end{enumerate}
+%	\item [Windows \TeX\ Live:] Create a new |lwarpmk.exe| file:
+%		\begin{enumerate}
+%		\item Locate the \TeX\ Live binaries as shown above for Unix.
+%		\item In the binaries directory, make a \emph{copy} of |runscript.exe|
+%			and call it |lwarpmk.exe|
+%		\end{enumerate}
+%	\item [Windows MiK\TeX:] Copy |lwarpmk.lua| to a folder in the executable |PATH|:
+%		\begin{enumerate}
+%		\item Locate the binaries.  These will be in a directory such as: \\
+%			\hspace*{2em}|C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.9\miktex\bin| \\
+%			In this directory you will find programs
+%			such as |pdflatex| and |makeindex|.
+%		\item Copy |lwarpmk.lua| to this directory.
+%		\end{enumerate}
+%	\end{description}
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Using a local copy of \protect\pkg{lwarpmk}}
+% \label{sec:locallwarpmk}
+% It is also possible to use a local version of |lwarpmk|:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item When compiling the tutorial in \cref{sec:tutorial},
+%	use the |lwarpmk| option for the \pkg{lwarp-newproject} package: \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}|\usepackage[lwarpmk]{lwarp-newproject}|
+% \item When the tutorial is compiled with |pdflatex|, the file |lwarpmk.lua|
+%	will be generated along with the other configuration files.
+% \item |lwarpmk.lua| may be used for this project:
+%	\begin{description}
+%		\item[Unix:] \
+%			\begin{enumerate}
+%			\item Make |lwarpmk.lua| executable: \userentry{chmod 0755 lwarpmk.lua}
+%			\item Compile documents with \\
+%				\hspace*{2em} |./lwarpmk.lua html| \\
+%				\hspace*{2em} |./lwarpmk.lua print| \quad etc.
+%			\item It may be useful to rename or link to a version without the |.lua| suffix.
+%			\end{enumerate}
+%		\item[Windows:] \
+%
+%			Compile documents with \\
+%			\hspace*{2em} |lwarpmk html| \\
+%			\hspace*{2em} |lwarpmk print| \quad etc.
+% 	\end{description}
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Installing additional utilities}
+%
+% The \TeX\ utilities |latexmk| and |pdfcrop| may require
+% the installation of additional \TeX-relatex operating-system packages.
+%
+% The tools from the \textsc{Poppler} project should be provided by your
+% operating system's package-installation tools.
+%
+% To test for the existence of the additional utilities, try:
+%	\userentry{luatex --version}
+%	\userentry{xindy --version}
+%	\userentry{latexmk --version}
+%	\userentry{pdfcrop --version}
+%	\userentry{pdftotext -v}
+%	\userentry{pdfseparate --version}
+%	\userentry{pdftocairo -v}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Tutorial}
+% \label{sec:tutorial}
+%
+% This section shows an example of how to create an \pkg{lwarp} document.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Starting a new project}
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%
+% \item Create a new project directory called |tutorial|.
+%
+% \item Inside the |tutorial| directory,
+%	create a new file called |tutorial.tex|, as seen in \cref{fig:tutorial}.
+%	This may be copied/pasted from this documentation directly into your own editor.
+%
+% \item Compile the project: \userentry{pdflatex tutorial.tex}
+%				\quad (several times)
+%
+% (|xelatex| or |lualatex| may be used as well.)
+%
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+% A number of new files are created when |tutorial.tex| is compiled, as
+% shown in \cref{fig:newprojectfiles}.  These files are created by
+% the |lwarp-newproject| package.
+%
+% (Two of the new files are configuration files for the helper program |lwarpmk|.
+% Whenever a print version of the document is created while the |lwarp-newproject|
+% package is used, the configuration files for |lwarpmk| are updated to
+% record the operating system, \LaTeX\ program (|pdflatex|, |xelatex|, or |lualatex|),
+% the filenames of the source code and \acro{HTML} output, and whether
+% the additional helper program |latexmk| will be used to compile the document.)
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{tutorial.tex listing}
+% \label{fig:tutorial}
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \footnotesize
+% \textcolor{red}{Note: There are two pages!}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \documentclass{book}
+%
+% \usepackage{iftex}
+%
+% % --- LOAD FONT SELECTION AND ENCODING BEFORE LOADING LWARP ---
+% \ifPDFTeX
+% \usepackage{lmodern}           % pdflatex
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+% \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+% \else
+% \usepackage{fontspec}          % XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX
+% \fi
+% 
+% % --- HTML FILENAME AND LATEXMK SETTINGS ---
+% % \newcommand{\HomeHTMLFilename}{index} % Filename of the homepage.
+% % \newcommand{\HTMLFileName}{node-} % Filename prefix of other pages.
+% % \newcommand{\UseLatexmk}{true}% Uncomment to use latexmk
+%
+% % --- LWARP IS LOADED NEXT ---
+% \usepackage{lwarp-newproject}   % Possibly with the [lwarpmk] option.
+% \usepackage{lwarp}
+% % \boolfalse{FileSectionNames}  % If false, numbers the files.
+%
+% % --- OTHER PACKAGES ARE LOADED AFTER LWARP ---
+% \usepackage{makeidx}  \makeindex
+% \usepackage{xcolor}
+%
+% \usepackage{hyperref,cleveref}  % LOAD THESE LAST!
+% 
+% % --- LATEX AND HTML CUSTOMIZATION ---
+% \title{The Lwarp Tutorial}
+% \author{Some Author}
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}        % Include subsections in the TOC.
+% \setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}     % Number down to subsections.
+% \setcounter{FileDepth}{1}       % Split HTML files at sections
+% \booltrue{CombineHigherDepths}  % Combine parts/chapters/sections
+% \setcounter{SideTOCDepth}{1}    % Include subsections in the sideTOC
+% \SetFirstPageTop{Name and \fbox{HOMEPAGE LOGO}}
+% \SetPageTop{\fbox{LOGO}}
+% \SetPageBottom{Contact Information and Copyright}
+% \NewCSS{lwarp_sagebrush.css}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% \maketitle                      % (or a titlepage environment)
+% % --- An abstract may be placed here. ---
+% \tableofcontents \listoffigures % --- MUST BE BEFORE THE FIRST SECTION.
+%
+% \chapter{First chapter}
+% \section{A section}
+% This is some text which is indexed.\index{Some text.}
+% 
+% \subsection{A subsection}
+% See \cref{fig:withtext}.
+% \begin{figure}\begin{center}
+% \fbox{\textcolor{blue!50!green}{Text in a figure.}}
+% \caption{A figure with text\label{fig:withtext}}
+% \end{center}\end{figure}
+% 
+% \section{Some math}
+% Inline math: $r = r_0 + vt - \frac{1}{2}at^2$
+% \begin{equation}
+% a^2 + b^2 = c^2
+% \end{equation}
+% 
+% \printindex
+% \end{document}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \endgroup
+%
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Files created in a new project\label{fig:newprojectfiles}}
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item [|tutorial.pdf|:] The \acro{PDF} output from \LaTeX.
+%
+% \item [|tutorial\_html.tex|:] A small |.tex| file used to create
+%	a parallel \acro{HTML} version of the document, which co-exists with usual
+%	the \acro{PDF} version, and which will have its
+%	own auxiliary files.  In this way, both \acro{PDF} and \acro{HTML}
+%	documents may co-exist side-by-side.
+%
+% \item [Auxiliary files:] The usual \LaTeX\ files |tutorial.aux|, |tutorial.log|.
+%	When an \acro{HTML} version of the document is created, |_html| versions
+%	of the auxiliary files will also be generated.
+%
+% \item [|lwarpmk.conf|:] A configuration file for |lwarpmk|,
+%	which is used to automate the compilation of \acro{PDF} or \acro{HTML}
+%	versions of the document.
+%
+% \item [|tutorial.lwarpmkconf|:] Another configuration file used by |lwarpmk|,
+%	which is only useful if you wish to have several projects
+%	residing in the same directory.
+%
+% \item [|.css files|:] |lwarp.css|, |lwarp_formal.css|, |lwarp_sagebrush.css|
+%	These files are standard for \pkg{lwarp}, and are not meant to be modified
+%	by the user.
+%
+% \item [|sample\_project.css|:] An example of a user-customized \acro{CSS} file,
+%	which may be used for project-specific changes to the \pkg{lwarp} defaults.
+%
+% \item [|lwarp\_html.xdy|:] Used by \pkg{lwarp} while creating an index.
+%	This file should not need to be modified by the user.
+%
+% \item [|lwarp\_mathjax.txt|:] Inserted into the \acro{HTML} files when
+%	|MathJax| is used to display math.
+%	This file should not need to be modified by the user.
+%
+% \item [|comment.cut|:] A temporary file used by \pkg{lwarp} to
+%	conditionally process blocks of text.  This file may be ignored.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \hrule \medskip
+% \label{sec:genlatexmk}
+% When the |lwarpmk| option is given to the \pkg{lwarp-newproject} package:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [|lwarpmk.lua|:] A local copy of the |lwarpmk| utility.
+%
+%	On Unix-related operating systems this file must be made executable: \\
+%		\hspace*{2em} |chmod u+x lwarpmk.lua|
+%
+%	This may be useful to have to archive with a project for future use.
+% \end{description}
+% \end{table}
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Compiling the print version with \texttt{lwarpmk}}
+%
+% The |lwarpmk| utility program is used to compile either the printed or
+% the \acro{HTML} version of the document.
+%
+% |lwarpmk print| is used to recompile a printed version of the document.
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%
+% \item Re-compile the print version: \userentry{lwarpmk print}
+%
+%	|lwarpmk| prints an introduction then checks to see if the document
+%	must be recompiled.  If it seems that the files are up-to-date, then
+%	|lwarpmk| informs you of that fact and then exits.
+%
+% \item Make a small change in the original document,
+%	such as adding a space character.
+%
+% \item Recompile again.  \userentry{lwarpmk print}
+%
+%	The document is recompiled when a change is seen in the source.
+%	Several compilations may be necessary to resolve cross-references.
+%
+% \item Force a recompile to occur.
+%
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk again}
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk print}
+%
+% |lwarpmk again| updates the date code for the file,
+%	triggering a recompile the next time the document is made.\footnote{
+%	Although, when using the utility |latexmk| (introduced later), the changed date is
+%	ignored and an actual change in contents must occur to cause a recompile.}
+%
+% \item Process the index.
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk printindex}
+%
+% \item Recompile again to include the index.
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk print}
+%
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% Note that the \acro{HTML} customization commands are ignored while making the
+% print version.
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Compiling the HTML version with \texttt{lwarpmk}}
+%
+% |lwarpmk html| is used to recompile an \acro{HTML} version of the document.
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Compile the \acro{HTML} version:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%
+%	\begin{enumerate}
+%	\item |lwarpmk| uses \LaTeX\ to process |tutorial_html.tex|
+%		to create \\
+%		|tutorial_html.pdf|.
+%	\item |pdftotext| is then used to convert into the file |tutorial_html.html|.
+%		This file is a plain-text file containing \acro{HTML} tags and
+%		content for the entire document.
+%	\item |lwarpmk| manually splits |tutorial_html.html| into
+%		individual \acro{HTML} files according to the \acro{HTML} settings.
+%		For this tutorial, the result is |tutorial.html| (the home page),
+%		along with |First-chapter.html|\footnote{
+%			\texttt{First-chapter.html}
+%			also contains the first section, even though the second
+%			section is its own \acro{HTML} page.  This behavior is
+%			controlled by the boolean \texttt{CombineHigherDepths}.},
+%		|Some-math.html|, and the document's
+%		index in |_Index.html|.\footnote{\texttt{index.html} is commonly
+%		used as a homepage, so the document index is in \texttt{\_Index.html}.}
+%	\end{enumerate}
+%
+% \item View the homepage in a web browser.
+%
+%	\qquad Open the file |tutorial.html| in a web browser.
+%
+%	Note that math is still displayed as its plain-text \LaTeX\ source
+%	\margintag{math}
+%	until the
+%	images of the math expressions have not yet been generated.  Math may be
+%	displayed as \acro{SVG} images or by a MathJax script, as seen in
+%	\cref{sec:tutorialsvgmath,sec:tutorialmathjax}.
+%
+% \item Force a recompile:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk again}
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk print}
+%
+% \item Process the \acro{HTML} index and recompile:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk htmlindex}
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%
+%	|_Index.html|, is updated for the new \LaTeX\ index.
+%
+% \item Reload the web page to see the added index.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Generating the SVG images}
+% \label{sec:tutorialsvgmath}
+%
+% By default \pkg{lwarp} represents math as \acro{SVG} images with
+% \margintag{math as \acro{SVG} images}
+% the \LaTeX\ source included in |alt| tags.  In this way,
+% the math displays as it was drawn by \LaTeX, and the \LaTeX\ source
+% may be copied and pasted into some other document.
+%
+% \pkg{lwarp} uses the same mechanism for |picture| and \tikz\ environments.
+% \margintag{\env{picture} and \tikz}
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Create the \acro{SVG} images:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk limages}
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%
+% \item Move to the tutorial's math page and reload.
+%
+% \item The math images are displayed using the same font and formatting
+%	as the printed version.
+%
+% \item Copy/paste a math expression into a text editor to see the \LaTeX\ source.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% When a math expression, |picture|, or \tikz\ environment is added or
+% \watchout[Adding/removing]
+% removed, the \acro{SVG} images must be re-created with |lwarpmk limages|
+% to maintain the proper image file sequence numbers.
+%
+% Expressing math as \acro{SVG} images has the advantage of representing
+% the math exactly as \LaTeX\ would, but has the disadvantage of requiring
+% an individual file for each math expression.
+% \watchout[Lots of files!]
+% There is no attempt at
+% reusing the same file each time the same expression occurs, so each
+% time \$x\$ is used, for example, yet another file is created.
+% For a document with a large amount of math,
+% see \cref{sec:tutorialmathjax} to use MathJax instead.
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Using MathJax for math}
+% \label{sec:tutorialmathjax}
+%
+% Math may also be represented using the MathJax Javascript project.
+% \margintag{math with MathJax}
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item In the tutorial's source code, change \\
+%	\hspace*{2em} |\usepackage{lwarp}| \\
+%	\hspace*{3em} to \\
+%	\hspace*{2em} |\usepackage[mathjax]{lwarp}|
+%
+% \item Recompile \userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%
+% \item Reload the math page.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% MathJax requires web access unless a local copy of MathJax is available,
+% \watchout[MathJax requirements]
+% and it also requires that Javascript is enabled for the web page.
+% The math is rendered by MathJax.  Right-click on math to see several
+% options for rendering, and for copying the \LaTeX\ source.
+%
+% While using MathJax has many advantages, it may not be able to represent
+% complex expressions or spacing adjustments as well as \LaTeX.
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \subsection{Changing the CSS style}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewCSS}
+% \cs{NewCSS} may be used to choose which |.css| file is used to display
+% each section of the web page.  Use \cs{NewCSS} before |\begin{document}|
+% to assign the style of the home page.
+% If different parts of the website should have different styles,
+% call \cs{NewCSS} again before each section heading which creates a new file.
+%
+% The styles provided by \pkg{lwarp} include:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[|lwarp.css|:] A default style if \cs{NewCSS} is not used.  This
+%	style is comparable to a plain \LaTeX\ document.
+%	To set this style, you may use |\NewCSS{lwarp.css}|, or no \cs{NewCSS} call at all.
+% \item[|lwarp\_formal.css|:] A formal style with a serif fonts and a traditional
+%	look.
+% \item[|lwarp\_sagebrush.css|:] A style with muted colors, gradient backgrounds,
+%	additional borders, and rounded corners.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% To see each style in use, change the \cs{NewCSS} entry in the tutorial
+% |lwarpmk html|, and then reload the webpage.
+%
+% A customized style may also be created.
+% \margintag{Custom \acro{CSS}}
+% For each new project a file
+% called |sample_project.css| is generated.  This may be renamed to
+% |<project>.css| then used by assigning |\NewCSS{<project>.css|.
+%
+% Note that |sample_project.css| is overwritten whenever \pkg{lwarp-newproject}
+% is loaded in print mode.
+% It is therefore important to rename the file \watchout[Rename it!]
+% to something like |<project>.css| before
+% using it, so that your own changes are not overwritten.
+%
+% |<project>.css| has an entry which loads |lwarp.css|, and this
+% entry may be changed to load |lwarp_formal.css| or |lwarp_sagebrush.css| if
+% desired.  Additional changes to the \acro{CSS} may be made by making entries
+% later in the |<project>.css| file.
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Customizing the HTML output}
+% \label{sec:htmlsettings}
+% \index{settings>HTML conversion}
+% \index{HTML>conversion settings}
+%
+% Several settings may be used to customize the \acro{HTML} output.
+% Watch for the correct placement of each!\watchout[Placement!]
+%
+% Note that if changes are made,
+% \watchout[Changes!]
+% it is best to first use |lwarpmk clearall| to
+% clear all the \acro{HTML}, \acro{PDF}, and auxiliary files.
+% Also, if \cs{HomeHTMLFilename}, \cs{HTMLFileName}, or \cs{UseLatexmk} are
+% changed, it is necessary to reenable the |lwarp-newproject| package and
+% then recompile the print version in order to recreate the configuration
+% files for |lwarpmk|.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[Placed in the preamble just before \pkg{lwarp} is loaded:] \
+%
+%	\begin{description}
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\HomeHTMLFilename} Filename of the homepage, without
+%	the ``|.html|'' suffix.
+%	Defaults to the \cs{BaseJobname}.  A common setting is: \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}|\newcommand{HomeHTMLFilename}{index}| \\
+%	causing the
+%	homepage to be the file |index.html|.  Underscores are allowed in filenames.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\HTMLFileName} A filename prefix for the rest of the \acro{HTML} web pages.
+%	Useful for numbered web pages with a common prefix.  May be empty.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\UseLatexmk} A macro which controls whether
+%	\pkg{lwarp} uses |latexmk| to
+%	compile the document.  This setting is written to |lwarpmk|'s configuration
+%	files.  Defaults to false.  Set to true with: \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}|\newcommand*{\UseLatexmk}{true}|
+%
+%	\end{description}
+%
+% \item[Placed in the preamble before \texttt{\cs{begin}\{document\}}:] \
+%
+%	\begin{description}
+%
+% \ItemDescribeCounter{tocdepth} Sectioning depth of the table of contents.
+%	See \cref{sec:stackdepths} for a list of \LaTeX{} stack depths.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeCounter{SideTOCDepth} Sectioning depth of the side\acro{TOC}.
+%	Defaults to 1, causing the sidetoc to show sections but not subsections.
+%
+%	Each subpage of the website has its own small table of contents
+%	\margintag{sideTOC}
+%	on the side (the ``side\acro{TOC}'').  Its depth is set by |SideTOCDepth|.
+%	This side\acro{TOC} is only shown if the web page is wide enough.
+%	When using a narrow web browser window,
+%	``responsive web design'' is used to show the side\acro{TOC} at the top of the
+%	page and a link back to ``Home'' at the bottom.
+%
+%	\label{sec:filedepth}
+%	It is recommended to set: \\
+%		\hspace*{.25in} |SideTOCDepth|\,=\,|FileDepth|, or \\
+%		\hspace*{.25in} |SideTOCDepth|\,=\,|FileDepth|+1
+%
+%	If |SideTOCDepth|\,<\,|FileDepth|, web pages will be inaccessible via the
+%	side\acro{TOC}.  \watchout
+%	\index{files>inaccessible}
+%	\index{pages>inacessible}
+%	\index{missing sections}
+%	\index{section>missing}
+%
+% \ItemDescribeCounter{FileDepth} Sectioning depth of file splits.
+%	Defaults to -5, causing the entire \acro{HTML} website to be one single file.
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item To place the entire file into one \acro{HTML} page, use: \\
+%		\hspace*{.25in}|\setcounter{FileDepth}{-5}}|
+%	\item To split the \acro{HTML} file at \cs{section} depth, use: \\
+%		\hspace*{.25in}|\setcounter{FileDepth}{1}}|
+%	\item To ensure that the \acro{HTML} pages/files are accessible:
+%		\watchout\\
+%		Place a \cs{tableofcontents} somewhere before the first section
+%		break (therefore in the ``home page''), and set |tocdepth|\,>=\,|FileDepth|.
+%		\index{files>inaccessible}
+%		\index{pages>inacessible}
+%		\index{missing sections}
+%		\index{section>missing}
+% 	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \ItemDescribeBoolean{CombineHigherDepths} Combine a higher section with
+%	its first lower subsections, down to the |FileDepth|.
+%	Defaults to true.  Set to false to simulate the concept of a chapter
+%	opening on its own page, for example.
+%
+%	The file splits are controlled by the counter |FileDepth| and
+%	the boolean |CombineHigherDepths|.
+%	Setting |FileDepth| to 0 splits the file
+%	at chapters, 1 at sections, etc.  |CombineHigherDepths| controls whether
+%	to combine pages at levels higher than the chosen |FileDepth|, such as
+%	in this tutorial where the page which opens the chapter also contains the
+%	first section.
+%	Be careful to set |tocdepth| and |SideTOCDepth| to allow
+%	\watchout[Inaccesible pages!]
+%	access to each page of the website.  Set |tocdepth| and |SideTOCDepth| to be
+%	greater than or equal to |FileDepth|.
+%
+%	When making changes to the file structure,
+%	\watchout[Lost in an old page!]
+%	it is possible to end up
+%	with the web browser pointing to an old file which is no longer in use.
+%	When this occurs, changes to the web site will not appear in the browser,
+%	even if reloading the page, because that page is no longer in use.
+%	It is best to return to the home page, clean the files (|lwarpmk cleanall|),
+%	change |FileDepth| and/or |CombineHigherDepths|, then finally recompile and
+%	renavigate to the desired page using the new file structure.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeBoolean{FileSectionNames} If true, web page filenames are
+%	derived from a sanitized version of the section names.  If false, web pages
+%	are numbered.  Either way, the \cs{HTMLFileName} is prefixed.
+%
+%	Example HTML filenames:
+%	\changes{v0.20}{2016/09/11}{Docs: Examples for generating HTML file names.}
+%	\label{sec:filenameexamples}
+%	\margintag{HTML filenames}
+%	\index{HTML>filename generation}
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item[Numbered HTML nodes:] \
+%
+%	Example: Homepage |index.html|, and |node-1|, |node-2|.
+%	(See \cs{SetHTMLFileNumber} to number grouped by chapter, for example.)
+%	\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+%	\newcommand{\HomeHTMLFileName}{index}
+%	\newcommand{\HTMLFileName}{node-}
+%	\usepackage{lwarp}
+%	\boolfalse{FileSectionNames}
+%	\end{Verbatim}
+%
+%	\item[Named HTML sections, no prefix:] \
+%
+%	Example: |index.html|, and |About.html|, |Products.html|
+%	\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+%	\newcommand{\HomeHTMLFileName}{index}
+%	\newcommand{\HTMLFileName}{}
+%	\usepackage{lwarp}
+%	\booltrue{FileSectionNames}
+%	\end{Verbatim}
+%
+%	\item[Named HTML sections, with prefix:] \
+%
+%	Example: Homepage |mywebsite.html|, and additional pages such
+%	as |mywebsite-About.html|, etc.
+%	\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+%	\newcommand{\HomeHTMLFileName}{mywebsite}
+%	\newcommand{\HTMLFileName}{mywebsite-}
+%	\usepackage{lwarp}
+%	\booltrue{FileSectionNames}
+%	\end{Verbatim}
+%	\end{description}
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\abstractname} The name of the abstract.  This may also be over-written
+%	by the \pkg{babel} package.  Defaults to ``Abstract''.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\MetaLanguage} The \acro{HTML} language meta header.
+%	Defaults to {en-US}.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\SetFirstPageTop} \marg{contents} \quad
+%	A user-definable custom action applied
+%	to the top of the home page.  Useful for logos, etc.
+%	Defaults empty.
+%	Ignored in print output.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\SetPageTop}  \marg{contents} \quad
+%	A user-definable custom action applied to
+%	the top of pages other than the home page.   Useful for logos, etc.
+%	Defaults empty.
+%	|\LinkHome| may be used to place a link back to the homepage.
+%	Ignored in print output.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\SetPageBottom}  \marg{contents} \quad
+%	A user-definable custom action applied to the
+%	bottom of each web page.
+%	Useful for authors, copyright notices, contact information, etc.
+%	Defaults empty.
+%	|\LinkHome| may be used to place a link back to the homepage.
+%	Ignored in print output.
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \item[Placed in the home page before the first section break:] \
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
+% Used to place a table of contents on the home page.
+% This command must be used before the first file split, so that a way is
+% available to navigate to other files from the homepage.
+%
+% Links to each chapter/section are provided, as selected by |tocdepth|.
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% \item[Placed before any sectioning command which causes a file break:] \
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\NewCSS}  \marg{filename.css} \quad
+%	Sets the \acro{CSS} file to use for the following
+%	files.  May be changed before each each sectioning command which would
+%	cause a file split.
+%
+%	The \acro{CSS} styles of the web pages are set by the \cs{NewCSS} command.
+%	If \cs{NewCSS} is not used, a default plain style is used to mimic printed
+%	\LaTeX\ output.  |lwarp_sagebrush.css| is a semi-fancy colored style as shown
+%	in this tutorial.  Change it to |lwarp_formal.css| for a more formal look,
+%	or comment out the \cs{NewCSS} command to see the default.
+%	\cs{NewCSS} may be used before each file break to set the \acro{CSS} for
+%	individual pagess of the website.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\NewHTMLdescription} \marg{description} \quad
+%	Sets the \acro{HTML} description tag for
+%	the following files.  May be changed before each each sectioning command which would
+%	cause a file split.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \needspace{2\baselineskip}
+% \item[Placed in the document wherever necessary:] \
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \ItemDescribeEnv{warpprint} An environment which is only used
+%	while generating print output.  Place here anything which does not
+%	apply to \acro{HTML} and which may cause problems with \pkg{lwarp}.
+%	If \pkg{lwarp} knows about and emulates or supports
+%	a package then its related macros, lengths, counters, etc. probably won't have
+%	to be placed inside a \env{warpprint} environment, but unknown packages
+%	may cause problems which may be isolated from \pkg{lwarp} using this environment.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeEnv{warpHTML} An environment which is only used
+%	while generating \acro{HTML} output.  This is useful for website logos and
+%	other items which have no purpose in printed output.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\warpprintonly} \marg{contents} \quad
+%	A macro version of the \env{warpprint} environment.
+%
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\warpHTMLonly} \marg{contents} \quad
+%	A macro version of the \env{warpHTML} environment.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Using \texttt{latexmk}}
+%
+% |latexmk| is a \LaTeX\ utility used to monitor changes in source files
+% and recompile as needed.
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item In the tutorial's source code, at ``HTML FILENAME AND LATEXMK SETTINGS'',
+%	insert the line: \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}|\newcommand{\UseLatexmk}{true}|
+%
+% \item Directly recompile the printed version of the document.
+%	\userentry{pdflatex tutorial.tex} \watchout[NOT \texttt{lwarpmk}!] \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}(Or |xelatex| or |lualatex|)
+%
+%	\begin{sloppy}
+%	\pkg{lwarp} updates its own configuration files (|lwarpmk.conf| and \newline
+%	|tutorial.lwarpmkconf|) whenever the printed version of the document
+%	is compiled.  These configuration files remember that |lwarpmk| should
+%	use |latexmk| to compile the document.
+%	\end{sloppy}
+%
+% \item Recompile the document.
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk print} \quad and/or
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% Changes are detected by comparing checksums
+% rather than modification times, so |lwarpmk again| will not trigger a
+% recompile, but |latexmk| has a much better awareness of changes than
+% the |lwarpmk| utility does and it is likely to correctly know when to
+% recompile.  A recompile may be forced by making a small change to the source.
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX}
+%
+% \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ may be used instead of \LaTeX.
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%
+% \item Remove the auxiliary files for the project:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk cleanall}
+%
+% \item Be sure that \\
+%		\hspace*{2em} |\usepackage{lwarp-newproject}| \\
+%	is still enabled in |tutorial.tex|.
+%
+% \item Use |xelatex| or |lualatex| to recompile the printed version.
+%	\userentry{xelatex tutorial.tex} \quad -or-
+%	\userentry{lualatex tutorial.tex}
+%
+%	When the recompile occurs and \pkg{lwarp-newproject} is loaded,
+%	the configuration files for |lwarpmk| are modified to remember
+%	which \TeX\ engine was used.  \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ will be used for
+%	future runs of |lwarpmk|.
+%
+% \item To recompile the document:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk print} \quad -and-
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk html}
+%
+% \item Also rememeber to update the indexes and recompile again.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \subsection{Cleaning auxiliary files}
+%
+% To remove the auxiliary files |.aux|, |.toc|, |.lof|, |.lot|, |.idx|, |.ind|, and
+%	|.log|:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk clean}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Cleaning auxiliary and output files}
+%
+% To remove the auxiliary files, and also remove the |.pdf| and |.html| files:
+%	\userentry{lwarpmk cleanall}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Processing multiple projects in the same directory}
+%
+% It is possible to have several projects in the same directory.
+% |lwarpmk| has an optional parameter which is the document to compile.
+%
+% To create each project:
+% \userentry{pdflatex project\_a}
+% \userentry{pdflatex project\_b}
+%
+% Each project is given its own configuration file: \\
+% \hspace*{2em}|project_a.lwarpmkconf|, |project_b.lwarpmkconf|
+%
+% To compile each project with |lwarkmk|:
+% \userentry{lwarpmk print project\_a}
+% \userentry{lwarpmk html project\_b}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Using the \texttt{make} utility}
+%
+% |lwarpmk| has an action which may be useful for integration with the
+% common |make| utility:\\
+% \hspace*{2em}|lwarpmk pdftohtml [project]|
+%
+% |make| may be used to compile the code to \acro{PDF} with \acro{HTML}
+% tags (|project_html.pdf|), then |lwarpmk| may be used to
+% convert each target to \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Additional details}
+%
+% \label{sec:usage}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Font and UTF-8 support}
+% \label{sec:fonts}
+% \index{font>selection}
+% \index{Unicode>selection}
+% \index{UTF-8>selection}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Docs: Font and UTF-8 support.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Lwarp no longer selects fonts.}
+%
+% \pkg{lwarp} uses |pdftotext| to convert \acro{PDF} output into UTF-8-encoded
+% text.  This process requires that UTF-8 information be embedded in the \acro{PDF}
+% file, which usually prevents the use of bit-mapped fonts.
+% \index{font>bitmapped}
+%
+% While using |pdflatex|, if no font-related package is specified, the default
+% \margintag{vector fonts}
+% bit-mapped Computer Modern font is used,
+% \margintag{Computer Modern}%
+% \index{font>Computer Modern}\index{Computer Modern}%
+% \watchout%
+% so simply add \\
+%	\hspace*{.25in}|usepackage{lmodern}| \\
+% to the preamble to enable the related vector font instead, or use\\
+% \hspace*{.25in}|\usepackage{dejavu}|
+%
+% \index{Deja Vu}%
+% \index{font>Deja Vu}%
+% \index{Unicode>enhanced coverage}%
+% \index{UTF-8>enhanced coverage}%
+% or other other font packages, which may provide an increased coverage of Unicode mappings.
+% Avoid bit-mapped fonts.
+%
+% \XeLaTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX{} users must use the \pkg{fontspec} package.
+% \watchout
+% Do NOT use \pkg{fontenc}!
+%
+% Place \pkg{fontspec} or \pkg{fontenc} and other font and UTF-8 related commands
+% after the |\documentclass| command and before |\usepackage{lwarp}|:
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item |documentclass{article/book/report}| goes here, followed by any of:
+% \item Font and UTF-8 related commands:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item For \XeLaTeX{} or \LuaLaTeX:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \pkg{fontspec} and font choices
+% \DescribePackage{fontspec}
+%
+% \medskip
+% \pkg{lwarp} sets the following to turn off \TeX{} ligatures during
+% \margintag{ligatures}
+% the generation of \acro{HTML} tags, and turn off common ligatures
+% in regular text, since older browsers may not display them correctly
+% and newer browsers can automatically re-create them.
+%	\index{ligatures}\index{font>ligatures}
+% \vspace{-1ex}
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,obeytabs,tabsize=4,frame=lines]
+% \defaultfontfeatures[\rmfamily]{Ligatures={NoCommon,TeX}}
+% \defaultfontfeatures[\sffamily]{Ligatures={NoCommon,TeX}}
+% \defaultfontfeatures[\ttfamily]{Ligatures=NoCommon}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item For |pdflatex|:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \pkg{lmodern} or other font-related packages
+%	\DescribePackage{lmodern}
+%	\index{font>packages}
+% \item \pkg{fontenc}
+% \DescribePackage{fontenc}
+% \item \pkg{inputenc}
+% \DescribePackage{inputenc}
+% \item \pkg{newunicodechar}
+% \DescribePackage{newunicodechar}
+% \item |\input glyphtounicode.tex|
+% \DescribeFile{glyphtounicode}
+% \item |\input glyphtounicode-cmr.tex% from the pdfx package|
+% \item |\pdfgentounicode=1|
+% \item \pkg{cmap}
+% \DescribePackage{cmap}
+% \item \pkg{textcomp}
+% \DescribePackage{textcomp}
+% \item \pkg{microtype} is automatically used by \pkg{lwarp}
+%	\DescribePackage{microtype}
+%	to turn off f,q,t,T,Q ligatures for the same
+%	\margintag{ligatures}
+%	browser-related reasons shown above.  Also, the monospaced font is used
+%	during \acro{HTML} tag generation to turn off \TeX{} ligatures.
+%	\index{ligatures}\index{font>ligatures}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item |\usepackage{lwarp}| (\cref{sec:loading}) goes after any of the above, followed by:
+% \item \ldots{} the rest of the preamble and the main document.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \subsection{\protect\pkg{lwarp} package loading and options}
+% \label{sec:loading}
+% \index{settings>lwarp package options}
+% 
+% \pkg{lwarp} supports |book|, |report|, and |article| classes.
+%
+% Load the \pkg{lwarp} package immediately after the font and UTF-8 setup commands.
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Docs: Moved location of \cs{usepackage\{lwarp\}}.}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{Docs: Math options.}
+% \DescribePackage{lwarp}
+% \index{lwarp>loading}\index{lwarp>options}
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{warpprint}
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{warpHTML}
+% Select the |warpprint| option to generate print output (default),
+% or the |warpHTML| option to generate \htmlfive{} output.
+% The default is print output, so the print version may be
+% compiled with the usual |pdflatex|, etc.
+% When \pkg{lwarp-newproject} is loaded in print mode, it creates
+% |<project>_html.tex|, which sets the |warpHTML| option before calling
+% the user's source code |<project>.tex|.  In this way, |<project>.tex|
+% can |\usepackage{lwarp}| without any options to create a printed version,
+% while |<project>_html.tex| will create an HTML version.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{mathsvg}
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{mathjax}
+% For math display, select |mathsvg| (default), or |mathjax|.
+% For more information about the math options, see \cref{sec:limitsmath}.
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Selecting the operating system}
+% \label{sec:OSportabilityusage}
+% \changes{v0.11}{2016/03/11}{Added section: Selecting the operating system.}
+%
+% \osportabilityusage
+%
+% 
+% \subsection{Selecting actions for print or HTML output}
+% \label{sec:selectingoutput}
+% \index{settings>selecting output}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/04/05}{Docs: Clarify print/HTML output.}
+%
+% The following environments and macros are used to select actions which only apply
+% to either traditional \LaTeX{} print-formatted PDF generation,
+% or to \acro{HTML} generation.
+%
+% For most of built-in \LaTeX\ and many additional packages
+% there is user-level source code support or emulation,
+% so no special handling will be required.
+% For those cases which \pkg{lwarp} does not handle by itself, the
+% following environments and macros may be used to isolate sections
+% of code for print-only or \acro{HTML}-only.
+%
+% These environments are also useful for creating a special version of
+% the titlepage for print and another for \acro{HTML}.
+
+% \DescribeEnv{warpHTML}
+% Anything which is to be done only for \htmlfive{} output
+% is surrounded by a |warpHTML| environment:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{warpHTML}
+%  ... something to be done only during HTML generation
+% \end{warpHTML}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{warpprint}
+% Anything which is to be done only for print output
+% is surrounded by a |warpprint| environment:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{warpprint}
+%  ... something to be done only during traditional PDF generation
+% \end{warpprint}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{warpall}
+% Anything which is to be done for any output
+% may be surrounded by a |warpall| environment.  Doing so is optional.
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{warpall}
+%  ... something to be done during print PDF or HTML output
+% \end{warpall}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+%
+% Macros are also provided for print-only or \acro{HTML}-only code:
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\warpprintonly} \marg{actions}
+%
+% Performs the given actions only when print output is being generated.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\warpHTMLonly} \marg{actions}
+%
+% Performs the given actions only when \acro{HTML} output is being generated.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Commands to be placed into the \env{warpprint} environment}
+% \label{sec:printcommands}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/26}{Docs: Commands into a warpprint environment.}
+%
+% Certain print-related commands should always be placed
+% inside a \env{warpprint} environment, or may need other special handling.
+% These are unrelated to \acro{HTML} output, but are hard to isolate automatically.
+% For example:
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Paragraph formatting: \cs{parindent} \cs{parskip}
+% \item Variable spaces such as \cs{vspace}.  \cs{hfill} is turned into a \cs{quad}.
+%  Fixed spaces such as \cs{quad} are emulated correctly.
+% \item Manual page positions such as the \pkg{textpos} package, which is
+%	emulated but only in a limited way.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% Some packages require additional setup commands.  Where these packages are emulated
+% for \acro{HTML}, setup commands may work for the emulated \acro{HTML} output as well as for print
+% output.  See the details for each package in this document for more information.
+%
+% Also see \cref{sec:troubleshooting}: \nameref{sec:troubleshooting}.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Commands for a successful HTML conversion}
+% \label{sec:successfulcommands}
+% \index{HTML>commands for a successful conversion}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/26}{Docs: Commands for a successful HTML conversion.}
+%
+% Some commonly-used \LaTeX{} expressions should be modified to allow
+% for a smooth conversion to both \acro{HTML} and print-formatted outputs:
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [\cs{bfseries}, etc:] Use \cs{textbf} instead.
+% \item [\cs{centering}, \cs{raggedright}, \cs{raggedleft}:] ~
+%
+% Use the environments \env{center}, \env{flushright}, \env{flushleft} instead.
+%
+% \item [Superscripts and other non-math uses of math mode:] ~
+%
+%	Use \cs{textsuperscript\{x\}} instead of |$^{x}$|
+%
+% \item [Empty \cs{item} followed by a new line of text or a nested list:] \
+%
+%	Use a trailing backslash: |\item[label] \|
+%	\index{item, list, empty}\index{list item, empty}
+%
+% \item [\cs{fbox} around a minipage:] ~
+%
+%	\cs{fbox} can only be used around inline items during
+%	\acro{HTML} output.
+%
+%	For an \cs{fbox} around a minipage, you may:
+%	\index{fbox>around a minipage}
+%	\index{minipage>in an \cs{fbox}}
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Place the \cs{fbox} command and
+%		its closing brace inside \env{warpprint} environments.
+%	\item Use \cs{mdframed} instead.
+% ^^A	\item Use the \env{example} or \env{sidebar} environments.
+%	\item Use a custom environment to create a sidebar,
+%		containing a \env{BlockClass} environment
+%		with custom \acro{CSS} formatting,
+%		 and |\warpprintonly{\hrule}| command:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines]
+% \begin{BlockClass}{frameminipage}% ignored in print output
+%   % use CSS to format div class ``framedminipage''
+% \warpprintonly{\hrule} % only appears in print output
+% Contents
+% \warpprintonly{\hrule} % only appears in print output
+% \end{BlockClass}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% Also see \cref{sec:troubleshooting}: \nameref{sec:troubleshooting}.
+%
+%
+% 
+%
+% \subsection{Title page}
+% \label{sec:settitle}
+% \index{settings>title page}
+%
+% In the preamble, place an additional block of code to set the following:
+% \vspace{-2em}
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \title{Document Title} % One line only
+% \subtitle{Optional Document Subtitle \\ with optional multiple lines}
+% \author{Author One\affiliation{Affiliation One} \and 
+%     Author Two\affiliation{Affiliation Two} }
+% \date{Optional date}
+% \published{Optional Journal Name \\ Optional multiple lines}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% 
+% The title is used in the meta tags in the \acro{HTML} files, and the rest are used
+% in |\maketitle|.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
+% Use |\maketitle| just after the |\begin{document}|, as this will establish
+% the title of the homepage.  Optionally, use a |titlepage| environment instead.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{titlepage}
+% The \env{titlepage} environment may be used to hold a custom title page.
+% The titlepage will be set in a div class |titlepage|, and \cs{printtitle}, etc.\ may be used
+% inside this environment.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{titlingpage}
+% Another form of custom title page, where \cs{maketitle} is allowed, and
+% additional information may be included as well.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\title} \marg{title}
+
+% Avoid newlines in the |\title|; these will interfere with the
+% file break and \acro{CSS} detection.
+% \watchout
+% Use the |\subtitle| command instead.
+% In \acro{HTML}, the title will appear in a heading ``h1''.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\author} \marg{author}
+%
+% In |\author|, use |\protect| before formatting commands such as |\textsc|.
+% \watchout
+% In \acro{HTML}, the author will appear in a div class |author|.
+% \cs{affiliation} is a new addition to \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\date} \marg{date}
+%
+% |\date| works as expected.
+% In \acro{HTML}, this will appear in a div class ``titledate''.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\subtitle} \marg{subtitle}
+%
+% A new command which sets a subtitle.  Newlines are allowed.
+% The default is empty.
+% In \acro{HTML}, this will appear in a div class ``subtitle''.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\published} \marg{published}
+%
+% A new command which sets a publisher.
+% The default is empty.
+% In \acro{HTML}, this will appear in a div class ``published''.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\thanks} \marg{text}
+%
+% \cs{thanks} are allowed in the titlepage fields, and will be rendered
+% as \acro{HTML} notes at the bottom of the title page.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{HTML page meta descriptions}
+%
+% \label{sec:htmldescription}
+% \index{HTML>meta tag>description}
+% \index{description>HTML meta tag}
+% \index{meta tag, HTML>description}
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewHTMLdescription} \marg{A description of the web page.}
+% \quad The default is no description.
+%
+% Each page of \acro{HTML} output should have its own \acro{HTML} meta description,
+% which usually shows up in web search results,
+% \margintag{limitations}
+% is limited to around
+% 150 characters in length, and should not include the \acro{ASCII} double quote character (").
+%
+% Use \cs{NewHTMLdescription}
+% \margintag{placement}
+% just before |\begin{document}| to set the description of the home page,
+% and also just before each sectioning command such as \cs{chapter} or \cs{section}
+% where a new file will be generated, depending on |FileDepth|.  For example, if |FileDepth| is 1,
+% use \cs{NewHTMLdescription} just before each \cs{section} command, and that description will be
+% placed inside the \acro{HTML} page for that \cs{section}.  The same descrition will be used for
+% all following \acro{HTML} files as well, until reset by a new \cs{NewHTMLdescription}.  It is best
+% to use a unique description for each \acro{HTML} file.
+%
+% To disable the generation of \acro{HTML} description meta tags,
+% \margintag{disabling}
+% use:\\
+% \hspace*{1em} |\NewCSSdescription{}|
+%
+%
+% \subsection{CSS}
+%
+% \label{sec:projectcss}
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp.css}\DescribeFile{project.css}\DescribeFile{sample_project.css}\label{sec:lwarpcss}It is best
+% to make a local project-specific \acro{CSS} file such as |project.css|, containing only
+% things which are different from |lwarp.css|.
+% |project.css| should refer to |lwarp.css| as follows:
+%	\index{CSS>project-specific changes}\index{CSS>lwarp.css}
+%	\index{settings>\acro{CSS} project-specific}
+% \vspace{-2ex}
+% \VerbatimInput[frame=lines]{sample_project.css}
+%
+% An example file called |sample_project.css| is provided, and may be renamed |project.css|.
+% 
+% \label{sec:setcss}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewCSS}
+% For each section at which \acro{HTML} files are split,
+% |\NewCSS| may be used before the sectioning command to select a \acro{CSS} file for that and all
+% following sections.  This may be changed numerous times throughout the file, resulting in
+% different \acro{HTML} pages having different \acro{CSS} files assigned.
+% \index{CSS>file selection}
+% \index{CSS>per HTML page}
+% \index{settings>CSS selection}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Special cases and limitations}
+% \label{sec:limitations}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Text formatting}
+%
+% \limitstext
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Verse and Memoir packages}
+%
+% \limitsverse
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Math}
+% \label{sec:limitsmath}
+%
+% \limitsmath
+%
+% For an example of using custom \LaTeX\ macros with MathJax,
+% \margintag{custom MathJax macros}
+% see page \pageref{ex:mathjaxmacros}.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Graphics}
+%
+% \limitsgraphics
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Xcolor}
+%
+% \limitsxcolor
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\tikz}
+%
+% \limitstikz
+%
+% See \cref{sec:tikz}.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Tabular}
+% 
+% \limitstabular
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Minipages}
+%
+% \limitsminipage
+%
+% \subsubsection{Mdframed}
+%
+% \limitsmdframed
+% 
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{float}, \pkg{trivfloat}, and/or \pkg{algorithmicx} together}
+%
+% \limitscombiningfloats
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{caption} and \pkg{subcaption} packages}
+%
+% \limitscaption
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{subfig} package}
+%
+% \limitssubfig
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{floatrow} package}
+%
+% \limitsfloatrow
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{siunitx} package}
+% \DescribePackage{siunitx}
+%
+% \limitssiunitx
+% 
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{newclude} package}
+% \DescribePackage{newclude}
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/29}{Docs: Newclude limitations.}
+%
+% \limitsnewclude
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{newtxmath} package}
+% \DescribePackage{newtxmath}
+%
+% \limitsnewtxmath
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{babel} package}
+% \DescribePackage{babel}
+%
+% \limitsbabelone
+%
+% \limitsbabeltwo
+%
+% 
+% \subsubsection{\pkg{enumitem} package}
+% \DescribePackage{enumitem}
+%
+% \limitsenumitem
+% 
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Expanding the code base}
+% \pagestyle{pageheadfoot}
+%
+% Purely text-based packages probably will work as-is when generating
+% \acro{HTML}.
+%
+% Look to existing code for ideas on how to expand into new code.
+%
+% An environment may be converted to a |lateximage| then displayed
+% with an image of the resulting \LaTeX{} output.
+% See \cref{sec:picture} for an example of the |picture| environment.
+%
+% To create a custom \acro{HTML} block or inline \acro{CSS} class,
+% see \cref{sec:highlevelclasses}.
+%
+% \subsection{Creating an lwarp version of a package}
+%
+% When creating \acro{HTML},
+% \pkg{lwarp} redefines the \cs{usepackage} and \cs{RequirePackage}
+% macros such that it first looks to see if a |lwarp-<packagename>.sty|
+% version exists.  If so, the \pkg{lwarp} version is used instead.
+% This modular system allows the users to create their own
+% versions of packages for \pkg{lwarp} to use for \acro{HTML}, simply by creating
+% a new package with a |lwarp-| prefix.  If placed in the local
+% directory along with the source code, it will be seen by that project
+% alone.  If placed alongside the other |lwarp-| packages where \TeX\
+% can see it, then the user's new package will be seen by any documents
+% using \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+% An |lwarp-<packagename>.sty| package is only used during \acro{HTML}
+% generation.  Its purpose is to pretend to be the original package,
+% while modify anything necessary to create a successful \acro{HTML} conversion.
+% For many packages it is sufficient to simply provide nullified macros,
+% lengths, counters, etc. for anything which the original package does,
+% while passing the raw text on to be typeset.  See the pre-existing
+% |lwarp-| packages for examples.
+%
+% Note that anything the user might expect of the original package
+% must be replaced or emulated by the new |lwarp-| package, including
+% package options, user-adjustable counters, lengths, and booleans, and
+% conditional behaviors.
+%
+% Each |lwarp-| package should first call either \cs{LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop}
+% or \cs{LWR@ProvidesPackagePass}.  If dropped, the original print-version
+% package is ignored, and only the |lwarp-| version is used.
+% Use this where the original print version is useless for \acro{HTML}.
+% If passed, the original package is loaded first, with the supplied options, then
+% the |lwarp-| version continues loading as well.  Use this when \acro{HTML}
+% output only requires some modifications of the original package.
+% For a case where the original package is usable as-is, there is no
+% need to create a |lwarp-| version.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Troubleshooting}
+% \label{sec:troubleshooting}
+% \index{FAQ}\index{Frequently Asked Questions}\index{bugs}
+% \index{troubleshooting}\index{problems}\index{error messages}
+% \index{debugging}
+%
+% \subsection{Using the \protect\texttt{lwarp.sty} package}
+%
+% Also see: \\
+% \Cref{sec:successfulcommands}: \nameref{sec:successfulcommands} \\
+% \Cref{sec:printcommands}: \nameref{sec:printcommands} \\
+% \Cref{sec:limitations}: \nameref{sec:limitations}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/26}{Docs: Troubleshooting cross-references.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Docs: Text not converting.}
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item [Text is not converting:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Font-related UTF-8 information must be embedded in the \acro{PDF} file.
+%		See \cref{sec:fonts} regarding vector fonts.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Undefined HTML settings:] \
+%	\item See the warning regarding the placement of the \acro{HTML} settings
+%		at \cref{sec:htmlsettings}.
+%
+% \item [Obscure error messages:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Be sure that a print version of the document compiles and
+%		that your document's \LaTeX{} code is correct, before attempting
+%		to generate an \acro{HTML} version.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Missing sections:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item See \cref{sec:filedepth} regarding the
+%		|FileDepth| and |SideTOCDepth| counters,
+%		and the use of \cs{tableofcontents} in the home page.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Missing HTML files:] \
+%	\item See the warning regarding changes to the \acro{HTML} settings
+%		at \cref{sec:htmlsettings}.
+%
+% \item [Missing / incorrect cross-references:] ~
+% \index{cross-references>missing or incorrect}
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Use |lwarpmk again| followed
+% 		by |lwarpmk html| or |lwarpmk print| to compile the document one more time.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Em-dashes or En-dashes in listing captions and titles:] \
+%
+%	Use	\XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX.
+%
+% \item [Floats out of sequence:] ~
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [Mixed ``Here'' and floating:] Floats [H]ere and regular floats may
+%		become out of order.  \cs{clearpage} if necessary.
+%	\item [Caption setup:] With \cs{captionsetup} set the positions for
+%		the captions |above| or |below| to match their use in the source code.
+%	\end{description}
+%
+% \item [Print document contains HTML tags:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Be sure that the document
+%		selects |\usepackage[warpprint]{lwarp}| instead of |[warpHTML]|.
+%	\end{itemize}
+
+% \item [HTML document contains a single unformatted print
+%	document:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Be sure that the document
+%		selects |\usepackage[warpHTML]{lwarp}| instead of |[warpprint]|.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Images are appearing in strange places:] ~
+% \index{images>in strange places}
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item |lwarpmk limages| to refresh the |lateximage| images.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [``Leaders not followed by proper glue'':] This can be caused by
+%	a missing |l@<floattype>| or |l@<sectiontype>| definition.
+%	See \pkg{lwarp}'s definitions for examples.
+%
+% \item [Plain-looking document:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item The document's \acro{CSS} stylesheet may not be available, or may be
+%		linked incorrectly.  Verify any \cs{NewCSS} statements point to
+%		a valid \acro{CSS} file.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Broken fragments of HTML:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Check the \acro{PDF} file used to create \acro{HTML}
+%		to see if the tags overflowed the margin.
+%		(This is why such large page size and margins are used.)
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Changes do not seem to be taking effect:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Be sure to |lwarpmk clean|, recompile, then start by reloading the home page.
+%		You may have been looking at an older version of the document.
+%		If you changed a section name, you may have been looking at
+%		the file for the old name.
+%	\item See the warning regarding changes to the \acro{HTML} settings
+%		at \cref{sec:htmlsettings}.
+%	\item Verify that the proper \acro{CSS} is actually being used.
+%	\item The browser may compensate for some subtle changes, such as
+%		automatically generating ligatures, reflowing text, etc.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \item [Un-matched conditional compiles:] ~
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item Verify the proper |begin|/|end| of |warpprint|, |warpHTML|, and |warpall| environments.
+%	\end{itemize}
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Debug tracing output}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\tracinglwarp}
+%	When \cs{tracinglwarp} is used, \pkg{lwarp} will add extra
+%	tracing messages to the |.log| file.  The last several messages
+%	may help track down errors.
+%
+%	Place \cs{tracinglwarp} just after |\usepackage{lwarp}| to
+%	activate tracing.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Compiling the \protect\texttt{lwarp.dtx} file}
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [Illogical error messages caused by an out-of-sync |lwarp.sty| file:] ~
+%	\begin{enumerate}
+%	\item Delete the |lwarp.sty| file.
+%	\item |pdflatex lwarp.ins| to generate a new |lwarp.sty| file.
+%	\item |pdflatex lwarp.dtx| to recompile the |lwarp.pdf| documentation.
+%	\end{enumerate}
+%
+% \item [Un-nested environments:]~
+%
+%	Be sure to properly nest:
+%	\begin{itemize}
+%	\item |\begin{macrocode}| and |\end{macrocode}|
+%	\item |\begin{macro}| and |\end{macro}|
+%	\item |\begin{environment}| and |\end{environment}|
+%	\end{itemize}
+% \end{description}
+%
+% 
+%
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
+% 
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+%
+% This package is perhaps best described as a large collection of smaller
+% individual technical challenges,
+% in many cases solved through a number of \sout{crude hacks} clever tricks.
+% Reference sources are
+% given for many of the solutions, and a quick internet search will provide
+% additional possibilities.
+%
+% Judgement calls were made, and are often commented.  Improvements are possible.
+% The author is open to ideas and suggestions.
+%
+% Packages were patched for re-use where they provided significant functionality.
+% Examples include \pkg{xcolor} with its color models and conversion to \acro{HTML}
+% color output, and \pkg{siunitx} which provides many number and unit-formatting
+% options, almost all of which are available in pure-text form, and thus
+% easily used by \cmds{pdftotext}.
+%
+% Packages were emulated where their primary purpose was visual formatting which is not
+% relevent to \acro{HTML} output.  For example, packages related to sectioning
+% are already patched by numerous other packages, creating a difficult number of
+% combinations to try to support, and yet in \acro{HTML} output all of the
+% formatting is thrown away, so these packages are merely emulated.
+%
+% Packages with graphical output are allowed as-is, but must be nested inside a
+% \env{lateximage} environment to preserve the graphics.
+%
+% There is still room to improve the factoring of the code, and doing so will become
+% important if support for other output formats is added.  Rather than wait until the
+% code is pristine, the author felt it best to publish early and accept input before
+% pushing on towards a perhaps less-than-ideal solution.
+%
+%
+% Testing has primarily been done with the Iceweasel/Firefox browser.
+%
+%
+% \section{Stack depths}
+% \label{sec:stackdepths}
+% \index{HTML>headings}
+% \index{section>depths}\index{stack depths}
+%
+% Stacks are created to track depth inside the \LaTeX{} document structure.
+% This depth is translated to \acro{HTML} headings as shown
+% in \cref{tab:depthsheadings}.
+% ``Depth'' here is not
+% depth in the traditional computer-science stack-usage sense, but rather a
+% representation of the nesting depth inside the \LaTeX{} document structure.
+%
+% When starting a new section, the program first must close out any existing
+% sections and lists of a deeper level to keep the \acro{HTML} tags nested correctly.
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Section depths and HTML headings\label{tab:depthsheadings}}
+% \begin{tabular}{lcl}
+% \toprule
+% Section & \parbox[c]{.35in}{\LaTeX{} depth} & \acro{HTML} headings \\
+% \midrule
+% title of the entire website & & h1 \\
+% none			& -5	& new for this package \\
+% book			& -2	& \textbf{not yet used} \\
+% part			& -1	& h2 \\
+% chapter		& 0 	& h3 \\
+% section		& 1		& h4 \\
+% subsection	& 2		& h5 \\
+% subsubsection	& 3		& h6 \\
+% paragraph		& 4		& span class = "paragraph" \\
+% subparagraph	& 5		& span class = "subparagraph" \\
+% listitem		& 7		& new for this package, used for list items \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%
+% Support for the \pkg{memoir} package will require the addition of a \cmds{book}
+% level, which will push the \acro{HTML} headings down a step, and also cause \cmds{subsubsection}
+% to become a \cmds{div} due to a limit of six \acro{HTML} headings.
+%
+% It is possible to use \htmlfive{} \cmds{section} and \cmds{H1} for all levels,
+% but this may not be well-recognized by older browsers.
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% 
+% 
+% \section{Source Code}
+% This is where the documented source code for \pkg{lwarp} begins,
+% continuing through the following sections all the way to the
+% change log and index at the end of this document.
+%
+% \index{numbers>left margin}\index{line numbers}
+% \index{margin>numbers}\index{margin>tags}
+% \documentationnotes
+% \index{warning icon}\index{danger icon}\index{icon>warning}
+% \index{for>HTML output}\index{for>PRINT output}\index{for>HTML \& PRINT}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/04/05}{Docs: Added warning icons for items needing
+% 	special attention.}
+%
+% \vfill
+% 
+% \begin{center}
+% \pkg{lwarp} source code begins on the following page.
+% \end{center}
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Detecting the \TeX\ Engine — pdflatex, lualatex, xelatex}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+
+\ifLuaTeX
+\RequirePackage{luatex85}% until the geometry package is updated
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Unicode Input Characters}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/17}{PDF Unicode input characters.}
+% \index{Unicode>input characters}
+%
+% \codeall
+%
+% If using |pdflatex|, convert a minimal set of Unicode characters.
+% Additional characters may be defined by the user, as needed.
+%
+% If using and of |pdflatex|, |xelatex|, or |lualatex|, \cs{texttimes} is
+% declared for a common multiply symbol.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\RequirePackage{newunicodechar}
+
+\newunicodechar{⨯}{\texttimes}
+
+\ifPDFTeX
+\newunicodechar{ff}{ff}
+\newunicodechar{fi}{fi}
+\newunicodechar{fl}{fl}
+\newunicodechar{ffi}{ffi}
+\newunicodechar{ffl}{ffl}
+\newunicodechar{—}{---}
+\newunicodechar{–}{--}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In verbatim text in PDFTex, preserve upright quotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{upquote}
+\else
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Handling package options}
+% \label{sec:handlingpackageoptions}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{etoolbox}
+% Provides |\ifbool| and other functions.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}[2011/01/03]
+% requires v2.6 for \BeforeBeginEnvironment, etc.
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{ifplatform}
+% Provides \cs{ifwindows} to try to automatically detect
+% Windows OS.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{ifplatform}% sense op-system platform
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{comment}
+% Provides conditional code blocks.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{comment}
+\excludecomment{testing}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{kvoptions}
+% Allows key/value package options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=LWR,prefix=LWR@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{warpingprint}
+% \DescribeBoolean{warpingHTML}
+% \DescribeBoolean{mathjax}
+% Set to true/false depending on the package option selections for
+% print/\acro{HTML} output and mathsvg/mathjax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{warpingprint}
+\newbool{warpingHTML}
+\newbool{mathjax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\warpprintonly} \marg{contents}
+%
+% Only process the contents if producing printed output.
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/06}{Replaces \cs{rowprintedonly}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\warpprintonly}[1]{\ifbool{warpingprint}{#1}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\warpHTMLonly} \marg{contents}
+%
+% Only process the contents if producing \acro{HTML} output.
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/06}{Added.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\warpHTMLonly}[1]{\ifbool{warpingHTML}{#1}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{warpall}
+% Anything in the |warpall| environment will be generated for print or \acro{HTML} outputs.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\includecomment{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{warpprint}
+% Anything in the |warpprint| environment will be generated for print output only.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{warpprint}
+% If the |warpprint| option is given, boolean |warpingprint| is true and boolean |warpingHTML| is false,
+% and may be used for |\ifbool| tests.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{warpprint}{%
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using option 'warpprint'}
+\includecomment{warpprint}%
+\excludecomment{warpHTML}%
+\booltrue{warpingprint}%
+\boolfalse{warpingHTML}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% \begin{environment}{warpHTML}
+% Anything in the |warpHTML| environment will be generated for \acro{HTML} output only.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{warpHTML}
+% If the |warpHTML| option is given, boolean |warpingHTML| is true and boolean |warpingprint| is false,
+% and may be used for |\ifbool| tests.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{warpHTML}{%
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using option 'warpHTML'}
+\excludecomment{warpprint}%
+\includecomment{warpHTML}%
+\booltrue{warpingHTML}%
+\boolfalse{warpingprint}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+%
+
+
+%
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{Options: mathsvg and mathjax}
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{mathsvg}
+% Option |mathsvg| selects \acro{SVG} math display:
+% \index{math>mathsvg option}
+% \index{SVG>mathsvg option}
+% If the |mathsvg| option is given, boolean |mathjax| is false, and may be used for |\ifbool| tests.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mathsvg}{%
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using option 'mathsvg'}
+\boolfalse{mathjax}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{mathjax}
+% Option |mathjax| selects MathJax math display:
+% \index{math>mathjax option}
+% \index{MathJax>mathjax option}
+% If the |mathjax| option is given, boolean |mathjax| is true, may be used for |\ifbool| tests.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mathjax}{%
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using option 'mathjax'}
+\booltrue{mathjax}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp]{BaseJobname}
+% Option |BaseJobname| sets the \cs{BaseJobname} for this document.
+%
+% This is the \cs{jobname} of the printed version, even if currently
+% compiling the \acro{HTML} version.
+% I.e. this is the \cs{jobname} without |_html| appended.
+% This is used to set \cs{HomeHTMLFileName} if the user did not provide one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareStringOption[\jobname]{BaseJobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% The default is print output,
+% and \acro{SVG} math if the user chose \acro{HTML} output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\includecomment{warpprint}%
+\excludecomment{warpHTML}%
+\booltrue{warpingprint}%
+\boolfalse{warpingHTML}%
+\boolfalse{mathjax}%
+
+
+% \ExecuteOptions{warpprint,mathsvg}
+
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Assign the \cs{BaseJobname} if the user hasn't provided one:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\BaseJobname}{\LWR@BaseJobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef} \marg{name} \marg{defn}
+%
+% Expands |<defn>| before assigning to |<name>|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \section{Required packages}
+% \label{sec:requiredpackages}
+% \index{packages>required}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/08}{Lwarp no longer selects fonts.}
+
+% These packages are automatically loaded by \pkg{lwarp} when generating
+% \acro{HTML} output.  Some of them are also automatically loaded when
+% generating print output, but some are not.
+%
+% In the document preamble, create a \env{warpprint} environment, and place
+% inside it any of the following packages which are required and which
+% are labeled as ``Print: OK to Load in a \env{warpprint} environment''.
+% Those packages which are labeled as ``Print: Pre-Loaded''
+% need not be placed into the document preamble.
+
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/07}{Added XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX support.}
+% See: \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/47579}.
+
+% Detects \XeTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX:
+% \index{XeLaTeX>detection}\index{LuaLaTeX>detection}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+\newif\ifxetexorluatex
+\ifXeTeX
+    \xetexorluatextrue
+\else
+    \ifLuaTeX
+        \xetexorluatextrue
+    \else
+        \xetexorluatexfalse
+    \fi
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % For \XeTeX{} or \LuaLaTeX, use \pkg{fontspec}.
+% ^^A % \marginpar{\textcolor{blue}{\XeTeX{} or \LuaLaTeX{} only:}}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % See:\\
+% ^^A % \href
+% ^^A %	{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2984/frequently-loaded-packages-differences-between-pdflatex-and-xelatex}
+% ^^A %	{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2984/\\
+% ^^A %		\hspace*{.25in}frequently-loaded-packages-differences-between-pdflatex-and-xelatex}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \index{font>during conversion}
+% ^^A % For \XeLaTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX, uses DejaVu Serif for enhanced Cyrillic and Greek coverage.
+% ^^A % \index{Unicode>XeLaTeX \& LuaLaTeX}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifxetexorluatex
+% ^^A     \usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A     \defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=Common}
+% ^^A     \setmainfont{DejaVu Serif}
+% ^^A     \setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}
+% ^^A     \setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}
+% The monospaced font is used for \acro{HTML} tags,
+% so turn off its TeX ligatures and common ligatures:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defaultfontfeatures[\rmfamily]{Ligatures={NoCommon,TeX}}
+\defaultfontfeatures[\sffamily]{Ligatures={NoCommon,TeX}}
+\defaultfontfeatures[\ttfamily]{Ligatures=NoCommon}
+\else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A % For |pdflatex|, use \pkg{fontenc} and \pkg{lmodern}:
+% ^^A % \marginpar{\textcolor{blue}{|pdflatex| only:}}
+% ^^A % \index{Unicode>pdfLaTeX}
+% ^^A % \index{pdfLaTeX>Unicode support}
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A     \RequirePDFTeX % error if not pdflatex
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A     \input glyphtounicode.tex
+% ^^A     \input glyphtounicode-cmr.tex% from the pdfx package
+% ^^A     \pdfgentounicode=1 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A     \usepackage{cmap}% help map Russian to unicode
+% ^^A     \defaulthyphenchar=127%
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{lmodern}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \pdflatexonly
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % |pdftotext| works better with a vector font.
+% ^^A % This font choice does not control the HTML file, but it does appear in the
+% ^^A % images generated from math expressions.
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage{lmodern}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{fontenc}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \pdflatexonly
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{inputenc}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \pdflatexonly
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{microtype}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/18}{Microtype disabled during HTML generation}
+%
+% \pdflatexonly
+%
+% Older browsers don't
+% \index{ligatures}
+% display ligatures.
+% \margintag{ligatures}
+% Turn off letter ligatures, keeping
+% \LaTeX{} dash and quote ligatures, which may fail on older browers
+% but at least won't corrupt written words.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage {microtype}
+
+\microtypesetup{
+	protrusion=false,
+	expansion=false,
+	tracking=false,
+	kerning=false,
+	spacing=false}
+
+\DisableLigatures[f,q,t,T,Q]{encoding = *,family = *}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{newunicodechar}
+% ^^A % 
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \pdflatexonly
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % Note that the font used by the source code listing may not correctly display the
+% ^^A % \watchout
+% ^^A % actual Unicode character contained in the \cs{newunicode\{\}} expression.
+% ^^A % The listing printout may not display ligatures or the dashes correctly.
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage{newunicodechar}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{Í}{\IeC {\'I}}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{ff}{ff}% ligatures
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{fi}{fi}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{fl}{fl}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{ffi}{ffi}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{ffl}{ffl}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{°}{\degree}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{ρ}{\ensuremath{\rho}}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{⨯}{\texttimes}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{®}{\textregistered}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{©}{\textcopyright}
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{—}{---}% emdash
+% ^^A \newunicodechar{–}{--}% endash
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{”}{''}% closing quote
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{“}{``}% opening quote
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{§}{\S}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{¶}{\P}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{†}{\dag}
+% ^^A %% \newunicodechar{‡}{\ddag}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{textcomp}
+% ^^A % 
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \pdflatexonly
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % Provides \cs{degree}, \cs{textquotesingle}, \cs{textmu}.
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage{textcomp}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A % \marginpar{\textcolor{blue}{End of \XeLaTeX, \LuaLaTeX, |pdflatex| choices.}}
+% ^^A 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{geometry}
+% Tactics to avoid unwanted page breaks and margin overflow:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Uses a very long and wide page to minimize page breaks and margin overflow.
+% \item Will also use a scriptsize font.
+% \item Also uses extra space at the margin to avoid \acro{HTML} tag overflow off the page.
+% \item Will also force a new page before environments.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/12}{Page geometry set to 6in wide with large margins.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\RequirePackage[paperheight=190in,paperwidth=20in,%
+left=7in,right=7in,%
+top=1in,bottom=1in,%
+]{geometry}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{xparse}
+%
+% \LaTeX{}3 command argument parsing
+% ^^A \RequirePackage[log-declarations=false]{xparse}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xparse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{expl3}
+%
+% \LaTeX{}3 programming
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A % \DescribePackage{l3regex}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \LaTeX{}3 regular expression handling
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \RequirePackage{l3regex}
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% ^^A % \begin{macro}{\EmulatesPackage} \marg{pkg name} \oarg{yyyy/mm/dd and comments}
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % Similar to \cs{ProvidesPackage}.  Used where the \pkg{lwarp} package emulates
+% ^^A % other packages.
+% ^^A % For example, \pkg{trivfloat} wants to load \pkg{float}, which is emulated by \pkg{lwarp}.
+% ^^A % Since |\EmulatesPackage{float}| is declared by \pkg{lwarp},
+% ^^A % \pkg{trivfloat} will not load \pkg{float} on its own.
+% ^^A % Doing so would have over-written the \pkg{lwarp} emulation.
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % Do not use \cs{EmulatesPackage} for packages which are patched by other
+% ^^A % \watchout
+% ^^A % packages. The emulated code cannot be patched correctly.
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A %    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \NewDocumentCommand{\EmulatesPackage}{m O{}}{%
+% ^^A \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname{#2 ---
+% ^^A 	Emulated by package \@currname.}
+% ^^A }
+% ^^A \@onlypreamble\EmulatesPackage
+% ^^A %    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A % \end{macro}
+% ^^A 
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{gettitlestring}
+%
+% Used to emulate \cs{nameref}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{gettitlestring}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{everyhook}
+%
+% \pkg{everyhook} is used to patch paragraph handling.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{everyhook}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{fancyvrb}
+%
+% Used for Verbatim, verse.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{xifthen}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xifthen}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{xstring}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xstring}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{makeidx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{makeidx}
+\makeindex
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{calc}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{newfloat}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{newfloat}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{caption}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{subcaption}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{subcaption}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{enumitem}
+%
+% \pkg{enumitem} is patched to support |\newlist| with \acro{HTML}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}
+\setlist[itemize]{leftmargin=0em}
+\setlist[enumerate]{leftmargin=0em}
+\setlist[description]{leftmargin=0em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{pagenote}
+%
+% Used to convert footnotes into pagenotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[continuous]{pagenote}
+\makepagenote
+\let\LWR@origmakepagenote\makepagenote
+\let\LWR@origprintnotes\printnotes
+\let\LWR@origpagenote\pagenote
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribePackage{titling}
+%
+% Used for |\maketitle| and the title page.  See \cref{sec:titles}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{titling}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{zref}
+%
+% Used for cross-references.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{zref}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{amsmath}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/09}{Fix: amsmath options clash}
+%
+% Equation numbers are placed to the left for \acro{HTML}.
+%
+% \pkg{newtxmath} automatically loads \pkg{amsmath},
+% so the options |leqno| and |fleqn| are passed beforehand to be
+% picked up both here and by \pkg{newtxmath} if it is used.
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/11}{Fix: newtxmath compatibility.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{leqno,fleqn}{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{environ}
+%
+% Used to encapsulate math environments for re-use in \acro{HTML} ALT text.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{environ}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{titleps}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/27}{titleps: null \cs{pagestyle} and \cs{thispagestyle} for HTML.}
+%
+% Used to place an \acro{HTML} comment into the footer of a page below the footnotes.
+% This comment is used for |lateximage| environments, including math.
+%
+% The |nopatches| option prevents titleps from trying to patch sectioning commands.
+%
+% \cs{pagestyle} and \cs{thispagestyle} are nullified for \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[nopatches]{titleps}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pagestyle} \marg{style}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origpagestyle\pagestyle
+\renewcommand*{\pagestyle}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle} \marg{style}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origthispagestyle\thispagestyle
+\renewcommand*{\thispagestyle}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbering} \marg{commands}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origpagenumbering\pagenumbering
+\renewcommand*{\pagenumbering}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+
+% \DescribePackage{xfrac}
+%
+% Patched for \acro{HTML} use.
+% See \cref{sec:xfrac}.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xfrac}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%
+% Used to convert lengths for image width/height options.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{printlen}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Loading Packages}
+%
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Remember the original \cs{RequirePackage}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origRequirePackage\RequirePackage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@requirepackagenames} Stores the list of required package names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@requirepackagenames}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@findword} \oarg{1: separator} \marg{2: list}
+%								\marg{3: index} \oarg{4: destination}
+%
+% Note that argument 4 is passed directly to \cs{StrBetween}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\LWR@findword[3][,]{%
+    \StrBetween[#3,\numexpr#3+1]{#1#2#1}{#1}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@lookforpackagename} \marg{index}
+% If this is a package name, re-direct it to the \pkg{lwarp} version
+% by renaming it |lwarp-| followed by the original name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@lookforpackagename}[1]{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Find the n'th package name from the list:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@findword{\LWR@requirepackagenames}{#1}[\LWR@strresult]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if the package name was found:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{}
+{}% no filename
+{% yes filename
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If found, and if an \pkg{lwarp}-equivalent name exists, use |lwarp-|* instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfFileExists{lwarp-\LWR@strresult.sty}
+{% latex_html_ file found
+		\StrSubstitute
+			{\LWR@requirepackagenames}
+			{\LWR@strresult}
+			{lwarp-\LWR@strresult}[\LWR@requirepackagenames]
+}
+{}% no latex_html_* file
+}% yes filename
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RequirePackage} \oarg{1: options} \marg{2: package names} \oarg{3: version}
+%
+% For each of many package names in a comma-separated list,
+% if an \pkg{lwarp} version of a package exists,
+% select it instead of the \LaTeX\ version.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\RequirePackage}{o m o}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redirect up to nine names:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@requirepackagenames}{#2}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{1}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{2}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{3}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{4}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{5}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{6}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{7}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{8}
+\LWR@lookforpackagename{9}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{RequirePackage} depending on the options and version:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfValueTF{#1}
+{% options given
+	\IfValueTF{#3}% version given?
+	{\LWR@origRequirePackage[#1]{\LWR@requirepackagenames}[#3]}
+	{\LWR@origRequirePackage[#1]{\LWR@requirepackagenames}}
+}
+{% no options given
+	\IfValueTF{#3}% version given?
+	{\LWR@origRequirePackage{\LWR@requirepackagenames}[#3]}
+	{\LWR@origRequirePackage{\LWR@requirepackagenames}}
+}
+}
+\let\usepackage\RequirePackage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass} \marg{pkgname} \oarg{version}
+%
+% Provides a new package which passes its options to the original.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass}{m o}{
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using the lwarp version of package `#1', including options,}%
+\IfValueTF{#2}
+{\ProvidesPackage{lwarp-#1}[#2]}
+{\ProvidesPackage{lwarp-#1}}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{#1}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+
+\IfValueTF{#2}
+{\LWR@origRequirePackage{#1}[#2]}
+{\LWR@origRequirePackage{#1}}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop} \marg{pkgname} \oarg{version}
+%
+% Provides a new package which drops/discards its options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop}{m o}{
+\PackageInfo{lwarp}{Using the lwarp version of package `#1', discarding options,}%
+\IfValueTF{#2}
+{\ProvidesPackage{lwarp-#1}[#2]}
+{\ProvidesPackage{lwarp-#1}}
+\DeclareOption*{}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Copying a file}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@copyfile} \marg{source filename} \marg{destination filename}
+%
+% Used to copy the |.toc| file to |.sidetoc| to re-print the \acro{TOC} in
+% the side\acro{TOC} navigation pane.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@copyfile}[2]{%
+\newwrite\copyfile  % open the file to write to
+\immediate\openout\copyfile=#2
+\newread\file      % open the file to read from
+\openin\file=#1
+\begingroup\endlinechar=-1
+\makeatletter
+\loop\unless\ifeof\file
+  \read\file to\fileline  % Read one line and store it into \fileline
+%   \fileline\par                   % print the content into the pdf
+% print the content:
+  \immediate\write\copyfile{\unexpanded\expandafter{\fileline}}%
+\repeat
+\closeout\copyfile
+\endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \section{Debugging messages}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@tracinglwarp} True if tracing is turned on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@tracinglwarp}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tracinglwarp} Turns on the debug tracing messages.
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/02/07}{Added.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\tracinglwarp}{\booltrue{LWR@tracinglwarp}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@traceinfo} \marg{text} \quad If tracing is turned on, writes
+%	the text to the |.log| file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@traceinfo}[1]{%
+\ifbool{LWR@tracinglwarp}%
+{\PackageInfo{lwarp}{#1 : }}%
+{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \section{Remembering original formatting macros}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Remember original definitions of formatting commands.
+% Will be changed to \acro{HTML} commands for most uses.
+% Will be temporarily restored to original meaning inside any lateximage environment.
+% Also nullify unused commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origtextit\textit
+\let\LWR@origtextbf\textbf
+\let\LWR@origtexttt\texttt
+\let\LWR@origtextsc\textsc
+\let\LWR@origtextsf\textsf
+\let\LWR@origtextrm\textrm
+\let\LWR@origbfseries\bfseries
+\let\LWR@origrmfamily\rmfamily
+\let\LWR@origttfamily\ttfamily
+\let\LWR@orignormalfont\normalfont
+
+\let\LWR@origraggedright\raggedright
+\let\LWR@origonecolumn\onecolumn
+
+\let\LWR@origtextsuperscript\textsuperscript
+\let\LWR@origtextsubscript\textsubscript
+
+\let\LWR@origscriptsize\scriptsize
+
+\let\LWR@orignewpage\newpage
+
+\let\LWR@origminipage\minipage
+\let\LWR@origendminipage\endminipage
+
+\let\LWR@orignewline\newline
+
+\let\LWR@origitem\item
+
+\let\LWR@origpar\par
+
+
+\let\LWR@origfootnote\footnote
+\let\LWR@orig@mpfootnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
+
+\let\LWR@origclearpage\clearpage
+\let\clearpage\relax
+\let\cleardoublepage\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Operating-System portability}
+% \label{sec:OSportability}
+% \changes{v0.11}{2016/03/11}{Added section: Operating-System portability.}
+%
+% \osportabilityusage
+%
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Common portability code}
+%
+% \DescribeBoolean{usingOSwindows}Set if \cs{warpOSwindows}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{usingOSwindows}
+\boolfalse{usingOSwindows}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%
+% \subsection{Unix, Linux, and Mac\,OS}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\OSPathSymbol}
+% Symbol used to separate directories in a path.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\OSPathSymbol}{/}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\OSmkdir}
+% The make-directory command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\OSmkdir}{mkdir } % trailing space is required
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\OSrm}
+% The remove-file command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\OSrm}{rm }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\OSmv}
+% The move-file command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\OSmv}{mv }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\OSShellPath}
+% Path to the command-line shell.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\OSShellPath}{/bin/sh}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{MS-Windows}
+
+% For MS-Windows:
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\warpOSwindows}
+% Set defaults for the MS-Windows operating system.
+% \pkg{lwarp} attempts to auto-detect the operatings system,
+% so \cs{warpOSwindows} may not be necessary.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/19}{Auto-detects operating system.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\warpOSwindows}
+{
+\booltrue{usingOSwindows}
+\renewcommand*{\OSPathSymbol}{\@backslashchar}
+\renewcommand*{\OSmkdir}{MD }
+\renewcommand*{\OSrm}{DEL }
+\renewcommand*{\OSmv}{MOVE }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Test for windows during compile.  The user may also specify
+% \cs{warpOSwindows} later in case this test fails.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifwindows
+\warpOSwindows
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Stacks}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% Stacks are used to remember how to close sections and list items.
+% Before a new section is started, previously nested sections and items must
+% be closed out (un-nested) in proper order.
+% Note that starting a new section may close several levels of previously
+% \watchout
+% nested items at the same time.
+% For example, starting a new |\section| would close any currently open
+% subsection, subsubsection, and paragraph.
+% General environments are not nested on the stack since they have their own close
+% mechanism.  List environments are nested, and items inside those environments
+% are nested one level deeper still.
+% List environments may be nested inside other list environments, and list items
+% are nested inside list environments as well.  Thus, the stack may have items
+% which are not necessarily in order, since a description may contain an enumerate,
+% for example.
+% Depths to be recorded in |\LWR@closedepthone|, etc.
+
+% \subsection{Assigning depths}
+
+% initial depths for empty stack entries:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthnone}{-5}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% all sectioning depths are deeper than |LWR@depthfinished|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthfinished}{-4}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthpart}{-1}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthchapter}{0}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthsection}{1}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthsubsection}{2}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthsubsubsection}{3}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthparagraph}{4}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthsubparagraph}{5}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% used by |\itemize|, |\enumerate|, |\description|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthlist}{6}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% used by |\item|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@depthlistitem}{7}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \subsection{Closing actions}
+
+% A stack to record the action to take to close each nesting level:
+% Add more levels of stack if necessary for a very deeply nested document,
+% adding to |\pushclose| and |\popclose| as well.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeone}{}% top of the stack
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closetwo}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closethree}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closefour}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closefive}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closesix}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeseven}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeeight}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closenine}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeten}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeeleven}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closetwelve}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \subsection{Closing depths}
+
+% A stack to record the depth of each level:
+%
+% Note that nested LaTeX structures may push depths which are non-sequential.
+% \watchout
+
+% \begin{docsidebar}[Ex:]
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{itemize} 
+%    \item{A}
+%    \begin{description}
+%       \item{B}
+%    \end{description}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% \end{docsidebar}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthone}{\LWR@depthnone}% top of the stack
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthtwo}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepththree}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthfour}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthfive}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthsix}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthseven}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedeptheight}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthnine}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthten}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedeptheleven}{\LWR@depthnone}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closedepthtwelve}{\LWR@depthnone}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \subsection{Pushing and popping the stack}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\pushclose} \marg{action} \marg{depth}
+
+% Pushes one return action and its LaTeX depth onto the stacks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\pushclose}{m m}
+{
+\let\LWR@closetwelve\LWR@closeeleven
+\let\LWR@closeeleven\LWR@closeten
+\let\LWR@closeten\LWR@closenine
+\let\LWR@closenine\LWR@closeeight
+\let\LWR@closeeight\LWR@closeseven
+\let\LWR@closeseven\LWR@closesix
+\let\LWR@closesix\LWR@closefive
+\let\LWR@closefive\LWR@closefour
+\let\LWR@closefour\LWR@closethree
+\let\LWR@closethree\LWR@closetwo
+\let\LWR@closetwo\LWR@closeone
+\let\LWR@closeone#1
+\let\LWR@closedepthtwelve\LWR@closedeptheleven
+\let\LWR@closedepthelevel\LWR@closedepthten
+\let\LWR@closedepthten\LWR@closedepthnine
+\let\LWR@closedepthnine\LWR@closedeptheight
+\let\LWR@closedeptheight\LWR@closedepthseven
+\let\LWR@closedepthseven\LWR@closedepthsix
+\let\LWR@closedepthsix\LWR@closedepthfive
+\let\LWR@closedepthfive\LWR@closedepthfour
+\let\LWR@closedepthfour\LWR@closedepththree
+\let\LWR@closedepththree\LWR@closedepthtwo
+\let\LWR@closedepthtwo\LWR@closedepthone
+\let\LWR@closedepthone#2
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\popclose}
+
+% Pops one action and its depth off the stacks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\popclose}
+{
+\let\LWR@closeone\LWR@closetwo
+\let\LWR@closetwo\LWR@closethree
+\let\LWR@closethree\LWR@closefour
+\let\LWR@closefour\LWR@closefive
+\let\LWR@closefive\LWR@closesix
+\let\LWR@closesix\LWR@closeseven
+\let\LWR@closeseven\LWR@closeeight
+\let\LWR@closeeight\LWR@closenine
+\let\LWR@closenine\LWR@closeten
+\let\LWR@closeten\LWR@closeeleven
+\let\LWR@closeeleven\LWR@closetwelve
+\let\LWR@closedepthone\LWR@closedepthtwo
+\let\LWR@closedepthtwo\LWR@closedepththree
+\let\LWR@closedepththree\LWR@closedepthfour
+\let\LWR@closedepthfour\LWR@closedepthfive
+\let\LWR@closedepthfive\LWR@closedepthsix
+\let\LWR@closedepthsix\LWR@closedepthseven
+\let\LWR@closedepthseven\LWR@closedeptheight
+\let\LWR@closedeptheight\LWR@closedepthnine
+\let\LWR@closedepthnine\LWR@closedepthten
+\let\LWR@closedepthten\LWR@closedeptheleven
+\let\LWR@closedeptheleven\LWR@closedepthtwelve
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Data arrays}
+% \label{sec:dataarray}
+% 
+% These macros are similar to the \pkg{arrayjobx} package, except
+% that \cs{LWR@setexparray}'s argument is expanded only once when assigned.
+%
+% |name| has no backslash, |index| can be a number or a text name,
+% and an empty |value| must be |\relax| instead of empty.
+%
+% To assign an empty value: \\
+% \hspace*{2em}|\LWR@setexparray{name}{index}{\relax}|
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/07}{Added single-expansion data arrays.}
+%
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@setexparray} \marg{name} \marg{index} \marg{contents}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@setexparray}{m m m}{%
+\expandafter\edef\csname #1#2\endcsname{\expandonce#3}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@getexparray} \marg{name} \marg{index}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@getexparray}[2]{\csuse{#1#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{HTML entities}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \acro{HTML} entites and \acro{HTML} Unicode entities:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origampersand\&
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\HTMLentity} \marg{entitytag}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\HTMLentity}[1]{\LWR@origampersand#1;}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\HTMLunicode} \marg{hex\_unicode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\HTMLunicode}[1]{\HTMLentity{\#x#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\&}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\&}{\HTMLentity{amp}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textless}
+% \begin{macro}{\textgreater}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origtextless\textless
+\renewcommand*{\textless}{\HTMLentity{lt}}
+
+\let\LWR@origtextgreater\textgreater
+\renewcommand*{\textgreater}{\HTMLentity{gt}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{HTML filename generation}
+%
+
+% The filename of the homepage is set to |\HomeHTMLFileName.html|.
+% The filenames of additional sections start with |\HTMLFileName|, to which is
+% appended a section number or a simplified section name, depending on |FileSectionNames|.
+%
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\BaseJobname}
+% The \cs{jobname} of the printed version, even if currently
+% compiling the \acro{HTML} version.
+% I.e. this is the \cs{jobname} without |_html| appended.
+% This is used to set \cs{HomeHTMLFileName} if the user did not provide one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\BaseJobname}{\jobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\HTMLFileName}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/28}{Docs: Escape filename underscores.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/18}{No longer escape underscores.}
+% The prefix for all generated \acro{HTML} files other than the home page,
+% defaulting to empty.  See \cref{sec:filenameexamples}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\HTMLFileName}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\HomeHTMLFileName}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/28}{Docs: Escape filename underscores.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/18}{No longer escape underscores.}
+% The filename of the home page, defaulting to the \cs{BaseJobname}.
+% See \cref{sec:filenameexamples}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\HomeHTMLFileName}{\BaseJobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+% \begin{macro}{\SetHTMLFileNumber} \marg{number}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/09/11}{Add: Control file numbers.}
+% Sets the file number for the next
+% file to be generated.  0 is the home page.
+% Use just before the next sectioning command, and set it to one less than the
+% desired number of the next section.
+% May be used to generate numbered groups of nodes
+% such as 100+ for one chapter, 200+ for another chapter, etc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\SetHTMLFileNumber}[1]{%
+\setcounter{LWR@htmlfilenumber}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{FileSectionNames}
+% Selects how to create \acro{HTML} file names.
+%
+% Defaults to use section names in the filenames.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{FileSectionNames}
+\booltrue{FileSectionNames}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@htmlfilenumber}
+% Records the number of each \acro{HTML} file as it is being created.
+% Number 0 is the home page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@htmlfilenumber}
+\setcounter{LWR@htmlfilenumber}{0}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlsectionfilename} \marg{htmlfilenumber or name}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/28}{Fix: Links to home page.}
+% \changes{v0.17}{2016/04/11}{Fix: Links when entire doc is one HTML page.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/09/11}{HTMLFileName: removed additional trailing '-', and may be empty.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/09/11}{Sections called ``Index'' or ``index'' have an underscore
+% prepended to their filenames if no prefix.}
+%
+% Prints the filename for a given section: |\HTMLFileName{}filenumber/name.html|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlsectionfilename}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlsectionfilename A}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Section 0 or empty is given the home filename.
+% The filename must be detokenized for underscores.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to assign temp}%
+\edef\LWR@tempone{#1}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to compare with ??}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@tempone}{??}}%
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{found ??}%
+}{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{not found ??}%
+}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to compare with zero or empty}%
+\ifthenelse{%
+\equal{\LWR@tempone}{0}%
+\OR \equal{\LWR@tempone}{}%
+\OR \equal{\LWR@tempone}{??}%
+}%
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlsectionfilename B \HomeHTMLFileName.html}%
+\HomeHTMLFileName.html%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For a \LaTeX\ section named ``Index'' or ``index'' without a prefix, create a filename
+% with a leading underscore to avoid colliding with the HTML filename |index.html|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlsectionfilename C}%
+\ifthenelse{%
+\equal{\HTMLFileName}{} \AND \equal{\LWR@tempone}{Index} \OR \equal{\LWR@tempone}{index}%
+}%
+{\_#1.html}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, create a filename with the chosen prefix:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\HTMLFileName#1.html}%
+}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlsectionfilename Z}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename} \marg{label}
+%
+% Prints the filename for the given label
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename A: !#1!}%
+\LWR@htmlsectionfilename{\LWR@htmlfileref{#1}}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename B}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Homepage link}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LinkHome}
+% |\LinkHome| may be used wherever you wish to place a link back to the homepage.
+% The filename must be detokenized for underscores.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LinkHome}{%
+\LWR@subhyperrefclass{%
+\HomeHTMLFileName.html}%
+{Home}{linkhome}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@topnavigation}
+%
+% Creates a link to the homepage at the top of the page for use when the window is too
+% narrow for the sidetoc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@topnavigation}{
+\LWR@htmlelementclassline{nav}{topnavigation}{\LinkHome}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@botnavigation}
+%
+% Creates a link to the homepage at the bottom of the page for use when the window is too
+% narrow for the sidetoc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@botnavigation}{
+\LWR@htmlelementclassline{nav}{botnavigation}{\LinkHome}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{\textbackslash{}PrintStack diagnostic tool}
+
+% Diagnostics tool:
+% Prints the LaTeX nesting depth values for the stack levels.
+% Must have |\LWR@startpars| active while printing the stack, so |\PrintStack| may
+% \watchout
+% be called from anywhere in the normal text flow.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\PrintStack} Prints the closedepth stack.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\PrintStack}{
+\LWR@startpars
+\LWR@closedepthone{} \LWR@closedepthtwo{} \LWR@closedepththree{}
+\LWR@closedepthfour{} \LWR@closedepthfive{} \LWR@closedepthsix{}
+\LWR@closedepthseven{} \LWR@closedeptheight{} \LWR@closedepthnine{}
+\LWR@closedepthten{} \LWR@closedeptheleven{} \LWR@closedepthtwelve{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \section{Closing stack levels}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Close one nested level:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeoneprevious}{%
+
+\LWR@closeone{}
+
+\popclose{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@closeprevious} \marg{depth}
+% Close everything up to the given depth:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeprevious}[1]{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close any pending paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close anything nested deeper than the desired depth:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\whiledo{\not\(\LWR@closedepthone<#1\)}{\LWR@closeoneprevious}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{HTML tags, spans, divs, elements}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Mapping \LaTeX{} Sections to HTML Sections}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagpart}{h2}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagpartend}{/h2}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagchapter}{h3}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagchapterend}{/h3}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsection}{h4}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsectionend}{/h4}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubsection}{h5}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubsectionend}{/h5}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubsubsection}{h6}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubsubsectionend}{/h6}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagparagraph}{span class="paragraph"{}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagparagraphend}{/span}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubparagraph}{span class="subparagraph"{}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagsubparagraphend}{/span}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tagregularparagraph}{p}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{HTML tags}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmltagc} \marg{tag}
+% Break ligatures in \acro{HTML} tags.
+%
+%|\protect| is in case the tag appears in TOC, LOF, LOT.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmltagc}[1]{%
+{%
+\LWR@origttfamily%
+% \protect\LWR@origtexttt{%
+% \protect\LWR@origtextbf{%
+\LWR@origtextless#1\LWR@origtextgreater%
+% }%
+% }%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{LWR@nestspan} Disable \env{minipage}, \cs{parbox} inside a |span|.
+%
+% |\begin{LWR@nestspan}| must follow the opening |<span>| tag to allow
+% \watchout
+% a paragraph to start if the span is at the beginning of a new paragraph.
+%
+% |\end{LWR@nestspan}| must follow the |/span| or an extra |<p>| may appear.
+% \watchout
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/24}{Fix: Minipages inside a span.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{LWR@nestspan}
+{%
+\addtocounter{LWR@spandepth}{1}%
+\RenewDocumentEnvironment{minipage}{O{t} o O{t} m}{}{}%
+}%
+{\addtocounter{LWR@spandepth}{-1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlspan} \marg{tag} \marg{text}
+%
+% \cs{LWR@spandepth} is used to ensure that paragraph tags are not
+% generated inside a span.  The exact sequence of when to add and subtract
+% \watchout
+% the counter is important to correctly handle the paragraph tags before
+% and after the span.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlspan}{m +m}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\LWR@htmltagc{#1}%
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+#2%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/#1}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlspanclass} \marg{class} \oarg{style} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlspanclass}{m o +m}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\LWR@subhtmlelementclass{span}{#1}[#2]%
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+#3%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmltag} \marg{tag}
+
+% print an HTML tag: \textless{}tag\textgreater{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmltagb}[1]{%
+\LWR@htmltagc{#1}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmltag}{%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@htmltagb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsection{Block tags and comments}
+
+% In the following, |\origtexttt| breaks ligatures, which may not be used for \acro{HTML} codes:
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlopencomment}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlclosecomment}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlopencomment}{%
+% \LWR@origtexttt{\LWR@origtextbf{\LWR@origtextless{}!{-}{-}}}%
+\begingroup\LWR@origttfamily\LWR@origtextless{}!{-}{-}\endgroup%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlclosecomment}{%
+% \LWR@origtexttt{\LWR@origtextbf{{-}{-}\LWR@origtextgreater{}}}%
+\begingroup\LWR@origttfamily{-}{-}\LWR@origtextgreater{}\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlcomment} \marg{comment}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@htmlcomment}[1]{%
+\LWR@htmlopencomment{}%
+\LWR@origtextrm{#1}%
+\LWR@htmlclosecomment{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlblockcomment} \marg{comment}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@htmlblockcommentb}[1]
+{\LWR@stoppars\LWR@htmlcomment{#1}\LWR@startpars\endgroup}
+
+\newcommand{\LWR@htmlblockcomment}
+{%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12%
+\LWR@htmlblockcommentb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlblocktag} \marg{tag}  print a stand-alone \acro{HTML} tag
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlblocktag}[1]{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{#1}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlblocktagcomment} \marg{tag} \marg{HTML comment}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlblocktagcomment}{m +m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{#1}\LWR@htmlcomment{#2}\LWR@orignewline%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Div class and element class}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subhtmlelementclass} \marg{element} \marg{class} \oarg{style}
+%
+% Factored and reused in several places.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{Factored code.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@subhtmlelementclass}{m m o}{%
+\IfValueTF{#3}%
+{% option
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{}}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{#1 class="#2"}}% empty option
+{\LWR@htmltag{#1 class="#2" style="#3"}}% non-empty option
+}% option
+{\LWR@htmltag{#1 class="#2"}}% no option
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlelementclass} \marg{element} \marg{class} \oarg{style}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{Added optional style.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlelementclass}{m m o}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@subhtmlelementclass{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlelementclassend} \marg{element} \marg{class}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlelementclassend}[2]{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{/#1}%
+\LWR@htmlcomment{End of #1 ``#2''}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmldivclass} \marg{class} \oarg{style}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{Added optional style.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmldivclass}{m o}{%
+\LWR@htmlelementclass{div}{#1}[#2]%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmldivclassend} \marg{class}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmldivclassend}[1]{%
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{div}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsection{Single-line elements}
+
+% A single-line element, without a paragraph tag for the line of text:
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlelementclassline}
+%				\marg{element} \marg{class} \oarg{style} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlelementclassline}{m m o +m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@subhtmlelementclass{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+#4%
+\LWR@htmltag{/#1}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+
+
+% \subsection{HTML5 semantic elements}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlelement} \marg{element}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlelement}[1]{%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{#1}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlelementend} \marg{element}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlelementend}[1]{%
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{/#1}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{High-level block and inline classes}
+% \label{sec:highlevelclasses}
+%
+
+% These are high-level commands which allow the creation of
+% arbitrary block or inline
+% sections which may be formatted with \acro{CSS}.
+
+% For other direct-formatting commands, see \cref{sec:directformatting}.
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{BlockClass} \marg{class} \oarg{style} \quad
+% High-level interface for div classes.
+%
+% \qquad Ex: |\begin{BlockClass}{class}| text |\end{BlockClass}|
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{Renamed from "blockclass".}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{Added optional style.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{BlockClass}{m o}
+{
+\LWR@htmldivclass{#1}[#2]
+}
+{
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{#1}
+}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{BlockClass}{m o}{}{}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% 
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\BlockClassSingle} \marg{class} \marg{text} \quad
+% A single-line |div|, without a paragraph tag for the line of text.
+% 
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{Renamed from "LWR@htmldivclassline".}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\newcommand{\BlockClassSingle}[2]{%
+\LWR@htmlelementclassline{div}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand{\BlockClassSingle}[2]{#2}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\InlineClass} \marg{class} \oarg{style} \marg{text} \quad
+% High-level interface for inline span classes.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{Renamed from "inlineclass".}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\InlineClass}{m o m}{%
+\LWR@htmlspanclass{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\InlineClass}{m o m}{#3}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Closing HTML tags}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Sections H1, H2, etc.\ do not need a closing \acro{HTML} tag, but we add a comment for readability:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosepart}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing part}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosechapter}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing chapter}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosesection}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing section}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosesubsection}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing subsection}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosesubsubsection}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing subsubsection}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printcloseparagraph}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing paragraph}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosesubparagraph}
+    {\LWR@htmlcomment{Closing subparagraph}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Lists require closing \acro{HTML} tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printcloselistitem}
+    {\LWR@htmltag{/li}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosedescitem}
+    {\LWR@htmltag{/dd}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printcloseitemize}
+    {\LWR@htmltag{/ul}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printcloseenumerate}
+    {\LWR@htmltag{/ol}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printclosedescription}
+    {\LWR@htmltag{/dl}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Paragraph handling}
+% \label{sec:parhanding}
+%
+% These commands generate the HTML paragraph tags when allowed and
+% required.
+%
+% Paragraph tags are or are not allowed depending on many conditions.
+% \Cref{sec:parstartstop} has high-level commands which allow
+% paragraph-tag generation to start/stop.
+% Even when allowed (\cs{LWR@doingstartpars}),
+% tags are not generated until a \LaTeX{} paragraph
+% is being used (\cs{LWR@doingapar}).
+% |LWR@lateximagedepth| is used to prevent nesting tags inside
+% a |lateximage|.
+% |LWR@spandepth| is used to prevent nesting paragraph tags inside
+% a paragraph, which became important inside \cs{fbox} commands and other spans.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@spandepth}
+% Do not create paragraph tags inside of an \acro{HTML} span.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@spandepth}
+\setcounter{LWR@spandepth}{0}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@doingstartpars}
+% Tells whether paragraphs may be generated.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@doingstartpars}
+\boolfalse{LWR@doingstartpars}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@doingapar}
+%  Tells whether have actually generated and are currently processing paragraph text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@doingapar}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@ensuredoingapar}
+% If are about to print something visible, and
+% if allowed to start a new paragraph,
+% ensure that are |LWR@doingapar|, so that paragraph tags are placed:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@ensuredoingapar}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@doingstartpars}%
+{\global\booltrue{LWR@doingapar}}%
+{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@openparagraph}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@openparagraph}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if paragraph handling is enabled:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingstartpars}%
+{% handling pars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if have already started a \env{lateximage} or a |span|.
+% If so, do not generate nested paragraph tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{>}{0} \OR%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@spandepth}}{>}{0}%
+}% nested par tags?
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If so: Do nothing if already started a \env{lateximage} page.  Cannot nest a \env{lateximage}.
+% Also do nothing if already inside a |span|.  Do not nest paragraph tags
+% inside a |span|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}% no nested par tags
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Else: No \env{lateximage} or |span| has been started yet,
+% so it's OK to generate paragraph tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% yes nest par tags
+\LWR@htmltagc{\LWR@tagregularparagraph}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Manually indent item list labels to avoid left margin intrustion:
+%
+% \LaTeX{} default list environments use |\@itemdepth| and |\@enumdepth|, but
+% \pkg{lwarp} uses the \pkg{enumitem} package, which uses |\@listdepth|.
+%
+% See if are nested inside an item list:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnumcomp{\@listdepth}{>}{0}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If so,  leave some horizontal room in the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} output for list labels:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orighspace{1in}%
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now have started a paragraph.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\booltrue{LWR@doingapar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At the endof each paragraph,
+% generate closing tag and do regular |/par| stuff.
+% (Attempting to use the \pkg{everyhook} |cr| hook
+% for \cs{LWR@closeparagraph} does not work well.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\par\LWR@closeparagraph%
+}% end of yes nest par tags
+}% end of handling pars
+{}% not handling pars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@closeparagraph}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{No break tags in the start/end of a tabular.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{\cs{unskip} extra spaces.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closeparagraph}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if paragraph handling is enabled:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingapar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If currently in paragraph mode:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% handling pars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if already started a \env{lateximage} or a |span|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{>}{0} \OR%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@spandepth}}{>}{0}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Do nothing if already started a \env{lateximage} or a |span|,
+% but add a parbreak if in a span but not a \env{lateximage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% no nested par tags
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@spandepth}}{>}{0}%
+\AND%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{=}{0}%
+}%
+{%
+\ifbool{LWR@intabularmetadata}{}{\unskip\LWR@htmltagc{br /}}%
+}%
+{}%
+}% no nested par tags
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If have not already started a \env{lateximage} or a |span|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% yes nest par tags
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print a closing tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/\LWR@tagregularparagraph}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No longer doing a paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}%
+% Disable the special \env{minipage} \& \cs{hspace} interaction
+% until a new minipage is found:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@minipagethispar}%
+}% end of yes nest par tags
+}% end of handling pars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add a parbreak if in a span,
+% but not in a table outside a row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% not handling pars
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@spandepth}}{>}{0}}%
+{\ifbool{LWR@intabularmetadata}{}{\unskip\LWR@htmltagc{br /}}}%
+{}%
+}% not handling pars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish with regular paragraph processing
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origpar%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \section{Paragraph start/stop handling}
+% \label{sec:parstartstop}
+% These commands allow/disallow the generation of \acro{HTML}
+% paragraph tags.
+%
+% \Cref{sec:parhanding} has the commands which actually generate
+% the tags.
+%
+% The |everyhook| package is used to generate the opening
+% paragraph tags.  The closing tags are generated by |\par|.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@startpars}
+% Begin handling \acro{HTML} paragraphs.
+% This allows an \acro{HTML} paragraph to start, but one has not yet begun.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@startpars}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if currently handling \acro{HTML} paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingstartpars}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If already in paragraph mode, do nothing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not currently in paragraph mode:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%	At the start of each paragraph, generate an opening tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\PushPreHook{par}{\LWR@openparagraph}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%	At the end of each paragraph, generate closing tag and do regular |/par| actions:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\par\LWR@closeparagraph
+
+}% an intentionally blank line
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Are now handling paragraphs, but have not yet actually started one:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\setbool{LWR@doingstartpars}{true}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No <par> tag yet to undo:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@stoppars}
+% Stop handling \acro{HTML} paragraphs.
+% Any currently open \acro{HTML} paragraph is closed, and no more will be opened.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@stoppars}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if currently handling \acro{HTML} paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingapar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% if currently in an \acro{HTML} paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print a closing tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/\LWR@tagregularparagraph}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No longer have an open HTML paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Disable the special \env{minipage} \& \cs{hspace} interaction
+% until a new minipage is found:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@minipagethispar}
+
+}% an intentionally blank line
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If was not in an \acro{HTML} paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if currently allowing \acro{HTML} paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingstartpars}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If so: clear the |par| hook to no longer catch paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\ClearPreHook{par}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Else: do nothing
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% no longer in paragraph mode
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\setbool{LWR@doingstartpars}{false}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% no |<p>| tag to undo:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Page headers and footers}
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% In the following, catcode is manually changes back and forth
+% without groups, since new macros are being defined which must
+% not be contained within the groups.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@firstpagetop}{}	% for the home page alone
+\newcommand{\LWR@pagetop}{}			% for all other pages
+\newcommand{\LWR@pagebottom}{}
+
+\newcommand{\LWR@setfirstpagetopb}[1]{%
+\renewcommand{\LWR@firstpagetop}{#1}
+\catcode`\_=8
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\SetFirstPageTop} \marg{text and logos}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SetFirstPageTop}{%
+\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@setfirstpagetopb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@setpagetopb}[1]{%
+\renewcommand{\LWR@pagetop}{#1}
+\catcode`\_=8
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\SetPageTop} \marg{text and logos}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SetPageTop}{%
+\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@setpagetopb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@setpagebottomb}[1]{%
+\renewcommand{\LWR@pagebottom}{#1}
+\catcode`\_=8
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\SetPageBottom} \marg{text and logos}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SetPageBottom}{%
+\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@setpagebottomb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{CSS}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@currentcss} The \acro{CSS} filename to use.
+% This may be changed mid-document using \cs{NewCSS},
+% allowing different \acro{CSS} files to be used
+% for different sections of the document.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@currentcss}{lwarp.css}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\NewCSS} \marg{new-css-filename.css}
+%
+% Assigns the \acro{CSS} file to be used by the following \acro{HTML} pages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@newcssb}[1]{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@currentcss}{#1}
+\catcode`\_=8
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\NewCSS}{
+\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@newcssb
+}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand*{\NewCSS}[1]{}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \section{HTML meta description}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/06/27}{Added \cs{NewHTMLdescription}.}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@currentHTMLdescription} The \acro{HTML} meta description to use.
+%
+% This is placed inside an \acro{HTML} meta tag at the start of each file.
+% This may be changed mid-document using \cs{NewHTMLdescription},
+% allowing different \acro{HTML} descriptions to be used
+% for different sections of the document.
+%
+% Do not use double quotes, and do not exceed 150 characters.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@currentHTMLdescription}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\NewHTMLdescription} \marg{New \acro{HTML} meta description.}
+%
+% Assigns the \acro{HTML} file's description meta tag
+% \index{HTML>meta tag>description}
+% \index{description>HTML meta tag}
+% \index{meta tag, HTML>description}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\NewHTMLdescription}[1]{%
+\renewcommand{\LWR@currentHTMLdescription}{#1}
+}
+
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand{\NewHTMLdescription}[1]{}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \section{Footnotes}
+% \label{sec:footnotes}
+%
+% \index{footnotes}
+%
+%
+% Several kinds of footnotes are used: in a regular page, in a minipage, or
+% as thanks in the titlepage.  Each of these is handle differently.
+%
+% \subsection{Regular page footnotes}
+% In \LaTeXe{} printed documents, footnotes are placed at the bottom of the printed page.
+% For \acro{HTML}, footnotes will be replaced by page notes
+% using the \pkg{pagenote} package.
+% Footnotes will then appear at the bottom of the \acro{HTML} page.
+%
+% See \cref{sec:footnotesregular} for the implementation.
+%
+% \subsection{Minipage footnotes}
+% See \cref{sec:footnotesminipage} for minipage footnotes.
+%
+% \subsection{Titlepage thanks}
+% See \cref{sec:titlehtml} for titlepage footnotes.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Regular page footnote implementation}
+% \label{sec:footnotesregular}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Delayed in case the user's preamble loaded and adjusted \pkg{pagenote}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndPreamble{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\notedivision}
+%
+% Prints the footnote heading at the end of the page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\notedivision}
+    {\BlockClassSingle{footnoteheader}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{docsidebar}[To print the word ``Notes:'' at the top of the footnotes:]
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \renewcommand*{\notedivision}| \\
+%     {\BlockClassSingle{footnoteheader}{Notes:}}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% \end{docsidebar}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\pagenotesubhead} \marg{num} \marg{title}
+%
+% Don't print page note headings in \acro{HTML} page notes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\pagenotesubhead}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\footnote} \oarg{id} \marg{text}
+% Footnotes now become page notes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\footnote\LWR@origpagenote
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\notenuminnotes} \marg{number}
+%
+% Sets the page notes to use superscripts to match standard classes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\notenuminnotes}[1]{%
+  \textsuperscript{#1} }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%\begin{macro}{\noteentry} \marg{1: note number} \marg{2: id} \marg{3: text} \marg{4: pagenum}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/28}{Fix for label inside a footnote.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@orignoteentry\noteentry
+\renewcommand{\noteentry}[4]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\@currentlabel}
+% \DescribeMacro{\cref@currentlabel}
+% A label may be used inside a note, so the proper \cs{@currentlabel} must be set
+% inside a group.  Likewise for \pkg{cleveref}'s \cs{cref@currentlabel}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup%
+\renewcommand*{\@currentlabel}{#1}%
+\renewcommand*{\cref@currentlabel}{[pagenote][#1][]{#1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Re-use \pkg{pageref}'s code, with an extra endgroup:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orignoteentry{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@printpendingnotes}
+% Prints the page notes at the end of the section.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printpendingnotes}{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If there are footnotes to print, open a new |div| and print the notes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{pagenote}}{>}{0}}%
+{
+\begin{BlockClass}{footnotes}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print any pending endnotes, allowing new endnotes to accumulate.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origprintnotes*
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start over with new page notes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{pagenote}{0}
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+}% \AtEndPreamble
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Marginpars}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\marginpar} \oarg{left} \marg{right}
+\renewcommand{\marginpar}[2][]{%
+\LWR@htmlspanclass{marginpar}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \section{Splitting HTML files}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Files are split according to |FileDepth| and |CombineHigherDepths|.
+% \item Filenames are sanitized by |\LWR@filenamenoblanks|.
+% \item |\LWR@newhtmlfile| finishes an \acro{HTML} page,
+%	adds a comment to tell where and how to split the file,
+%	then starts a new \acro{HTML} page.
+% \end{itemize}
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{FileDepth} \marg{section depth} determines how deeply
+% to break into new \acro{HTML} files, similar to |tocdepth|.
+% The default of -5 produces one large \acro{HTML} file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{FileDepth}
+\setcounter{FileDepth}{-5}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{CombineHigherDepths} Combile higher-level sections
+%		together into one file?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{CombineHigherDepths}
+\booltrue{CombineHigherDepths}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@thisfilename}
+% The currently-active filename or number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@thisfilename}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@thisnewfilename}
+% The filename being sanitized.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@filenamenoblanks} \marg{filename}
+%
+% Convert blanks into dashes, removes short words,
+% store result in \\ |\LWR@thisfilename|.
+%
+% Be sure that this does not result in filename collisions!
+% \watchout
+% Use the optional TOC caption entry parameter for formatting.
+% Remember to |\protect| \LaTeX{} commands which appear in
+% section names and TOC captions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@filenamenoblanks}[1]{%
+\begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Locally temporarily disable direct-formatting commands,
+% not used in filenames:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\HTMLunicode}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\HTMLentity}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@htmltagc}[1]{}
+\DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand{\InlineClass}{m o m}{##3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Ampersand becomes ``and'', which is a short word and is then removed from the filename.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\&}{and}
+\renewcommand{\textit}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsc}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsl}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textbf}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsf}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textrm}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsuperscript}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsubscript}[1]{##1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Replaces common symbols and short words with hyphens:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\LWR@thisnewfilename{#1}
+\fullexpandarg
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert spaces into hyphens:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{ }{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert punctutation into hyphens:
+% ^^A \StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{é}{e}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{,}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{'}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}%
+{\LWR@origampersand}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{+}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{,}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{/}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{:}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{;}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{=}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{?}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{@}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{"}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}%
+{\textless}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}%
+{\textgreater}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{\#}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{\%}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{\{}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{\}}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{|}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}%
+{\textbackslash}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{^}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{~{}}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%     "~{}" for babel
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{[}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{]}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{`}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert short words:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-s-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-S-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-a-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-A-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-an-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-AN-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-to-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-TO-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-by-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-BY-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-of-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-OF-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-and-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-AND-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-for-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-FOR-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-the-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-THE-}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert multiple hyphens:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{-----}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{----}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{---}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{--}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{—}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%     emdash
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@thisnewfilename}{–}{-}[\LWR@thisnewfilename]
+%     endash
+\global\let\LWR@thisfilename\LWR@thisnewfilename% return a global result
+\endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@newhtmlfile} \marg{section name}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/23}{Sidetoc after title, improving responsive design.}
+%
+% Finishes the current \acro{HTML} page with footnotes, footer, navigation,
+% then starts a new \acro{HTML} page with an \acro{HTML} comment telling where to
+% split the page and what the new filename and \acro{CSS} are, then adds
+% navigation, side TOC, header, and starts the text body.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@newhtmlfile}[1]{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% At the bottom of the ending file:
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{section}{textbody}
+
+\LWR@printpendingnotes
+
+\LWR@htmlelement{footer}
+
+\LWR@pagebottom
+
+\LWR@htmlelementend{footer}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% No bottom navigation if are finishing the home page:
+% Presumably has a table-of-contents printed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnumcomp{\value{LWR@htmlfilenumber}}{>}{0}{\LWR@botnavigation}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% End of this \acro{HTML} file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{/body}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@htmltag{/html}\LWR@orignewline
+
+\addtocounter{LWR@htmlfilenumber}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% If using a filename, create a version without blanks.
+% The filename without blanks will be placed into \cs{LWR@thisfilename}.
+% If not using a filename, the file number will be used instead.
+% \changes{v0.12}{2016/03/13}{Bugfix: TOC with numbered files.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{FileSectionNames}%
+{\LWR@filenamenoblanks{#1}}
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@thisfilename}{\theLWR@htmlfilenumber}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Include an \acro{HTML} comment to instruct lwarpmk
+% where to split the files apart.
+% Uses pipe-separated fields for |split_html.gawk|.
+% Uses monospaced font with ligatures disabled for everything except the title.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlblockcomment{%
+\LWR@origtexttt{|Start file|%
+\LWR@htmlsectionfilename{\LWR@thisfilename}|}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% At the top of the starting file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars
+
+\LWR@filestart{ — #1}% there is an EMdash in front of the #1
+
+\LWR@topnavigation
+
+\LWR@htmlelement{header}
+
+\LWR@pagetop
+
+\LWR@htmlelementend{header}
+
+\LWR@printthetitle
+
+\LWR@sidetoc
+
+\LWR@htmlelementclass{section}{textbody}
+
+\LWR@stoppars
+
+\setcounter{LWR@latestautopage}{\value{page}}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Sectioning}
+
+%
+% Sectioning and cross-references have been emulated from scratch, rather
+% than try to patch several layers of existing \LaTeX{} code and packages.
+% Formatting is handled by \acro{CSS}, so the emulated code has much less
+% work to do than the print versions.
+%
+% Section names and the resulting filenames with accented characters
+% \margintag{Unicode}
+% are partially supported, depending on the ability of
+% |pdflatex| to generate characters and |pdftotext| to read them.
+% If extra symbols appear in the text,
+% \watchout
+% it may be that |pdflatex| is actually producing a symbol over or under a
+% character, resulting in |pdftotext| picking up the accent symbol separately.
+%
+% \XeLaTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX{} directly support accented section and file names.
+% \index{accents}\index{Unicode>file \& section names}\index{UTF-8>file \& section names}
+% \index{XeLaTeX>file \& section names}
+% \index{LuaLaTeX>file \& section names}
+%
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Book class commands}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\mainmatter}
+%
+% Declare the main matter section of the document.  Does not reset the page number,
+% \watchout
+% which must be consecutive arabic numbers for the \acro{HTML} conversion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@mainmatter}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mainmatter}{}{%
+\booltrue{LWR@mainmatter}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter}
+%
+% Declare the front matter section of the document,
+% using arabic numbering for the internal numbering.  Does not reset the page number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\frontmatter}{}{%
+\boolfalse{LWR@mainmatter}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\backmatter}
+%
+% Declare the back matter section of the document.  Does not reset the page number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\backmatter}{}{%
+\boolfalse{LWR@mainmatter}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Sectioning support macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@sectionumber} \marg{section type}
+%
+% Typeset a section number and its trailing space with CSS formatting:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@sectionnumber}[1]{%
+\InlineClass{sectionnumber}{#1} %
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeObject{autosec} A tag used by the TOC and index.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@createautosec} \marg{section type}
+%
+% Create an autosection tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@createautosec}[1]{%
+\LWR@htmltag{#1 id="autosec-\thepage"{}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@pushoneclose} \marg{depth} \marg{printclose}
+% Stacks the new sectioning level's closing tag,
+% to be used when this section is closed some time later.
+%
+% |\LWR@stoppars| must be executed first.
+% \watchout
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@pushoneclose}{m m}{\pushclose{#2}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@startnewdepth} \marg{depth} \marg{printclose}
+%
+% Closes currently stacked tags of a lesser level,
+% then opens the new nesting level by saving this new sectioning
+% level's closing tag for later use.
+%
+% |\LWR@stoppars| must be executed first.
+% \watchout
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@startnewdepth}{m m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close any stacked sections up to this new one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@closeprevious{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Push a new section depth:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@pushoneclose{#1}{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@prevFileDepth} Remembers the previous |LWR@FileDepth|.
+%
+% Initialized to a deep level so that any section will trigger a new \acro{HTML}
+% page after the home page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@prevFileDepth}
+\setcounter{LWR@prevFileDepth}{\LWR@depthsubparagraph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@section} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name} \marg{sectiontype}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/09}{Combined higher-level sections together into files.}
+%
+% The common actions for the high-level sectioning commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\LWR@section}{m m m m}{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section}%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Cancel special \env{minipage} horizontal space interaction:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@minipagethispar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generate a new LaTeX page so that TOC and index page number points to the section:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orignewpage%
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start a new \acro{HTML} file if not starred, and is a shallow sectioning depth:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: testing about to start a new HTML file}%
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}{}{% not starred
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}{\value{FileDepth}}%
+\AND%
+\(%
+\NOT\boolean{CombineHigherDepths}\OR%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}{\value{LWR@prevFileDepth}}%
+\)%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If so: start a new \acro{HTML} file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% new file
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: new HTML file}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if there was an optional TOC name entry:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfNoValueTF{#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If no optional entry
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\LWR@newhtmlfile{#3}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If yes an optional entry
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\LWR@newhtmlfile{#2}}%
+}% new file
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Else: No new \acro{HTML} file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}% not new file
+}% not starred
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remember this section's name for \cs{nameref}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: about to LWR@setlatestname}%
+\IfValueTF{#2}{\LWR@setlatestname{#2}}{\LWR@setlatestname{#3}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print an opening comment with the level and the name;
+% ex: ``section'' ``Introduction''
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\LWR@htmlcomment{Opening #4 ``#3''{}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For inline sections paragraph and subparagraph, start a new paragraph now:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{>=}{\LWR@depthparagraph}%
+}%
+{\LWR@startpars}
+{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the opening tag with an autosec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@createautosec{\csuse{LWR@tag#4}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not starred, step counter and add to TOC:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+{}% starred
+{% not starred
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Only add a numbered TOC entry if section number is not too deep:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}{\value{secnumdepth}}%
+}%
+{% if secnumdepth
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If in the main matter, step the counter and add the TOC entry.
+% For |article| class, \pkg{lwarp} assumes that all is mainmatter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: about to test main matter}%
+\ifbool{LWR@mainmatter}%
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: yes mainmatter}%
+\refstepcounter{#4}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add main matter numbered TOC entry with the TOC name or the regular name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: about to addcontentsline}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{#4}%
+{\protect\LWR@sectionnumber{\csuse{the#4}}%
+\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{#3}}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: finished addcontentsline}%
+}% end of if main matter
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not main matter, add unnumbered TOC name or regular name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% not main matter
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: no main matter}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{#4}{\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{#3}}%
+}% end of not main matter
+}% end of secnumdepth
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Deeper than secnumdepth, so add an unnumbered TOC entry:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{#4}{\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{#3}}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For part, print the section type:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@mainmatter}%
+{%
+\ifthenelse{%
+\(\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}%
+{\value{secnumdepth}}\) \AND
+\(\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}{\LWR@depthpart}\)
+}%
+{\csuse{#4name}~{}}%
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the section number:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: about to print section number}%
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<=}{\value{secnumdepth}}%
+}%
+{\protect\LWR@sectionnumber{\csuse{the#4}}}%
+{}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: finished print section number}%
+}{}%
+}% end of not starred
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the section name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+#3
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% close the heading tag, such as /H2
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{\csuse{LWR@tag#4end}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generate a \LaTeX{} label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\label{autopage-\thepage}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start paragraph handing unless is an inline paragraph or subparagraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\cnttest{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}{<}{\LWR@depthparagraph}}%
+{\LWR@startpars}%
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not starred, remember the previous depth to
+% possibly trigger a new \acro{HTML} page.
+%
+% A starred section does not trigger a new \acro{HTML} page at the beginning
+% of this macro, so it should not affect it here at the end either.
+% This became an issue when a \cs{listoftables} was tested in the middle of
+% the document.  The \cs{chapter*} for the list was not allowing
+% a new \acro{HTML} page for the section following it
+% while |CombineHigherDepths| was true.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}{}{% not starred
+\setcounter{LWR@prevFileDepth}{\csuse{LWR@depth#4}}%
+}% not starred
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@section: done}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{\textbackslash{}section and friends}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\part} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}
+{}
+{%
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\part}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthpart}{\LWR@printclosepart}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{part}%
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\chapter} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}
+{}
+{%
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\chapter}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{chapter #3}%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthchapter}{\LWR@printclosechapter}%
+
+\LWR@traceinfo{chapter: about to LWR@section}%
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{chapter}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{chapter: done}%
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\section} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\section}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthsection}{\LWR@printclosesection}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{section}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\subsection} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\subsection}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthsubsection}{\LWR@printclosesubsection}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{subsection}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\subsubsection}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthsubsubsection}%
+{\LWR@printclosesubsubsection}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{subsubsection}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\paragraph} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\paragraph}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthparagraph}{\LWR@printcloseparagraph}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{paragraph}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} * \oarg{TOC name} \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\subparagraph}{s o m}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthsubparagraph}{\LWR@printclosesubparagraph}%
+
+\LWR@section{#1}{#2}{#3}{subparagraph}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Starting a new file}
+% \label{sec:startingfile}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\MetaLanguage} Default language for the \acro{HTML} |lang| tag.
+% \index{language HTML metadata}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MetaLanguage}{en-US}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@filestart} \marg{title\_suffix}
+% Creates the opening \acro{HTML} tags.
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{lwarp\_mathjax.txt loaded.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/06/27}{Adds meta description.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@filestart}[1]{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Locally temporarily disable direct-formatting commands:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\renewcommand{\textit}[1]{##1}% not used in filenames
+\renewcommand{\textsc}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsl}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textbf}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsf}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textrm}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsuperscript}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand{\textsubscript}[1]{##1}
+\renewcommand*{\HTMLunicode}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\HTMLentity}[1]{}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\LWR@htmlspanclass}{m o +m}{##3}
+\DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand{\InlineClass}{m o m}{##3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the page's \acro{HTML} header:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{!DOCTYPE html}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The language is user-adjustable:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{html lang="\MetaLanguage"{}}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start of the meta data:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{head}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Charset is fixed at UTF-8:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{meta charset="UTF-8" /}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \pkg{lwarp} is the generator:
+% \index{HTML>meta tag>generator}
+% \index{generator>HTML meta tag}
+% \index{meta tag, HTML>generator}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{meta name="generator" content="LaTeX lwarp package" /}%
+    \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If there is a description, add it now:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdefempty{\LWR@currentHTMLdescription}{}{%
+\LWR@htmltag{%
+meta name="description" content="\LWR@currentHTMLdescription" /}%
+    \LWR@orignewline
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Mobile-friendly viewport:
+% \index{HTML>meta tag>viewport}
+% \index{viewport>HTML meta tag}
+% \index{meta tag, HTML>viewport}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{meta name="viewport" %
+content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0" /}%
+    \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% IE patch:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{!{-}{-}[if lt IE 9]}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@htmltag{%
+script src="http://html5shiv.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/html5.js"{}}
+\LWR@htmltag{/script}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@htmltag{![endif]{-}{-}}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The page's title:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{title}\thetitle#1\LWR@htmltag{/title}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The page's stylesheet:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{%
+link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="\LWR@currentcss" /}%
+\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Optional MathJax support.  The \acro{HTML} tags must be turned off
+% during the verbatim input, and the paragraph handling which was
+% turned on at the end of verbatim input must be immediately turned off
+% again.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{mathjax}%
+{%
+\boolfalse{LWR@verbtags}
+\VerbatimInput{lwarp_mathjax.txt}%
+\booltrue{LWR@verbtags}
+\LWR@stoppars
+}% end of mathjax
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% End of the header:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{/head}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start of the body:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{body}\LWR@orignewline
+\endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Starting HTML output}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@LwarpStart}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/01}{Enabled \textbackslash\textbackslash{} equal to \cs{newline}.}
+% Executed at the beginning of the entire document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@LwarpStart}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Expand and detokenize \cs{HomeHTMLFileName} and \cs{HTMLFileName}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\LWR@strresult{\HomeHTMLFileName}
+\edef\HomeHTMLFileName{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}
+\edef\LWR@strresult{\HTMLFileName}
+\edef\HTMLFileName{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Force onecolumn:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origonecolumn%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reduce chance of line overflow in verbatim environments:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origscriptsize%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In \acro{PDF} output, don't allow line breaks to interfere with \acro{HTML} tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origraggedright%
+\let\\\LWR@endofline%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Spread the lines for |pdftotext| to read them well:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\linespread{1.3}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For |pdftotext| to reliably identify paragraph splits:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{2ex}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% For the |lateximages| command file:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{usingOSwindows}
+{% Windows:
+\immediate\openout\LWR@file=lateximages.cmd
+}
+{% Unix:
+\immediate\openout\LWR@file=lateximages.sh
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{\LWR@hashmark!\OSShellPath}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The first action of the command file is to create the
+% |lateximages| directory:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{\OSmkdir lateximages\OSPathSymbol}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Removes space after the caption in the \acro{HTML}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{-3ex}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine the plain page style to be empty when used by index pages:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\ps@plain}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not used in the \acro{HTML} environment:
+% \DescribeMacro{\centering}
+% \DescribeMacro{\raggedleft}
+% \DescribeMacro{\raggedright}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\centering}{}
+\renewcommand*{\raggedleft}{}
+\renewcommand*{\raggedright}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Plug in some new actions.
+% This is done just before the document start
+% so that they won't be over-written by some other package.
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{\cs{up} and \cs{fup}}
+%
+% Tabular:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origtabular\tabular
+\let\LWR@origendtabular\endtabular
+\let\tabular\LWR@tabular
+\let\endtabular\endLWR@tabular
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Float captions:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origcaption\caption
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Labels:
+% \cs{ltx@label} is used in \pkg{amsmath} environments and is also
+% patched by \pkg{cleveref}.
+% \index{label>in HTML}
+% \margintag{Label in \acro{HTML}}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/30}{Fix: math cross references.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\ltx@label\LWR@htmlmathlabel
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logos:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\TeX\LWR@TeX
+\let\LaTeX\LWR@LaTeX
+\let\LuaTeX\LWR@LuaTeX
+\let\LuaLaTeX\LWR@LuaLaTeX
+\let\XeTeX\LWR@XeTeX
+\let\XeLaTeX\LWR@XeLaTeX
+\let\ConTeXt\LWR@ConTeXt
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Graphics:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\textcolor\LWR@textcolor
+\let\pagecolor\LWR@pagecolor
+\let\colorbox\LWR@colorbox
+\let\fcolorbox\LWR@fcolorbox
+\let\rotatebox\LWR@rotatebox
+\let\scalebox\LWR@scalebox
+\let\reflectbox\LWR@reflectbox
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not yet started any paragraph handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingapar}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingstartpars}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start a new \acro{HTML} file and a header:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@filestart{}
+\LWR@htmltag{header}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@startpars
+\LWR@firstpagetop
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{/header}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@htmltag{section class="textbody"{}}
+\LWR@origpagestyle{empty}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Document and page settings:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\mainmatter
+\LWR@origpagenumbering{arabic}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set default titlepage thanks footnote marks.  See \cref{sec:titlehtml}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\if@titlepage
+   \thanksmarkseries{arabic}
+\else
+   \thanksmarkseries{fnsymbol}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initial default patch for fancyvrb:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fvset{frame=none}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The ampersand is redefined active, and acts depending
+% on whether it is inside a tabular.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\catcode`\&=\active
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Allow \acro{HTML} paragraphs to begin:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Ending HTML output}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@requesttoc} \marg{boolean} \marg{suffix}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/19}{Reorganize \cs{HomeHTMLFilename} logic.}
+% Requests that a toc, lof, or lot be generated.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@requesttoc}[2]{%
+\ifbool{#1}
+{
+\expandafter\newwrite\csuse{tf@#2}
+\immediate\openout \csuse{tf@#2} \jobname.#2\relax
+}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@LwarpEnd}
+% Final stop of all \acro{HTML} output:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@LwarpEnd}
+{
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthfinished}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At the bottom of the ending file:
+
+% Close the textbody:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{section}{textbody}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print any pending footnotes:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@printpendingnotes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the footer:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelement{footer}
+
+\LWR@pagebottom
+
+\LWR@htmlelementend{footer}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% No bottom navigation if are finishing the home page: \\
+% Presumably has a table-of-contents printed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnumcomp{\value{LWR@htmlfilenumber}}{>}{0}{\LWR@botnavigation}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars% final stop of all paragraphs
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish the HTML file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{/body}\LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@htmltag{/html}\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Seems to be required sometimes:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orignewpage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For \env{lateximage} commands:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\immediate\closeout\LWR@file
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Titles and the \protect\pkg{titling} package}
+% \label{sec:titles}
+% Supports and extends the \pkg{titling} package.
+%
+% Additional functions include \cs{published} and \cs{subtitle}, and the
+% \cs{author} command has an additional \cs{affiliation} command to provide
+% an affiliation and other additional information for each author in the
+% title page.  The affiliation information is removed when using \cs{theauthor}
+% in the main text.
+%
+% The \pkg{titling} package maintains the definitions of \cs{thetitle},
+% \cs{theauthor}, etc., after the title has been typeset.
+% These commands are to be used to refer to the document's title
+% and author, etc., in the main text.
+% These definitions
+% have the \cs{thanks} and \cs{affiliation} removed, and for author the
+% \cs{and} is replaced to generate a simple inline list of authors separated
+% by commas.
+%
+% \cs{printtitle}, \cs{printauthor}, etc., are provided for use inside
+% the \env{titlepage} or \env{titlingpage} environments, and these retain
+% the \cs{thanks} and \cs{affiliation}.
+%
+% Several additional hooks are provided in addition to \pkg{titling}:
+% \begin{description}
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\maketitlehookaa} Between ``published'' and the title.
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\maketitlehookaaa} Between the title and the subtitle.
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\prepublished} Before the ``published'' field.
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\postpublished} After the ``published'' field.
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\presubtitle} Before the subtitle.
+% \ItemDescribeMacro{\postsubtitle} After the subtitle.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\printthanks}
+% \cs{printthanks} has been added to force the printing of thanks inside
+% a \env{titlingpage} environment when \cs{maketitle} is not used.
+%
+% Inside a \cs{titlepage} or \cs{titlingpage} environment, use
+% \cs{thanks} for footnotes, do not use \cs{footnote}.
+% \watchout[No footnotes!]
+%
+% At the end of the \env{titlingpage} environment, footnote marks are forced to
+% reset to zero.
+%
+% Inside a \env{titlingpage} environment with the |article| document class,
+% thanks marks will be |fnsymbol| instead of |arabic|.  |arabic| is usually
+% used when inside \env{titlepage} environments where the title page is
+% on its own page, but is not automatically used
+% inside a \env{titlingpage} environment.
+%
+% To force the thanks marks to
+% be |arabic|:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{titlingpage}
+% \thanksmarkseries{arabic}
+% ...
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Setting the title, etc.}
+%
+% The following provide setting commands for both \acro{HTML} and print outputs.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{@published}
+% \DescribeMacro{@title}
+% \DescribeMacro{@subtitle}
+% \DescribeMacro{@author}
+% \DescribeMacro{@date}
+% \cs{@title}, \cs{@subtitle}, \cs{@author}, etc.\ store the values
+% as originally assigned, including any \cs{thanks}, \cs{and}, or \cs{affiliation}.
+% These are low-level macros intended to be used by other macros
+% only inside a \env{titlepage} or \env{titlingpage},
+% and are used by \cs{maketitle}.
+% The author is printed inside a single-column table,
+% which becomes multiple single-column tables if multiples authors are included.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\printpublished}
+% \DescribeMacro{\printtitle}
+% \DescribeMacro{\printsubtitle}
+% \DescribeMacro{\printauthor}
+% \DescribeMacro{\printdate}
+% \cs{printtitle}, \cs{printsubtitle}, etc.\ are user-level macros intended to
+% be used in \env{titlepage} and \env{titlingpage} environments in cases where
+% \cs{maketitle} is not desired.  These commands preserve the \cs{thanks}, etc.,
+% and should not be used in the main text.
+% The author is printed inside a single-column table,
+% which becomes multiple single-column tables if multiples authors are included.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\thepublished}
+% \DescribeMacro{\thetitle}
+% \DescribeMacro{\thesubtitle}
+% \DescribeMacro{\theauthor}
+% \DescribeMacro{\thedate}
+% \cs{thetitle}, \cs{thesubtitle}, \cs{theauthor}, etc.\ are user-level
+% sanitized versions which have removed the \cs{thanks} and \cs{affiliation},
+% and \cs{and} is changed for inline text usage.
+% The author is printed inline without \cs{affiliation} or \cs{thanks},
+% with \cs{and} placing commas between multiple authors.
+% Thus, these commands are to be used in the main text whenever the user
+% wishes to refer to the document's title and such.  One practical use for this
+% is to place the authors at the bottom of each \acro{HTML} page, such as:
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\SetPageBottom} \marg{text}
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \SetPageBottom{
+% \begin{center}\textcopyright~2016 \theauthor\end{center}
+% }
+% \end{Verbatim}
+
+
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\author} \marg{author}
+% \DescribeMacro{\and}
+% While using \cs{maketitle}, the author is treated as a single-column table
+% and the \cs{and} feature finishes the current table then starts a new one for
+% the next author.  Each author thus is placed into its own table, and an
+% affiliation may be placed on its own line such as
+%
+% |\author{Name \\ Affiliation \and Second Name \\ Second Affiliation}|
+%
+% After \cs{maketitle} has completed, \cs{theauthor} retains the definition of
+% the author, but \cs{and} is changed to become a comma and a space, intending to
+% print the authors names separated by spaces.  This fails when affiliations are
+% included on their own table rows.
+%
+% A solution, provide here, is to define a macro \cs{affiliation} which
+% during \cs{maketitle} starts a new table row and adds the affiliation,
+% but after \cs{maketitle} is finished \cs{affiliation} is re-defined
+% to throw away its argument, thus printing only the author names
+% when \cs{author} is later used inline.
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\affiliation} \marg{text}
+%
+% Adds the affiliation to the author for use in \cs{maketitle}.
+% Nullified when later used for inline use of \cs{theauthor}.
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\newrobustcmd{\affiliation}[1]{\\ \InlineClass{affiliation}{#1}}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newrobustcmd{\affiliation}[1]{\\ \textsc{\small#1}}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% The following are based on the original \pkg{titling} code:
+%
+%
+%
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\author} \marg{text}
+%
+% Redefined to nullify \cs{affiliation}, etc.\ before printing the authors inline.
+%
+% \cs{@author} retains the entire author with its \cs{thanks}, while
+% \cs{theauthor} will have \cs{thanks} removed and \cs{and} simplified.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\author}[1]{%
+\gdef\@author{#1}
+\begingroup
+  \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\and}{\unskip, }
+  \renewcommand{\thanksmark}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\thanksgap}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\affiliation}[1]{}
+  \protected@xdef\theauthor{#1}
+\endgroup}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\published} \marg{text}
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{Default to empty published.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\published}[1]{%
+\gdef\@published{#1}
+\begingroup
+  \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\thanksmark}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\thanksgap}[1]{}
+  \protected@xdef\thepublished{#1}
+\endgroup
+}
+\newcommand{\@published}{}
+\newcommand{\thepublished}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subtitle} \marg{text}
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{Default to empty subtitle.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{%
+\gdef\@subtitle{#1}
+\begingroup
+  \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\thanksmark}[1]{}
+  \renewcommand{\thanksgap}[1]{}
+  \protected@xdef\thesubtitle{#1}
+\endgroup
+}
+\newcommand{\@subtitle}{}
+\newcommand{\thesubtitle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Changes to HTML titlepage and titlingpage}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{environment}{titlepage}
+% Sets up a titlepage div with a \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} minipage inside.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{titlepage}
+    {\BlockClass{titlepage}\LWR@subminipage}
+    {\LWR@endsubminipage\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{titlingpage}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{titlingpage}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start an HTML titlepage div:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{titlepage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prepare for a custom version of \cs{maketitle} inside the \env{titlingpage}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@maketitlesetup
+\let\maketitle\LWR@titlingmaketitle
+}
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At the end of the environment,
+% end the HTML titlepage div:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{titlepage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset the footnote counter:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@bscontmark
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\printthanks} Forces the \cs{thanks} to be printed.
+%
+% This is necessary in a \env{titlingpage} environment
+% when \cs{maketitle} was not used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printthanks}{\@thanks}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{titlingpage}
+% At the end of the titlingpage for both print and HTML,
+% reset footnote markers to zero.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndEnvironment{titlingpage}{\@bscontmark}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Printing the title, etc.\ in HTML}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/21}{Enhanced \pkg{titling} support.}
+%
+% The following are for printing the title, etc.
+% in a \env{titlepage} or a \env{titlingpage}
+% in \acro{HTML}:
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% Patch the pre/post title/author/date to add \acro{HTML} tags,
+% then initilize:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\prepublished}[1]{%
+\def\@bsprepublished{\BlockClass{published}#1}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\postpublished}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostpublished{#1\endBlockClass}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\pretitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bspretitle{#1\LWR@stoppars\LWR@htmltag{h1}}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\posttitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bsposttitle{\LWR@htmltag{/h1}\LWR@startpars#1}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bspresubtitle{\BlockClass{subtitle}#1}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostsubtitle{#1\endBlockClass}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\preauthor}[1]{%
+\def\@bspreauthor{\BlockClass{author}#1}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\postauthor}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostauthor{#1\endBlockClass}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\predate}[1]{%
+\def\@bspredate{#1\BlockClass{titledate}}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\postdate}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostdate{\endBlockClass#1}%
+}
+
+\prepublished{\begin{center}}
+\postpublished{\par\end{center}}
+
+\pretitle{\begin{center}}
+\posttitle{\par\end{center}}
+
+\presubtitle{\begin{center}}
+\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}}
+
+\preauthor{\begin{center}%
+\begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+}
+\postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
+
+\predate{\begin{center}}
+\postdate{\par\end{center}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\printpublished}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2015/04/05}{No div if empty.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printpublished}{
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\thepublished}{}}
+{}
+{
+\begin{BlockClass}{published}
+\@published
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printtitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printtitle}
+{
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{h1}%
+\@title%
+\LWR@htmltag{/h1}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@printthetitle}
+%
+% A private version which prints the title without footnotes,
+% used to title each \acro{HTML} page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printthetitle}
+{
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{h1}%
+\thetitle%
+\LWR@htmltag{/h1}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printsubtitle}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2015/04/05}{No div if empty.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printsubtitle}{
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\thesubtitle}{}}
+{}
+{
+\begin{BlockClass}{subtitle}
+\@subtitle
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printauthor}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printauthor}{
+\begin{BlockClass}{author}
+\begin{tabular}{c}\@author\end{tabular}
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printdate}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printdate}{%
+\begin{BlockClass}{titledate}
+\@date
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Printing the title, etc.\ in print form}
+%
+% The following are for printing the title, etc.
+% in a \env{titlepage} or a \env{titlingpage}
+% in print form:
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/07}{\cs{titlingpage}: Improved print-output spacing.}
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/07}{Test Suite: Improved titlingpage.}
+% \begin{macro}{\printpublished}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printpublished}{{\Large\scshape\@published}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printtitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printtitle}{{\Huge\@title}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printsubtitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printsubtitle}{{\Large\itshape\@subtitle\bigskip}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printauthor}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printauthor}
+    {{\large\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author\end{tabular}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printdate}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\printdate}{{\small\textit{\@date}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{maketitle} for print output}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
+% From the \pkg{titling} package, patched to add the publisher and subtitle.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\maketitle}{}
+\if@titlepage
+  \renewcommand{\maketitle}{\begin{titlepage}%
+    \let\footnotesize\small
+    \let\footnoterule\relax
+    \let \footnote \thanks
+    \@bsmarkseries
+      \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{%
+         \normalfont\@bsthanksheadpre \tamark \@bsthanksheadpost}}}%
+      \long\def\@makefntext##1{\makethanksmark ##1}
+    \null\vfil
+    \vskip 60\p@
+    \vspace*{\droptitle}
+    \maketitlehooka
+    \ifcsempty{@published}
+		{}
+		{{\@bsprepublished \@published \@bspostpublished}\maketitlehookaa}
+    {\@bspretitle \@title \@bsposttitle}
+    \ifcsempty{@subtitle}
+		{}
+		{\maketitlehookaaa{\@bspresubtitle \@subtitle \@bspostsubtitle}}
+    \maketitlehookb
+    {\@bspreauthor \@author \@bspostauthor}
+    \maketitlehookc
+    {\@bspredate \@date \@bspostdate}
+    \maketitlehookd
+    \par
+    \@thanks
+    \vfil\null
+    \end{titlepage}%
+    \@bscontmark  %  \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+%%%    \@bsmtitlempty
+  } % end titlepage defs
+\else
+  \renewcommand{\maketitle}{\par
+    \begingroup
+      \@bsmarkseries
+      \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{%
+         \normalfont\@bsthanksheadpre \tamark \@bsthanksheadpost}}}%
+      \long\def\@makefntext##1{\makethanksmark ##1}
+      \if@twocolumn
+        \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+          \@maketitle
+        \else
+          \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \newpage
+        \global\@topnum\z@
+        \@maketitle
+      \fi
+      \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+    \endgroup
+    \@bscontmark  %  \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+%%%    \@bsmtitlempty
+  } % end non-titlepage
+
+  \def\@maketitle{%
+    \newpage
+    \null
+    \vskip 2em%
+          \vspace*{\droptitle}
+    \maketitlehooka
+    \ifcsempty{@published}
+		{}
+		{{\@bsprepublished \@published \@bspostpublished}\maketitlehookaa}
+    {\@bspretitle \@title \@bsposttitle}
+    \ifcsempty{@subtitle}
+		{}
+		{\maketitlehookaaa{\@bspresubtitle \@subtitle \@bspostsubtitle}}
+    \maketitlehookb
+    {\@bspreauthor \@author \@bspostauthor}
+    \maketitlehookc
+    {\@bspredate \@date \@bspostdate}
+    \maketitlehookd
+    \par
+    \vskip 1.5em}
+\fi
+
+\providecommand{\maketitlehookaa}{}
+
+\providecommand{\maketitlehookaaa}{}
+
+\newcommand{\prepublished}[1]{%
+\def\@bsprepublished{#1}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\postpublished}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostpublished{#1}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bspresubtitle{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\presubtitle} Hook after printing the subtitle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{%
+\def\@bspostsubtitle{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initial settings:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\if@titlepage
+\prepublished{
+\vspace*{-\baselineskip}\vspace*{-\medskipamount}\vspace*{-2em}
+\begin{center}}
+\postpublished{\par\end{center}\vskip 2em}
+
+\presubtitle{\unskip\begin{center}\unskip}
+\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}\vskip 2em}
+\else
+\prepublished{\begin{center}}
+\postpublished{\par\end{center}\vskip 0.5em}
+
+\presubtitle{\begin{center}\unskip}
+\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}\vskip 0.5em}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\protect\textbackslash{}maketitle for HTML output}
+% \label{sec:titlehtml}
+%
+% An \acro{HTML} div of class |titlepage| is created, inside of which
+% a \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} minipage is generated (without \acro{HTML} tags),
+% allowing the |\thanks| footnotes to be generated immediately at the end
+% of the title page during \acro{HTML} output.  This is desirable when
+% a large table of contents immediately follows the title.
+%
+% |\thanks| are a form of footnotes used in the title page.
+% See \cref{sec:footnotes} for other kinds of footnotes.
+%
+% See |\thanksmarkseries{series}|, below, to set the style of the footnote marks.
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\LWR@maketitlesetup} Patches \cs{thanks} macros to
+% use \LaTeX{} minipage footnotes.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@maketitlesetup}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Select which kind of footnote marks to use:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@bsmarkseries
+\@mpbsmarkseries
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Redefine the footnote mark:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@makefnmark{\textsuperscript{\thefootnote}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+% \cs{thefootnote} \goesto\ \cs{nameuse}\{arabic\}\{footnote\}, or
+%
+% \cs{thefootnote} \goesto\  \cs{nameuse}\{fnsymbol\}\{footnote\}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% Redefine the footnote text:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Make the footnote mark and some extra horizontal space for the tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makethanksmark \LWR@orighspace{1in}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+% \cs{makethanksmark} \goesto\  \cs{thanksfootmark} \goesto\  \cs{tamark} \goesto\
+%
+% \hfill \cs{@thefnmark} \goesto\  \cs{itshape} a (or similar)
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% Print the text and a closing paragraph tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+##1\LWR@htmltagc{/\LWR@tagregularparagraph}%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@fnsymbol} \marg{counter}
+%
+% Re-defined to use an \acro{HTML} entity for the double vertical bar symbol.
+% The original definition used \cs{\textbar} which was not being found by \cmds{pdftotext}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+   \mathsection\or \mathparagraph\or \text{\HTMLunicode{2016}}\or
+   **\or \dagger\dagger \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\maketitle} Creates an \acro{HTML} titlepage div
+%	and typesets the title, etc.
+%
+% Code from the \pkg{titling} package is adapted, simplified, and
+% modified for \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\maketitle}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% An \acro{HTML} titlepage div is used for all classes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{titlepage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set up special patches:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@maketitlesetup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset the title, etc:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@maketitle
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Immediately generate any |\thanks| footnotes:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@thanks
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the \acro{HTML} titlepage div:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{titlepage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset the footnote counter:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@bscontmark
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@maketitle} Typesets the title, etc. for \acro{HTML}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\@maketitle}{}{%
+	\maketitlehooka
+	\ifcsempty{@published}
+		{}
+		{{\@bsprepublished \@published \@bspostpublished}\maketitlehookaa}
+	{\@bspretitle \@title \@bsposttitle}
+	\ifcsempty{@subtitle}
+		{}
+		{\maketitlehookaaa{\@bspresubtitle \@subtitle \@bspostsubtitle}}
+	\maketitlehookb
+	{\@bspreauthor \@author \@bspostauthor}
+	\maketitlehookc
+	{\@bspredate \@date \@bspostdate}
+	\maketitlehookd
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\maketitlehookaa}{}
+\providecommand{\maketitlehookaaa}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@titlingmaketitle}
+% \cs{maketitle} for use inside an \acro{HTML} \env{titlingpage} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@titlingmaketitle}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset the title, etc:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@maketitle
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Immediately generate any |\thanks| footnotes:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@thanks
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\thanksmarkseries} \marg{series}
+%
+% Sets the type of footnote marks used by |\thanks|,
+% where type is `arabic', `roman', `fnsymbol', etc.  Modified to
+% use the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} minipage which is included with the title page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origthanksmarkseries\thanksmarkseries
+\renewcommand{\thanksmarkseries}[1]{%
+\def\@mpbsmarkseries{%
+\renewcommand*{\thempfootnote}{\@nameuse{#1}{mpfootnote}}}
+\LWR@origthanksmarkseries{#1}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Abstract}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\abstractname}
+% User-redefinable title for the abstract.
+%
+% Also over-written by the \pkg{babel} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\abstractname}{Abstract}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{abstract}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{}
+{
+\BlockClass{abstract}
+\BlockClassSingle{abstracttitle}{\abstractname}
+}
+{
+\endBlockClass
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Quote and verse}
+
+% \subsection{Citations and attributions}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\attribution}
+% for use inside quote, quotation, verse:
+
+% ex: |\attribution{author name} --- \citetitle{book name}|
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\newcommand{\attribution}[1]{%
+\InlineClass{attribution}{—\,#1}}% emdash
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand{\attribution}[1]{\textsc{---\,#1}}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\citetitle}
+% for use inside quote, quotation, verse:
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+\newcommand{\citetitle}[1]{%
+\InlineClass{citetitle}{—\,#1}}% emdash
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand{\citetitle}[1]{\textsl{---\,#1}}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Quotes, quotations}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{quote}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{quote}
+{\LWR@htmlblocktag{blockquote}}
+{\LWR@htmlblocktag{/blockquote}}
+
+\renewenvironment*{quotation}
+{\LWR@htmlblocktag{blockquotation}}
+{\LWR@htmlblocktag{/blockquotation}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Verse}
+%
+% \limitsverse
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following lengths may be set in either print or \acro{HTML} output,
+% but are only used in \acro{HTML}.
+% This allows the user to set \cs{vleftskip} and \cs{leftmargini} for
+% print output, and optionally select different values for \acro{HTML}.
+%
+
+% \DescribeLength{HTMLvleftskip}
+% Sets \cs{vleftskip} inside a \env{verse} environment in \acro{HTML}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\HTMLvleftskip}
+\setlength{\HTMLvleftskip}{1em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeLength{HTMLleftmargini}
+% Sets \cs{leftmargini} inside a \env{verse} environment in \acro{HTML}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\HTMLleftmargini}
+\setlength{\HTMLleftmargini}{4.5em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+%
+%
+% \begin{environment}{verse}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/13}{Supports verse, memoir packages.}
+% The \env{verse} environment will be placed inside a \acro{HTML} |pre|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At the beginning of the \env{verse} environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{verse}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribePackage{verse}\DescribePackage{memoir}\index{memoir>verse}
+% The \pkg{verse} or \pkg{memoir} packages can place stanza numbers to the left
+% with their \cs{flagverse} command. \DescribeMacro{\flagverse}
+% Do not allow them to go into the left margin, which would cause |pdfcrop|
+% to crop the entire page further to the left:
+% \DescribeLength{vleftskip}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef{\vleftskip}{%
+\setlength{\vleftskip}{\HTMLvleftskip}
+\setlength{\leftmargini}{\HTMLleftmargini}
+}{}
+\LWR@atbeginverbatim{verse}
+\unskip\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% After the end of the \env{verse} environment, which places the |pre| tag at the
+% regular left margin:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndEnvironment{verse}{
+\unskip\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+\LWR@afterendverbatim
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Patch to place poemtitle inside an \acro{HTML} span of class |poemtitle|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef{\poemtitle}{
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\@vstypeptitle}{m}{%
+   \vspace{\beforepoemtitleskip}%
+   {\InlineClass{poemtitle}{\poemtitlefont #1}\par}%
+   \vspace{\afterpoemtitleskip}%
+ }
+}{}
+
+}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Verbatim}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{environment}{verbatim}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/24}{Added.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{
+\AtBeginEnvironment{verbatim}{\LWR@atbeginverbatim{verbatim}\unskip\vspace*{-\baselineskip}}
+\AfterEndEnvironment{verbatim}{\unskip\vspace*{-\baselineskip}\LWR@afterendverbatim}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Fancyvrb}
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeLength{\VerbatimHTMLWidth} Width to use in HTML Verbatim environment.
+%
+% This width is used when placing line numbers to the right.
+% Ignored during print output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\VerbatimHTMLWidth}
+\setlength{\VerbatimHTMLWidth}{4in}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@verbtags} Used to temporarily turn off verbatim tags
+%	while doing \env{VerbatimInput} in the \acro{HTML} head.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@verbtags}
+\booltrue{LWR@verbtags}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% For \cs{VerbatimFootnotes}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\VerbatimFootnotes}{
+\PackageError{lwarp}
+{Verbatim footnotes are not yet supported by lwarp.}
+{This may be improved when lwarp uses LaTeX footnotes instead of pagenotes.}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@atbeginverbatim} \marg{class}
+%
+% Encloses a verbatim environment with the given \acro{CSS} class.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@atbeginverbatim}[1]
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Avoid excessive space between lines:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0ex}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Stop generating \acro{HTML} paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a new |pre| of the given class:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\LWR@htmltag{pre class="#1"{}}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Use a mono-spaced font to preserve horizontal positioning.
+% If horizontal alignment is important for the user, use a mono-spaced font
+% in the \acro{CSS} for the |verse| class.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origttfamily%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Do not produce \acro{HTML} tags for \cs{hspace} inside a verse |par|.
+% Restore plain \LaTeX{} \cs{hspace} functionality:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hspace\LWR@orighspace%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@afterendverbatim} Finishes enclosing a verbatim environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@afterendverbatim}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remove excess vertical space at the end of the |pre|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At the end of the environment, close the |pre|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\noindent\LWR@htmltag{/pre}
+
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Resume regular paragraph handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@Verbatimclass} Holds the class of the following verbatim.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@Verbatimclass}{fancyvrb}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{VerbatimClass} \marg{class} \oarg{Verbatim options}
+%
+% Creates a \env{Verbatim} enclosed in a \acro{DIV} of the given class.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{VerbatimClass}{m O{}}
+{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@Verbatimclass}{#1}%
+\LWR@origVerbatim[#2]%
+}
+{\endVerbatim}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% After the preamble is loaded, after any patches to \env{Verbatim}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Remember the original defintion of \env{Verbatim}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origVerbatim\Verbatim
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{environment}{Verbatim}
+%
+% Patched to place the environment in a |fancyvrb| div,
+% and the label in a |fancyvrblabel| div.
+% Also corrects the left margin for line numbers.
+% Also uses |VerbatimHTMLWidth| to control placement of line numbers on the right.
+% Aligning the right margin requires knowing the width.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/24}{Added.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\Verbatim}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@Verbatimclass}{fancyvrb}%
+\LWR@origVerbatim%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+% The following patches to \env{Verbatim} are executed at the
+% start and end of the environment, depending on the choice of |frame|.
+% Original code is from the \pkg{fancyvrb} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvstartnone}{%
+% \typeout{fvstartnone}%
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\hbox to\z@{\LWR@htmltagc{div class="\LWR@Verbatimclass"}}}{}%
+\hbox to\z@{\LWR@atbeginverbatim{verbatim}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvendnone}{%
+%  \typeout{fvendnone}%
+\hbox to\z@{\LWR@afterendverbatim}%
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\hbox to\z@{\LWR@htmltagc{/div}}}{}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvstartsingle}{%
+% \typeout{fvstartsingle}%
+\LWR@fvstartnone%
+\FV@BeginListFrame@Single%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvendsingle}{%
+% \typeout{fvendsingle}%
+\FV@EndListFrame@Single%
+\LWR@fvendnone%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvstartline}{%
+% \typeout{fvstartline}%
+\LWR@fvstartnone%
+\FV@BeginListFrame@Lines%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@fvendline}{%
+% \typeout{fvendline}%
+\FV@EndListFrame@Lines%
+\LWR@fvendnone%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following patches select the start/left/right/end
+% behaviors depending on |frame|.
+% Original code is from the \pkg{fancyvrb} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\FV@Frame@none{%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartnone%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendnone}
+
+\def\FV@Frame@single{%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartsingle%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\FV@LeftListFrame@Single%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\FV@RightListFrame@Single%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendsingle}
+
+\def\FV@Frame@lines{%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartline%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendline}
+
+\def\FV@Frame@topline{%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartline%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendnone}
+
+\def\FV@Frame@bottomline{%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartnone%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendline}
+
+\def\FV@Frame@leftline{%
+% To define the \FV@FrameFillLine macro (from \FV@BeginListFrame)
+\ifx\FancyVerbFillColor\relax%
+\let\FV@FrameFillLine\relax%
+\else%
+\@tempdima\FV@FrameRule\relax%
+\multiply\@tempdima-\tw@%
+\edef\FV@FrameFillLine{%
+{\noexpand\FancyVerbFillColor{\vrule\@width\number\@tempdima sp}%
+\kern-\number\@tempdima sp}}%
+\fi%
+\let\FV@BeginListFrame\LWR@fvstartnone%
+\let\FV@LeftListFrame\FV@LeftListFrame@Single%
+\let\FV@RightListFrame\relax%
+\let\FV@EndListFrame\LWR@fvendnone}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Adds the optional label to the top and bottom edges.
+% Original code is from the \pkg{fancyvrb} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\FV@SingleFrameLine#1{%
+  \hbox to\z@{%
+%     \kern\leftmargin
+    \ifnum#1=\z@\relax
+      \let\FV@Label\FV@LabelBegin
+    \else
+      \let\FV@Label\FV@LabelEnd
+    \fi
+    \ifx\FV@Label\relax
+%       \FancyVerbRuleColor{\vrule \@width\linewidth \@height\FV@FrameRule}%
+    \else
+      \ifnum#1=\z@
+%         \setbox\z@\hbox{\strut\enspace\FV@LabelBegin\enspace\strut}%
+        \ifx\FV@LabelPositionTopLine\relax
+		\else
+        \LWR@htmltagc{div class="fancyvrblabel"}
+		\LWR@origtextrm{\FV@LabelBegin}% \textrm preserves emdash
+		\LWR@htmltagc{/div}
+		\fi
+      \else
+%         \setbox\z@\hbox{\strut\enspace\FV@LabelEnd\enspace\strut}%
+        \ifx\FV@LabelPositionBottomLine\relax
+		\else
+        \LWR@htmltagc{div class="fancyvrblabel"}
+		\LWR@origtextrm{\FV@LabelEnd}
+		\LWR@htmltagc{/div}
+		\fi
+      \fi
+
+    \fi
+    \hss
+	}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Processes each line, adding optional line numbers.
+% Original code is from the \pkg{fancyvrb} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\FV@ListProcessLine#1{%
+   \hbox to \hsize{%
+%      \kern\leftmargin
+      \hbox to \VerbatimHTMLWidth {%
+       \ifcsvoid{FV@LeftListNumber}{}{\kern 2.5em}%
+		\FV@LeftListNumber%
+%       \FV@LeftListFrame
+      \FancyVerbFormatLine{#1}%
+      \hss%
+%       \FV@RightListFrame
+      \FV@RightListNumber%
+}%
+      \hss% required to avoid underfull hboxes
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{environment}{BVerbatim}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{BVerbatim}
+{
+\LWR@atbeginverbatim{bverbatim}
+
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{BVerbatim}
+{
+\leavevmode\par\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+\LWR@afterendverbatim
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{LVerbatim} No changes required.
+% ^^A    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \AtBeginEnvironment{LVerbatim}
+% ^^A {
+% ^^A \LWR@atbeginverbatim{lverbatim}
+% ^^A \unskip\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+% ^^A }
+
+% ^^A \AfterEndEnvironment{LVerbatim}
+% ^^A {
+% ^^A \unskip\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \LWR@afterendverbatim
+% ^^A }
+% ^^A    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% End of the modifications to make at the end of the preamble:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+} % \AfterEndPreamble
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\UseVerbatim} \marg{text}
+%
+% No changes required.
+% ^^A    \begin{macrocode}
+% ^^A \let\LWR@origUseVerbatim\UseVerbatim
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A \renewcommand*{\UseVerbatim}[1]{%
+% ^^A \LWR@atbeginverbatim{bverbatim}%
+% ^^A \unskip\vspace{-\baselineskip}%
+% ^^A \LWR@origUseVerbatim{#1}%
+% ^^A \unskip%
+% ^^A \LWR@afterendverbatim%
+% ^^A }
+% ^^A    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Theorems}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newtheorem} \marg{text} \oarg{counter} -or- \oarg{oldname} \marg{text}
+%
+% A few minor changes are made to supply \acro{HTML} tags.
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The entire theorem is placed into a div of class |theorem|.
+% \item The label for each theorem is placed inside a span of class |theoremlabel|.
+% \item The contents are placed inside a div of class |theoremcontents|.
+% \end{itemize}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@begintheorem} \marg{name} \marg{number}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@begintheorem}[2]{%
+\LWR@htmldivclass{theorem}
+\InlineClass{theoremlabel}{#1\ #2\ }
+\LWR@htmldivclass{theoremcontents}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@opargbegintheorem} \marg{name} \marg{number} \marg{oparg}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@opargbegintheorem}[3]{%
+\BlockClass{theorem}
+\InlineClass{theoremlabel}{#1\ #2\ (#3)\ }
+\BlockClass{theoremcontents}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@endtheorem}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@endtheorem}{%
+\endBlockClass% theoremcontents
+\endBlockClass% theorem
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Lists}
+%
+% \limitsbabelone
+%
+% \limitsenumitem
+%
+
+% \subsection{Itemize}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origitem\item
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@itemizeitem} \oarg{label}
+%
+% Handles |\item| inside an itemize or enumerate.
+%
+% See |\LWR@openparagraph| where extra |\hspace| is used to
+% leave room for the label while inside a list during paragraph construction.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@itemizeitem}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthlistitem}{\LWR@printcloselistitem{}}%
+\LWR@htmltag{li}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\LWR@origitem%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% To have a blank item, use |\mbox{}|.
+% This forces a new line in print output, matching the new line which
+% will appear in \acro{HTML} output.
+% Ex:
+%\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+%\begin{itemize}
+%\item \mbox{}
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%	...
+%\end{Verbatim}
+
+% \begin{environment}{itemize} \oarg{enumitem options}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{itemize}{\LWR@itemizestart}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@itemizestart}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@pushoneclose{\LWR@depthlist}{\LWR@printcloseitemize{}}%
+\LWR@htmltag{ul style="list-style-type:none"{}}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\let\item\LWR@itemizeitem%
+}
+
+\AtEndEnvironment{itemize}{\LWR@itemizeend}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@itemizeend}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthlistitem}%
+\LWR@closeoneprevious{}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Enumerate}
+
+% An \acro{HTML} unordered list is used with customized \LaTeX-generated labels.
+
+% \begin{environment}{enumerate} \oarg{enumitem options}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{enumerate}{\LWR@enumeratestart}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@enumeratestart}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@pushoneclose{\LWR@depthlist}{\LWR@printcloseitemize{}}%
+\LWR@htmltag{ul style="list-style-type:none"{}}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\let\item\LWR@itemizeitem%
+}
+
+
+\AtEndEnvironment{enumerate}{\LWR@enumerateend}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@enumerateend}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthlistitem}%
+\LWR@closeoneprevious{}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \subsection{Description}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@descitem} \oarg{label}
+% Handles an |\item| inside a description.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@descitem}[1][]%
+{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@setlatestname{#1}%
+\LWR@startnewdepth{\LWR@depthlistitem}{\LWR@printclosedescitem{}}%
+\LWR@origitem[]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Be sure the label doesn't print to the left of the rest of the file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orighspace{1in}
+\LWR@htmltag{dt}#1\LWR@htmltag{/dt}%
+\LWR@orignewline%
+\LWR@htmltag{dd}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{environment}{description} \oarg{enumitem options}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{description}{\LWR@descriptionstart}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@descriptionstart}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@pushoneclose{\LWR@depthlist}{\LWR@printclosedescription{}}%
+\LWR@htmltag{dl}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\let\item\LWR@descitem%
+}
+
+\AtEndEnvironment{description}{\LWR@descriptionend}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@descriptionend}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthlistitem}%
+\LWR@closeoneprevious{}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\newlist} \marg{name} \marg{type} \marg{maxdepth}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewlist} \marg{name} \marg{type} \marg{maxdepth}
+%
+% For \pkg{enumitem} lists, new lists must have the start and end actions assigned to
+% the new environment.  Renewed lists already have their actions assigned, and
+% thus need no changes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@orignewlist\newlist
+
+\renewcommand*{\newlist}[3]{%
+\LWR@orignewlist{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\AtBeginEnvironment{#1}{\csuse{LWR@#2start}}%
+\AtEndEnvironment{#1}{\csuse{LWR@#2end}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Tabular}
+%
+% This is arguably the most complicated part of the entire package.
+% Numerous tricks are employed to handle the syntax which is involved.
+%
+% Limitations:
+% \limitstabular
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/07}{Added @, \protect\textless, \protect\textgreater\ columns.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/17}{Tabular: \cs{unskip} extra spaces.}
+%
+% \subsection{Token lookahead}
+
+% Used by |\LWR@futurenonspacelet| to look at the next token.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@mynexttoken}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\LWR@mynexttoken\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% |\futurelet| copies the next token then executes a function to analyze
+
+% |\LWR@futurenonspacelet| does the same, but ignores intervening white space
+
+% Based on the \pkg{booktabs} style:
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@futurenonspacelet}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\LWR@futurenonspacelet#1{\def\LWR@cs{#1}%
+\afterassignment\LWR@fnslone\let\nexttoken= }
+\def\LWR@fnslone{\expandafter\futurelet\LWR@cs\LWR@fnsltwo}
+\def\LWR@fnsltwo{%
+\expandafter\ifx\LWR@cs\@sptoken\let\next=\@BTfnslthree%
+\else\let\next=\nexttoken\fi\next}
+\def\@BTfnslthree{\afterassignment\LWR@fnslone\let\next= }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@getmynexttoken}
+% Looks ahead and copies the next token into |\LWR@mynexttoken|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@getmynexttoken}{%
+% nothing must follow this next line
+\LWR@futurenonspacelet\LWR@mynexttoken\LWR@tabledatacolumntag
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsection{Booleans}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@startedrow}
+% True if should print a row tag before this column.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@startedrow}
+\boolfalse{LWR@startedrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@doinghline}
+% True if the next row will have an hline above it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@doinghline}
+\boolfalse{LWR@doinghline}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@doingtbrule}
+% True if the next row will have a top/bottom rule above it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@doingtbrule}
+\boolfalse{LWR@doingtbrule}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@tableparcell}
+% True if are handling a paragraph inside a table cell,
+% so must close the paragraph tag before moving on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@tableparcell}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@skippingmrowcell}
+% True if are doing an empty multi-row cell,
+% and thus there is no data tag to close.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@skippingmrowcell}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@intabularmetadata}
+% True if are in a tabular but not in a data cell.
+% Used to prevent extra \acro{HTML} breaks if not inside table data.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@intabularmetadata}
+\boolfalse{LWR@intabularmetadata}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Handling \&}
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% For technical discussion regarding problems redefining |\&|, See: \\
+% \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11638/where-do-i-find-futurelets-nasty-behaviour-documented/11860#11860}
+%	{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11638/ \\ \hspace*{.25in} where-do-i-find-futurelets-nasty-behaviour-documented/11860\#11860}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@closetabledatacell}
+% If |LWR@skippingmrowcell| then there is no data tag to close.
+% Otherwise, close any paragraphs, then close the data tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@closetabledatacell}{%
+\global\booltrue{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+\ifbool{LWR@exitingtabular}{}%
+{% not exiting tabular
+\ifbool{LWR@skippingmrowcell}{}%
+{% not skippingmrowcell
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Insert any |<| then any |@| column contents:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip%
+\LWR@getexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}%
+\LWR@getexparray{LWR@colatspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@tableparcell}{\LWR@stoppars}{}%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@tableparcell}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the table data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip\LWR@htmltag{/td}\LWR@orignewline%
+}% not skipping mrowcell
+}% not exiting tabular
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@skippingmrowcell}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% |LWR@tabulardepth| tracks whether |&| is being used inside a \env{tabular}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tabulardepth}
+\setcounter{LWR@tabulardepth}{0}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When not used inside a \env{tabular}, |&| performs its original
+% function as recorded here ( with catcode 4 ).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\LWR@origampmacro{&}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See below for why the group is used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/03/31}{Ampersand (\&): Fixed handling when passed as an argument.}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{&} Will behave depending on whether it is being used inside \env{tabular}.
+%
+% |&| is redefined to test whether it is inside a tabular environment,
+% in which case it performs special processing for \acro{HTML} conversion.
+% If not, it behaves normally.
+%
+% The |\catcode| allows the |&| character to be redefined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\catcode`\&=\active
+
+\gdef&{%
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@tabulardepth}}{>}{0}}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not skipping a multirow cell, close the current data cell.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\unskip%
+\LWR@closetabledatacell%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Move to the next column.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Look at the next token to decide multi or single column data tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@getmynexttoken%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not inside a tabular, performs the original action:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\LWR@origampmacro}%
+}
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Outside the group, |&| is left its original catcode for now.
+%
+% \pkg{tikz} package seems to require |&| be left alone until after
+% \pkg{tikz} has been loaded.
+%
+% \cs{LWR@lwarpStart} finally makes |&| active at the beginning of the
+% \acro{HTML} conversion.
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+
+% \subsection{Handling \protect\textbackslash\protect\textbackslash}
+
+% Inside tabular, |\\| is redefined to |\LWR@tabularendofline|
+%
+% Throws away options |\\[dim]| or |\\*|
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@tabularendofline}{s o}
+{%
+\LWR@closetabledatacell%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish the previous row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{/tr}\LWR@orignewline
+\global\booltrue{LWR@intabularmetadata}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not yet started a table row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@startedrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Additional setup:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doinghline}%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingtbrule}%
+\LWR@clearmidrules%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start at first column:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Look at the next token to decide between single column data tag
+% or a special case:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@getmynexttoken%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsection{Variables}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@colsresult}{}%temp storage for column format results
+\newcommand*{\LWR@pposition}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@pleft}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@pright}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tablecolspec} Holds the parsed column specification,
+% of total width |LWR@tabletotalcols|.
+%
+% Will contain a string such as |llrrccpc|, exactly one letter per column,
+% without |@|, |>|, |<|, or the vertical pipe.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tablecolspec}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@strresult} Holds the result of |Str| functions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@strresult}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@origcolspec} Holds the original column specs given to \env{tabular}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@origcolspec}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@tablecolswidth}
+% Holds the width of the table specification.
+%
+% (This is not the total \# columns.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tablecolswidth}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@tablecolspos}
+% Where are currently looking into the table column specification.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tablecolspos}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@tabletotalcols}
+% Holds the final number of table columns.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tabletotalcols}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@tabletotalcolsnext}
+% Holds the next column while parsing.
+% Is one more than |LWR@tabletotalcols|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tabletotalcolsnext}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeObject{LWR@colatspec}A data array of specifications for |@| columns.
+% The leftmost's index is |leftedge|, the others are counter values.
+% See \cref{sec:dataarray}.
+% 
+% \DescribeObject{LWR@colbeforespec}A data array of specifications for |>| columns.
+% 
+% \DescribeObject{LWR@colafterspec}A data array of specifications for |<| columns.
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Parsing @, >, <, ! columns}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parseatcolumn}
+%
+% Handles |@{text}| columns.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parseatcolumn}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Move to the next token after the '@':
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{at column}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Read the next token into \cs{LWR@strresult}, expanding once:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to read the next token:}%
+\expandarg%
+\StrChar{\LWR@origcolspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]
+\fullexpandarg%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Store the result into a data array, expanding once out of \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{have now read the next token}%
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@tabletotalcols}}=0}
+{% left edge of the table:
+\LWR@traceinfo{at the left edge}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{leftedge}{\LWR@strresult}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{finished with the def}%
+}%
+{% not at the left edge:
+\LWR@traceinfo{not at the left edge}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcols}{\LWR@strresult}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{at \theLWR@tabletotalcols: \LWR@colatspec(\theLWR@tabletotalcols)!}%
+}%
+\let\LWR@strresult\relax%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parsebeforecolumn}
+%
+% Handles |>{text}| columns.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parsebeforecolumn}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Move to the next token after the '>':
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Read the next token, expanding once into \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandarg%
+\StrChar{\LWR@origcolspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\fullexpandarg%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Store the result into a data array, expanding once out of \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{\LWR@strresult}%
+\let\LWR@strresult\relax%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parseaftercolumn}
+%
+% Handles |<{text}| columns.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parseaftercolumn}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Move to the next token after the '<':
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Read the next token, expanding once into \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]
+\expandarg%
+\StrChar{\LWR@origcolspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\fullexpandarg%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Store the result into a data array, expanding once out of \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcols}{\LWR@strresult}%
+\let\LWR@strresult\relax%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parseskipcolumn}
+%
+% Handles columns to skip, such as !.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parseskipcolumn}{%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Parsing `l', `c', or `r' columns}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn} \marg{thiscolumn}
+%
+% Add to the accumulated column specs, advance counters,
+% and pre-clear another column of at, before, and after specs.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn}[1]{%
+\appto\LWR@tablecolspec{#1}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tabletotalcols}{1}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{1}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{\theLWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{\relax}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsection{Parsing `p', `m', or `b' columns}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parsepcolumn} \marg{thiscolumn}
+% the width will be ignored
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parsepcolumn}[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% converts to the given column type
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@parsenormalcolumn{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% skips the following width
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Parsing the column specifications}
+
+% \acro{HTML} \acro{CSS} cannot exactly match the \LaTeX{} concept of a baseline for
+% a table row.
+% \watchout
+% \Cref{tab:baseline} shows the \LaTeX{} results for various
+% vertical-alignment choices, with the baseline of the first column drawn across
+% all the columns for comparison.
+% See the |p| column specification in \cref{tab:columnconversions} for details.
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Tabular baseline\label{tab:baseline}}
+% \index{tabular>baseline}\index{baseline>tabular}
+% \centering
+% \smallskip
+% \begin{tabular}{lp{.25in}m{.25in}b{.25in}r}
+% \toprule
+% l & p & m & b & r \\
+% \midrule
+% l \rule{1.65in}{.4pt} \hspace{-1.4in} &
+% par \newline par \newline par &
+% mid \newline mid \newline mid &
+% bot \newline bot \newline bot &
+% r \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%
+% \Cref{tab:columnconversions} describes how each kind of column is
+% converted to \acro{HTML}.
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Tabular \acro{HTML} column conversions\label{tab:columnconversions}}
+% \index{tabular>HTML colummn conversion}
+% \index{HTML>tabular column conversion}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \hrule
+% \begin{description}[parsep=.5ex]
+% \item [l, r, c:] Converted to table cells without paragraph tags. \\
+% Uses \acro{CSS} |vertical-align:middle| so that top or bottom-aligned cells may go above or below this cell.
+% \item [p:] Converted to table cells with paragraph tags.
+% Ref: \Cref{tab:baseline},
+% \LaTeX{} places the top line of a parbox
+% aligned with the rest of the text line, so \acro{CSS} |vertical-align:bottom| is used to
+% have the \acro{HTML} result appear with the paragraph extending below the L, R, C cells at the middle, if possible.
+% This may be confusing as a P cell may not top-align with an L,R,C cell in the \acro{HTML}
+% conversion, especially in the presence of a B cell, and two P cells side-by-side will
+% be aligned at the bottom instead of the top.
+% Some adjustment of the \acro{CSS} may be desired, changing
+% |td.tdp|, |td.tdP|, |td.tdprule|, and |td.tdPrule| to |vertical-align: middle|.
+% Another possibility is to change L,R,C, and P to |vertical-align: top| and not worry
+% about the alignment of B and M cells or trying to approximate \LaTeX{} baselines.
+% \item [m:] With paragraph tags, \acro{CSS} |vertical-align:middle|.
+% \item [b:] With paragraph tags, \acro{CSS} |vertical-align:top| so that the bottom of the
+% text is closest to the middle of the text line.
+% \item [P, M, B:] Horizontally-centered versions,
+% \item [S:] Converted to 'r'.  From the \pkg{siunitx} package.
+% \item [@, \textgreater{}, \textless{}:] Ignored so far.
+% \end{description}
+% \hrule
+% \end{table}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@parsetablecols} \marg{colspecs}
+%
+% Scans the column specification left to right.
+%
+% Builds \cs{LWR@tablecolspec} with the final specification,
+% one column per entry.  The number of final columns is
+% stored in |LWR@tabletotalcols|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parsetablecols}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@parsetablecols started}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remember the original supplied column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@origcolspec}{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Clear the parsed resulting column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@tablecolspec}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Total number of columns found so far.
+% Also pre-initialize the first several columns of specs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@tabletotalcols}{0}%
+\setcounter{LWR@tabletotalcolsnext}{1}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{leftedge}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{1}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{2}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colatspec}{3}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{1}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{2}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{3}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{1}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{2}{\relax}%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@colafterspec}{3}{\relax}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Starting at the first column specification:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Place the colspecs string length into \cs{LWR@strresult},
+% and remember the number of characters in the column specification:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to StrLen}%
+\noexpandarg%
+\StrLen{#1}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\fullexpandarg%
+\LWR@traceinfo{finished StrLen}%
+\setcounter{LWR@tablecolswidth}{\LWR@strresult}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Scan through the column specifications:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\whiledo{\not\value{LWR@tablecolspos}>\value{LWR@tablecolswidth}}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Place the next single-character column type into \cs{LWR@strresult}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\noexpandarg%
+\StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\fullexpandarg%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Note that the parameter for a |p{spec}| column is a token list which will NOT match l,c,r,p.
+% \watchout
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{l}{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn{l}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{c}{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn{c}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{r}{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn{r}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{S}{\LWR@parsenormalcolumn{r}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{\detokenize{@}}{\LWR@parseatcolumn}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{>}{\LWR@parsebeforecolumn}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{<}{\LWR@parseaftercolumn}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{!}{\LWR@parseskipcolumn}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{p}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{p}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{m}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{m}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{b}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{b}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{docsidebar}
+% Many people define centered versions ``|P|'', ``|M|'', and ``|B|'': \\
+% \hspace*{1em}|\newcolumntype{P}[1]{>{\centering\arraybackslash}p{#1}}|
+% \end{docsidebar}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{P}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{P}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{M}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{M}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{B}{\LWR@parsepcolumn{B}}{}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Starting a new row}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@maybenewtablerow}
+%
+% If have not yet started a new table row, begin one now.
+% Creates a new row tag, adding a class for |hline| or |tbrule| if
+% necessary.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@maybenewtablerow}
+{%
+\ifbool{LWR@startedrow}%
+{}% started the row
+{% not started the row
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remember that now have started the row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\booltrue{LWR@startedrow}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the row tag, with a class if necessary.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\booltrue{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+\ifbool{LWR@doinghline}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{tr class="hline"{}}\LWR@orignewline}%
+{% not doing hline
+\ifbool{LWR@doingtbrule}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{tr class="tbrule"{}}\LWR@orignewline}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{tr}\LWR@orignewline}%
+}% end of not doing hline
+}% end of not started the row
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Data opening tag}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tabledatasinglecolumntag}
+% Print a table data opening tag with style for alignment
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tabledatasinglecolumntag}%
+{%
+\LWR@maybenewtablerow%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If have found the end of tabular command, do not create the next data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@exitingtabular}{}%
+{% not exiting tabular
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Fetch the current column's alignment character into |\LWR@strresult|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrChar{\LWR@tablecolspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% print the start of a new table data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{td class="td%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% append this column's spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@strresult%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If this column has a cmidrule, add ``rule'' to the end of the \acro{HTML} class tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@getexparray{LWR@midrules}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}}{Y}}{rule}{}%
+"{}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If this is a p, m, or b column, allow paragraphs:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{%
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{p}\OR%
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{m}\OR% 
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{b}\OR%
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{P}\OR%
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{M}\OR%
+\equal{\LWR@strresult}{B}%
+}%
+{% allow pars
+\LWR@startpars%
+\global\booltrue{LWR@tableparcell}%
+}% allow pars
+{}% no pars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the |@| contents before first column,
+% and then the |>| contents:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@tablecolspos}}=1}%
+{\LWR@getexparray{LWR@colatspec}{leftedge}}% left edge
+{}% not left edge
+\LWR@getexparray{LWR@colbeforespec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+}% not exiting tabular
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Midrules}
+%
+% \DescribeObject{LWR@midrules}|LWR@midrules| is a data array
+% (\cref{sec:dataarray}) of columns containing
+% |Y| if a midrule should be created for each column.
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@midrulecounter}
+% Indexes across the |LWR@midrules| data array.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@midrulecounter}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@clearmidrules}
+% Start new midrules.  Called at beginning of tabular and also at |\\|.
+%
+% Clears all |LWR@midrules| markers for this line.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@clearmidrules}
+{%
+\setcounter{LWR@midrulecounter}{1}%
+\whiledo{%
+\cnttest{\value{LWR@midrulecounter}}{<=}{\value{LWR@tablecolswidth}}%
+}%
+{%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@midrules}{\theLWR@midrulecounter}{\relax}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@midrulecounter}{1}%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subcmidrule} \oarg{width} \marg{trim} \marg{leftcolumn} \marg{rightcolumn}
+%
+% Marks |LWR@midrules| data array elements to be ``Y'' from left to right columns.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@subcmidrule}[4]{%
+\setcounter{LWR@midrulecounter}{#3}%
+\whiledo{\cnttest{\value{LWR@midrulecounter}}{<=}{#4}}%
+{%
+\LWR@setexparray{LWR@midrules}{\theLWR@midrulecounter}{Y}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@midrulecounter}{1}%
+}% end of the whiledo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@docmidrule} \oarg{width} \marg{trim} \marg{leftcolumn-rightcolumn}
+%
+% Marks |LWR@midrules}| array elements to be ``Y'' from left to right columns.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@docmidrule}{o d() >{\SplitArgument{1}{-}}m}%
+{\LWR@subcmidrule{#1}{#2}#3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Multicolumns}
+
+% \subsubsection{Parsing multicolumns}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@tablemulticolswidth}
+\newcounter{LWR@tablemulticolspos}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@printmccoltype} \marg{colspec}
+% Print any valid column type found.  Does not print |@|, |>|, or |<| columns
+% or their associated tokens.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printmccoltype}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@printmccoltype -#1-}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Get one token of the column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablemulticolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add to the \acro{HTML} tag depending on which column type is found:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{l}{l}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{c}{c}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{r}{r}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{p}{p}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{m}{m}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{b}{b}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{P}{P}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{M}{M}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{B}{B}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{S}{r}{}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@printmccoltype done}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@multicolpartext}
+% Print the data with paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@multicolpartext}{%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\LWR@multicoltext%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@multicolother} \marg{colspec}
+% For |@|, |>|, |<|, print the next token without paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@multicolother}[1]{%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablemulticolspos}{1}%
+\StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablemulticolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\LWR@strresult%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@printmccoldata} \marg{colspec}
+% Print the data for any valid column type found.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@printmccoldata}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@printmccoldata -#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Get one token of the column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablemulticolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the text depending on which column type is found.
+% Also handles |@|, |>|, |<| as it comes to them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{l}{\LWR@multicoltext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{c}{\LWR@multicoltext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{r}{\LWR@multicoltext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{p}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{m}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{b}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{P}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{M}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{B}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{S}{\LWR@multicolpartext}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{\detokenize{@}}{\LWR@multicolother{#1}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{\detokenize{>}}{\LWR@multicolother{#1}}{}%
+\IfStrEq{\LWR@strresult}{\detokenize{<}}{\LWR@multicolother{#1}}{}%
+% \addtocounter{LWR@tablemulticolspos}{1}%
+% \StrChar{#1}{\theLWR@tablemulticolspos}[\LWR@strresult]%
+% \LWR@strresult%
+% }{}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@printmccoldata done}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\parsemulticolumnalignment}
+%		\marg{1: colspec} \marg{2: printresults}
+%
+% Scan the multicolumn specification and execute the printfunction
+% for each entry.
+%
+% Note that the spec for a |p{spec}| column, or |@|, |>|, |<|, is a token list
+% which will NOT match |l|, |c|, |r|, or |p|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@parsemulticolumnalignment}[2]{%
+\setcounter{LWR@tablemulticolspos}{1}%
+\StrLen{#1}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\setcounter{LWR@tablemulticolswidth}{\LWR@strresult}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Scan across the tokens in the column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\whiledo{%
+\not\value{LWR@tablemulticolspos}>\value{LWR@tablemulticolswidth}%
+}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Execute the assigned print function for each token in the column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+#2{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Move to the next token in the column spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablemulticolspos}{1}%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsubsection{High-level multicolumn interface}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@domulticolumn} \marg{1: numcols} \marg{2: colspec} \marg{3: text}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@multicoltext}{}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@domulticolumn}{m m +m}{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@domulticolumn -#1- -#2-}%
+\renewcommand{\LWR@multicoltext}{#3}%
+\LWR@maybenewtablerow%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Begin the opening table data tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{td colspan="#1"
+ class="td%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the column type:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@parsemulticolumnalignment{#2}{\LWR@printmccoltype}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If this column has a cmidrule, add ``rule'' to the end of the \acro{HTML} class tag.
+%
+% If this position had a ``Y'' then add ``rule''.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@getexparray{LWR@midrules}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}}{Y}}{rule}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the class tag's opening quote:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+"%
+}% end of the opening table data tag
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+\LWR@parsemulticolumnalignment{#2}{\LWR@printmccoldata}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsubsection{Longtable captions}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@starredlongtable}
+% Per the \pkg{caption} pacakge, step the counter if |longtable*|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@starredlongtable}
+\boolfalse{LWR@starredlongtable}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Per the \pkg{caption} package.  User-redefinable float type.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\LTcaptype}{table}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@longtabledatacaptiontag} * \oarg{toc entry} \marg{caption}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/08}{Fix: Pars in captions.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@longtabledatacaptiontag}{s o +m}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remember the latest name for \cs{nameref}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfValueTF{#2}{% optional given?
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}% optional empty?
+{\LWR@setlatestname{#3}}% empty
+{\LWR@setlatestname{#2}}% given and non-empty
+}% optional given
+{\LWR@setlatestname{#3}}% no optional
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% create a multicolumn across all the columns
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@domulticolumn{\theLWR@tabletotalcols}{P}{% \LWR@domulticolumn
+% \IfBooleanTF{#1}% star?
+% {\IfValueTF{#2}{\LWR@origcaption*[#2]{#3}}{\LWR@origcaption*{#3}}}
+% {\IfValueTF{#2}{\LWR@origcaption[#2]{#3}}{\LWR@origcaption{#3}}}
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}% star?
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Star version, show a caption but do not make a LOT entry:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% yes star
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{figcaption}%
+#3%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{/figcaption}%
+}%
+{% No star:
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not the star version:
+%
+% Don't step the counter if |\caption[]{A caption.}|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@starredlongtable}%
+{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}% TOC entry
+{}%
+{%
+\refstepcounter{\LTcaptype}%
+\protected@edef\@currentlabel{%
+\csuse{p@\LTcaptype}\csuse{the\LTcaptype}}%
+}%
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} caption.  Afterwards, maybe make a LOT entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{figcaption}%
+\csuse{fnum@\LTcaptype}\CaptionSeparator#3%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{/figcaption}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if an optional caption was given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}% TOC entry empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% if the optional caption was given, but empty, do not form a TOC entry
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the optional caption was given, but might only be |[]|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% TOC entry not empty
+\IfNoValueTF{#2}% No TOC entry?
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The optional caption is |[]|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% No TOC entry
+\addcontentsline%
+{\csuse{ext@\LTcaptype}}%
+{\LTcaptype}%
+{%
+\protect\numberline%
+{\csuse{p@\LTcaptype}\csuse{the\LTcaptype}}%
+{\ignorespaces #3\protect\relax}%
+}%
+}% end of No TOC entry
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The optional caption has text enclosed:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% yes TOC entry
+\addcontentsline%
+{\csuse{ext@\LTcaptype}}%
+{\LTcaptype}%
+{%
+\protect\numberline%
+{\csuse{p@\LTcaptype}\csuse{the\LTcaptype}}%
+{\ignorespaces #2\protect\relax}%
+}%
+}% end of yes TOC entry
+}% end of TOC entry not empty
+}% end of no star
+}% end of \LWR@domulticolumn
+
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{\theLWR@tabletotalcols}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{-1}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsubsection{\textbackslash{}tabledatamulticolumntag}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tabledatamulticolumntag} \marg{numcols} \marg{alignment} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@tabledatamulticolumntag}{m m +m}%
+{%
+\LWR@domulticolumn{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{#1}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{-1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Multirow}
+
+% \DescribePackage{multirow}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tabledatamultirowtag}
+%	\marg{numrows} \oarg{bigstruts} \marg{width} \oarg{fixup} \marg{text}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2015/05/28}{Added optional args.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@tabledatamultirowtag}{m o m o m}%
+{%
+\LWR@maybenewtablerow%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the start of a new table data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{td rowspan="#1" class="td%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append this column's spec:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrChar{\LWR@tablecolspec}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If this column has a cmidrule, add ``rule'' to the end of the \acro{HTML} class tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@getexparray{LWR@midrules}{\theLWR@tablecolspos}}{Y}}{rule}{}%
+"{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% While printing the text, redefine |\\| to generate a new line
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup \let\\\LWR@endofline #5 \endgroup
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Utility macros inside a table}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@donothing}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@domidrule}{\booltrue{LWR@doinghline}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@dotbrule}{\booltrue{LWR@doingtbrule}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Checking for a new table cell}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@tabledatacolumntag}
+% Open a new \acro{HTML} table cell unless the next token is for a macro
+% which does not create data, such as |\hline|, |\toprule|, etc:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@exitingtabular}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tabledatacolumntag}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \hspace*{.5in} |\show\LWR@mynexttoken| to see what tokens to look for
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not any of the below, start a new table cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\mynext\LWR@tabledatasinglecolumntag%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If exiting the tabular:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\end}}%
+{\booltrue{LWR@exitingtabular}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \env{longtable} can have a caption in a cell
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\caption}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Look for other things which would not start a table cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\multicolumn}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\multirow}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% if come to an |\mrowcell|, this is a cell to be skipped over
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\mrowcell}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\hline}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\toprule}}%
+{%
+\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\midrule}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\cmidrule}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\cline}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\bottomrule}}%
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\warpprintonly}}
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%
+\ifthenelse{\isequivalentto{\LWR@mynexttoken}{\warpHTMLonly}}
+{\let\mynext\LWR@donothing}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% no action for an |\end| token
+%
+% Add similar to the above for any other non-data tokens
+% which might appear in the table.
+%
+% Start the new table cell if was not any of the above:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\mynext%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{\textbackslash{}mrowcell}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\mrowcell}
+% The user must insert |\mrowcell| into any multirow cells which must be skipped.
+% This command has no action during print output.
+% \watchout
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+\newcommand*{\mrowcell}{}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{New \textbackslash{}tabular definition}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{environment}{LWR@tabular} \oarg{vertposition} \marg{colspecs}
+%
+% The new tabular environment will be |\let| in |\LWR@LwarpStart|,
+% since \pkg{siunitx} might redefine tabular in the user's document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{LWR@tabular}[2][]
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{tabular started}%
+\begingroup%
+\addtocounter{LWR@tabulardepth}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not yet started a table row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@startedrow}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not yet doing an hline:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doinghline}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not yet doing a top/bottom rule:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@doingtbrule}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Have not yet found the end of tabular command:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\boolfalse{LWR@exitingtabular}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the |table| tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\booltrue{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{table}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Parse the table columns:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@parsetablecols{#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Table col spec is: \cs{LWR@tablecolspec} which is a string of |llccrr|, etc.
+%
+% Do not place the table inside a paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Track column \# for setting text-align:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@tablecolspos}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start looking for midrules:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@clearmidrules%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |\\| becomes a macro to end the table row:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\\\LWR@tabularendofline%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following may appear before a data cell is created,
+% so after doing their actions, we look ahead with |\LWR@getmynextoken|
+% to see if the next token might create a new data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\hline}{\LWR@domidrule\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+\newcommand*{\midrule}{\LWR@domidrule\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+\NewDocumentCommand{\cmidrule}{o d() m}%
+{\LWR@docmidrule[##1](##2){##3}\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\cline}{m}%
+{\LWR@docmidrule{##1}\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+\newcommand*{\toprule}{\LWR@dotbrule\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+\newcommand*{\bottomrule}{\LWR@dotbrule\LWR@getmynexttoken}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following create data cells and will have no more data in this cell,
+% so we do not want to look ahead for a possible data cell,
+% so do not want to use |\LWR@getmynexttoken|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\multicolumn\LWR@tabledatamulticolumntag%
+\let\multirow\LWR@tabledatamultirowtag%
+\renewcommand*{\mrowcell}{\global\booltrue{LWR@skippingmrowcell}}%
+\let\caption\LWR@longtabledatacaptiontag%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset for new processing:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@tableparcell}%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@skippingmrowcell}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Look ahead for a possible table data cell:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@getmynexttoken%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Ending the environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\LWR@closetabledatacell%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{/tr}%
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{/table}%
+\global\boolfalse{LWR@intabularmetadata}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@tabulardepth}{-1}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Array}
+% \label{sec:array}
+
+% \DescribePackage{array}
+%
+% \pkg{array} is also automatically loaded by siunitx.
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Cross-references}
+%
+% Sectioning commands have been emulated from scratch, so the cross-referencing
+% commands are custom-written for them.
+% Emulating both avoids several layers of patches.
+%
+% The \pkg{zref} package is used to remember section name, file, and
+% lateximage depth and number for each label.
+%
+% \Cref{tab:crossrefdata} shows the data structures related to cross-referencing.
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/29}{Docs: Table: Cross-referencing data structures.}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{Docs: Table: Cross-referencing data structures, updated.}
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Cross-referencing data structures\label{tab:crossrefdata}}
+% \medskip
+% \hrule
+% \smallskip
+% \begin{description}[nosep]
+% \raggedright
+% \item [Original \LaTeX:] \hfill (print and \acro{HTML})
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [\cs{refstepcounter}:] Steps the couunter and sets \cs{@currentlabel}.
+%	\item [\cs{@currentlabel}:] \cs{p@<ctr>}\cs{the<ctr>} Updated by \cs{refstepcounter}.
+%	\item [\cs{label}:] Writes to the |.aux| file:
+%		\qquad |\newlabel{<label>}{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}|
+%	\item [\cs{newlabel}:] When the |.aux| file is read, sets \cs{r@<label>}.
+%	\item [\cs{r@<label>}:] Set to: |{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}|
+%	\item [\cs{ref}:] Returns the first part of \cs{r@<label>}.
+%	\item [\cs{pageref}:] Returns the second part of \cs{r@<label>}.
+%	\end{description}
+% \item [Added by \pkg{amsmath}:] \hfill (print and \acro{HTML})
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [\cs{label}:] Delayed until math is completed.
+%	\end{description}
+% \item [Added by \pkg{lwarp}:] \hfill (\acro{HTML} only)
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [\cs{nameref}:] Emualted from \pkg{hyperref} for \pkg{lwarp}.
+%		See \cref{sec:references}.
+%	\item [\cs{ref} and \cs{nameref}:] Adds \acro{HTML} tags.
+%		See \cref{sec:references}.
+%	\end{description}
+% \item [Added by \pkg{cleverref}:] \hfill (print and \acro{HTML})
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [\cs{refstepcounter:}] Added: sets \cs{cref@currentlabel}.
+%	\item [\cs{cref@currentlabel}:] (|<type>|=|<ctr>| unless an alias is used):
+%		\qquad |[<type>][\arabic{<ctr>}][<parent ctrs>]{\p@<ctr>\the<ctr>}|
+%		Also see \cref{sec:footnotesregular} for use with footnotes.
+%	\item [\cs{label}:] Writes to the |.aux| file:
+%		\qquad |\newlabel{<label>@cref}{{\cref@currentlabel}{\thepage}}|
+%	\item [\cs{newlabel}:] (Unchanged.) When the |.aux| file is read, sets \cs{r@<label>@cref}.
+%	\item [\cs{r@<label>@cref}:] Set to: |{{\cref@currentlabel}{\thepage}}|
+%	\item [Utility functions:] See \cs{cref@getlabel}, \cs{cref@gettype},
+%		\cs{cref@getcounter}, \cs{cref@getprefix}.
+%	\item [Cross-referencing names:] \cs{crefname} and \cs{Crefname} assign
+%		human-readable names for references to this counter type.
+%	\end{description}
+% \item [Additionally patched by \pkg{lwarp}:] \hfill (\acro{HTML} only)
+%	\begin{description}
+%	\item [\cs{cref}, etc.:] Modified for \pkg{lwarp}.
+%		See \cref{sec:cleveref}.
+%	\item [\cs{label}:] Adds \acro{HTML} tags (\cref{sec:labels}),
+%		plus \cs{splabel} data (\cref{sec:zrefsetup}):
+%		\begin{description}
+%		\item [zLWR@name:] The section name for this label.
+%		\item [zLWR@htmlfilenumer:] The filenumber or name for this label.
+%		\item [zLWR@lateximagedepth:] The |lateximagedepth| for this label.
+%		\item [zLWR@lateximagenumber:] The |lateximagenumber| for this label.
+%		\end{description}
+%	\item [\cs{label} inside math:] See \cref{sec:amsmathsupport}.
+%	\end{description}
+% \item [Footnotes:] See \cs{noteentry} in \cref{sec:footnotesregular}.
+% \end{description}
+% \hrule
+% \end{table}
+%
+%
+% ^^A % See:
+% ^^A %
+% ^^A % \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/85956/redefining-label-and-ref-when-using-hyperref}
+% ^^A %     {\texttt{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/85956/redefining-label-and-ref-when-\\using-hyperref}}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Setup}
+
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@currentlabelname}
+% To remember the most recently defined section name,
+% description, or caption, for \cs{nameref}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@currentlabelname}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@stripperiod} \marg{text} \oarg{.}
+%
+% Removes a trailing period.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\LWR@stripperiod#1.\ltx@empty#2\@nil{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@setlatestname} \marg{object name}
+%
+% Removes \cs{label}, strips any final period, and remembers the result.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@setlatestname}[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Remove \cs{label} and other commands from the name, the strip any final period.
+% See \pkg{zref-titleref} and \pkg{gettitlestring}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\GetTitleStringExpand{#1}%
+\edef\@currentlabelname{\detokenize\expandafter{\GetTitleStringResult}}%
+\edef\@currentlabelname{%
+\expandafter\LWR@stripperiod\@currentlabelname%
+\ltx@empty.\ltx@empty\@nil%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Zref setup}
+% \label{sec:zrefsetup}
+
+% See: \\
+% \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/57194/extract-section-number-from-equation-reference}
+%    {\ttfamily http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/57194/ \\
+%		\hspace*{2em}extract-section-number-from-equation-reference}
+%
+% Create a new property list called special:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\zref@newlist{special}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define a new property which has the name of the most recently declared section:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\zref@newprop{zLWR@name}{\@currentlabelname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define a new property which has either a filename or a file number:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\zref@newprop{zLWR@htmlfilenumber}{%
+\ifbool{FileSectionNames}{\LWR@thisfilename}{\theLWR@htmlfilenumber}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Additional properties for lateximages:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\zref@newprop{zLWR@lateximagedepth}{\arabic{LWR@lateximagedepth}}
+\zref@newprop{zLWR@lateximagenumber}{\arabic{LWR@lateximagenumber}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |zLWR@htmlfilenumber| property holds the file number or name
+%
+% Add a |LWR@htmlfilenumber| property, and lateximage properties to special:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\zref@addprop{special}{zLWR@name}
+\zref@addprop{special}{zLWR@htmlfilenumber}
+\zref@addprop{special}{zLWR@lateximagedepth}
+\zref@addprop{special}{zLWR@lateximagenumber}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Returns the selected field:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@spref}[2]{%
+\zref@extractdefault{#1}{#2}{??}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@nameref} \marg{label}
+% Returns the section name for this label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@nameref}[1]{%
+\LWR@spref{#1}{zLWR@name}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlfileref} \marg{label}
+% Returns the file number for this label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlfileref}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlfileref A: !#1!}%
+\LWR@spref{#1}{zLWR@htmlfilenumber}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlfileref B}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@lateximagedepthref} \marg{label}
+% Returns the |lateximagedepth| for this label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@lateximagedepthref}[1]{%
+\LWR@spref{#1}{zLWR@lateximagedepth}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@lateximagenumberref} \marg{label}
+% Returns the |lateximagenumber| for this label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@lateximagenumberref}[1]{%
+\LWR@spref{#1}{zLWR@lateximagenumber}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@splabel} \marg{label}
+% Sanitize the name and then creates the label:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@splabel}[1]{%
+\LWR@setlatestname{\@currentlabelname}%
+\zref@labelbylist{#1}{special}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Labels}
+% \label{sec:labels}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subsublabel} \marg{label} \quad
+% Creates an \acro{HTML} id tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@subsublabel}[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} id tag unless are inside a lateximage,
+% since it would appear in the image:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{>}{0}}%
+{}%
+{% not lateximage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If not doing a lateximage, create an \acro{HTML} ID tag:
+% (To be factored\dots)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@doingstartpars}%
+{% pars allowed
+\ifbool{LWR@doingapar}
+{% par started
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="#1"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+}% par started
+{% par not started
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="#1"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}% par not started
+}% pars allowed
+{% pars not allowed
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="#1"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+}% pars not allowed
+}% not lateximage
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@sublabel} \marg{label}
+%
+% \cs{label} during \acro{HTML} output.
+% Creates a traditional \LaTeX\ label,
+% adds a special label with additional information,
+% and creates an \acro{HTML} id tag.
+%
+% Used by \cs{LWR@htmllabel} and \cs{LWR@htmlmathlabel}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@sublabel}[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a traditional LaTeX label, as modified by \pkg{cleveref}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@sublabel: !#1!}%
+\LWR@origlabel{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a special label which holds the section number,
+% |LWR@htmlfilenumber|, |LWR@lateximagedepth|, and |LWR@lateximagenumber|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to splabel}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{filesectionnames is \ifbool{FileSectionNames}{true}{false}}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@thisfilename is !\LWR@thisfilename!}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlfilenumber is \theLWR@htmlfilenumber}%
+\LWR@splabel{#1}%
+\LWR@subsublabel{#1}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{finished with LWR@sublabel}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@newlabel} \marg{label}
+%
+% \cs{label} during \acro{HTML} output when not in math mode,
+% removing extra spaces around the label, as done by regular \LaTeX\ \cs{label}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@newlabel}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@newlabel: !#1!}%
+% \@bsphack%
+\LWR@sublabel{#1}%
+% \@esphack%
+\LWR@traceinfo{lwr@newlabel: done}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{References}
+% \label{sec:references}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@startref} \marg{label} \quad
+% (Common code for |\ref| and |\nameref|.)
+%
+% Open an \acro{HTML} tag reference to a filename, \# character, and a label.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@startref}[1]
+{%
+\edef\LWR@lidref{\LWR@lateximagedepthref{#1}}
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref A: !#1!}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{a href="%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref B}%
+\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename{#1}%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref C}%
+\#%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if |LWR@lateximagedepth| is unknown:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref D: !#1!}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@lidref}{??}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ``|??|'' if |LWR@lateximagedepth| is unknown:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{??}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If |LWR@lateximagedepth| is known:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref D1}%
+% \typeout{***depthref is \LWR@lidref}%
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\LWR@lidref}{>}{0}}%
+{%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref D2}%
+lateximage\LWR@lateximagenumberref{#1}%
+}%
+{%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref D3}%
+#1%
+}%
+}%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref E}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% closing quote:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+"{}}%
+% \typeout{***LWR@startref F}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ref} * \marg{label} \quad
+% Create an internal document reference link,
+% or without a link if starred per \pkg{hyperref}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@newref}{s m}{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@newref #2}%
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+{\LWR@origref{#2}}%
+{%
+\LWR@startref{#2}%
+\LWR@origref{#2}%
+\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+}%
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\pagerefPageFor} Text for starred page references.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\pagerefPageFor}{page for}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pageref} * \marg{label} \quad
+% Create an internal document reference,
+% or just the unlinked number if starred, per \pkg{hyperref}.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{Added.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@newpageref}{s m}{%
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+{(\pagerefPageFor\ \LWR@origref{#2})}%
+{(\cpageref{#2})}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\nameref} \marg{label}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\nameref}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{nameref A}%
+\LWR@startref{#1}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{nameref B}%
+\LWR@nameref{#1}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{nameref C}%
+\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{nameref D}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Hyper-references}
+%
+% Note that the code currently only sanitizes the underscore character.
+% \watchout
+% Additional characters should be rendered inert as well.
+% See the |hyperref.sty| definition of  \cs{gdef}\cs{hyper@normalise} for an example.
+%
+
+% \DescribePackage{hyperref}
+
+% Do not tell other packages that \pkg{hyperref} is emulated.
+% \watchout
+% Some packages patch various commands if \pkg{hyperref} is present,
+% which will probably break something, and the emulation already handles
+% whatever may be emulated anyhow.
+%
+% Any reference to |\usepackage{hyperref}| must be placed inside a \env{warpprint} environment.
+% \watchout
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% DO NOT TELL OTHER PACKAGES TO ASSUME HYPERREF:
+% \EmulatesPackage{hyperref}[2015/08/01]% Disabled.  Do not do this.
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Create a link with a text name:
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subhyperref} \marg{URL} \marg{text}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/14}{Improved HTML output linebreaks.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@subhyperref}{m +m}{%
+\LWR@htmltag{a href="{#1}" target="\_{}blank"\LWR@orignewline}#2\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subhyperrefclass} \marg{URL} \marg{text} \marg{htmlclass}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/14}{Improved HTML output linebreaks.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@subhyperrefclass}{m +m m}{%
+\LWR@htmltag{a href="{#1}"
+class="#3"\LWR@orignewline}#2\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\href} \oarg{options} \marg{URL} \marg{text}
+%
+% Create a link with accompanying text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hrefb}{O{} m +m}{%
+\LWR@subhyperref{#2}{#3}%
+\endgroup%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\href}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup%
+\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@hrefb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\nolinkurl} \marg{URL}
+%
+% Print the name of the link without creating the link:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@nolinkurlb}[1]{#1\endgroup\LWR@ensuredoingapar}
+
+\newcommand{\nolinkurl}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@nolinkurlb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\url} \marg{URL}
+%
+% Create a link whose text name is the address of the link:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@urlb}[1]{%
+\href{#1}{#1}%
+\endgroup%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\url}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@urlb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subinlineimage} \oarg{alttag} \marg{class}
+%	\marg{filename} \marg{extension} \marg{style}
+%
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/18}{Surpress extra space.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@subinlineimage}[5][]{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{img src="#3.#4" alt="#3" style="#5" class="#2"{}}}%
+{\LWR@htmltag{img src="#3.#4" alt="#1" style="#5" class="#2"{}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \section{Floats}
+% \label{sec:floats}
+
+% Floats are supported, although partially through emulation.
+%
+% \Cref{tab:floatdata} shows the data structure associated with each |<type>|
+% of float.
+
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/28}{Docs: Table: Float data structures.}
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{Float data structures\label{tab:floatdata}}
+%
+% \bigskip
+% For each |<type>| of float (figure, table, etc.) there exists the following:
+%
+% \hrule
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [counter <type>:] A counter called |<type>|, such as |figure|, |table|.
+% \item [\cs{<type>name}:] Name.  \cs{figurename} prints ``Figure'', etc.%
+% \item [\cs{ext@<type>}:] File extension.  \cs{ext@figure} prints ``lof'', etc.
+% \item [\cs{fps@<type>}:] Placement.
+% \item [\cs{the<type>}:] Number.  \cs{thetable} prints the number of the table, etc.
+% \item [\cs{p@<type>}:] Parent's number.
+%	Prints the number of the [within] figure, etc.
+% \item [\cs{fnum@<type>}:] Prints the figure number for the caption. \\
+%	\cs{<type>name}~\cs{the<type>}, ``Figure 123''.
+% \item [\cs{<type>}:] Starts the float environment. |\figure| or \cs{begin}|{figure}|
+% \item [\cs{end<type>}:] Ends the float environment. |\endfigure| or \cs{end}|{figure}|
+% \item [\cs{tf@<ext>}:] The \LaTeX{} file identifier for the output file.
+% \item [\texttt{LWR@have<type>}:] A boolean rememebering whether a \cs{listof} was
+%	requested for a float of this type.
+% \item [File with extension lo<f,t,a-z>:] An output file containing
+%	the commands to build the
+%	\cs{listof}{<type>}{<name>} ``table-of-contents'' structure.
+% \item [Cross-referencing names:] For \pkg{cleveref}'s \cs{cref} and related,
+%	\cs{crefname} and \cs{Crefname} assign human-readable names for references to this float type.
+% \end{description}
+% \hrule
+% \end{table}
+%
+% \cs{@makecaption} is redefined to print the float number and caption text,
+% separated by \cs{CaptionSeparator}, which works with the \pkg{babel} package to
+% adjust the caption separator according to the language.  French, for example,
+% uses an en-dash instead of a colon: ``Figure 123 -- Caption text''.
+
+
+% \subsection{Float captions}
+% \label{sec:floatcaptions}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@floatbegin} \marg{type} \oarg{placement}
+%
+% Begins a \cs{newfloat} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@floatbegin}{m o}{%
+\LWR@stoppars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% There is a new float, so increment the unique float counter:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@thisfloat}{1}%
+\booltrue{LWR@freezethisfloat}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Settings while inside the environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origraggedright
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Open an \acro{HTML} |figure| tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{figure id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}" class="#1"}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@captype}{#1}
+\caption@settype{#1}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\@dlbfloat} Support packages which create floats directly.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@float\LWR@floatbegin
+\let\@dblfloat\LWR@floatbegin
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@floatend}
+%
+% Ends a \cs{newfloat} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@floatend}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmlelementend{figure}%
+\endgroup%
+\boolfalse{LWR@freezethisfloat}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\end@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\end@dlbfloat} Support packages which create floats directly.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\end@float\LWR@floatend
+\let\end@dblfloat\LWR@floatend
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@thisfloat}
+% A sequential counter for all floats.
+% This is used to identify the float then reference it from the List of Figures and
+% List of Tables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@thisfloat}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@freezethisfloat}
+% Prevents multiple increments of \cs{LWR@thisfloat} inside a float.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@freezethisfloat}
+\boolfalse{LWR@freezethisfloat}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@maybeincthisfloat}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@maybeincthisfloat}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@freezethisfloat}{}{\addtocounter{LWR@thisfloat}{1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@captype}
+% Remembers which float type is in use.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@captype}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsubsection{Caption inside a float environment}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\CaptionSeparator} How to separate the float number and the caption text.
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{Fix for newer babel package.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand*{\CaptionSeparator}{:~}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} \marg{name and num} \marg{text}
+%
+% Prints the float type and number, the caption separator, and the caption text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\@makecaption}[2]{#1\CaptionSeparator#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsubsection{Caption and LOF linking and tracking}
+
+% When a new \acro{HTML} file is marked in the \LaTeX\ \acro{PDF} file,
+% the \LaTeX\ page number at that point is stored in |LWR@latestautopage|,
+% (and the associated filename is remembered by the special \LaTeX\ labels).
+% This page number is used to generate an |autofloat| \acro{HTML} \acro{ID}
+% in the \acro{HTML} output at the start of the new \acro{HTML} file.
+% Meanwhile, there is a float counter used to generate an \acro{HTML} |autofloat|
+% \acro{ID}s at the start of the float itself in the \acro{HTML} file.
+% The |autopage| and |autofloat| values to use for each float are written to the
+% |.lof|, etc. files just before each float's entry.  These values are used
+% by \cs{l@figure}, etc. to create the \acro{HTML} links in the List of Figures, etc.
+%
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@nextautofloat} Tracks autofloat for floats.
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@nextautopage} Tracks autopage for floats.
+%
+% These are updated per float as the |.lof| file is read.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@nextautofloat}
+\newcounter{LWR@nextautopage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWRsetnextfloat} \marg{autopage} \marg{autofloat}
+%
+% This is written to the |.lof| file just before each float's usual entry.
+% The autopage and autofloat are remembered for \cs{l@figure} to use when
+% creating the \acro{HTML} links.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWRsetnextfloat}[2]{%
+\setcounter{LWR@nextautopage}{#1}%
+\setcounter{LWR@nextautofloat}{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@latestautopage}
+% Updated each time a new \acro{HTML} file is begun.
+% \cs{LWRsetnextfloat} is written with this and the autofloat
+% by the modified \cs{addcontentsline} just before each float's entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@latestautopage}% updated each new HTML file
+\setcounter{LWR@latestautopage}{1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origcaption@begin\caption@begin
+\let\LWR@origcaption@end\caption@end
+\let\LWR@orig@@par\@@par
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@caption@begin}
+% Low-level patches to create \acro{HTML} tags for captions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@caption@begin}
+{
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@caption@begin}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Keep par and minipage changes local:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \pkg{caption} code was not allowing the closing |par| tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@@par}{\LWR@closeparagraph\LWR@orig@@par}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No need for a minipage inside the caption:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentEnvironment{minipage}{O{t} o O{t} m}{}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Enclose the original caption code inside an \acro{HTML} tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{figcaption}%
+\LWR@origcaption@begin%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@caption@end}
+% Low-level patches to create \acro{HTML} tags for captions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@caption@end}
+{%
+\LWR@origcaption@end%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Subcaptions were being over-written by the closing \acro{HTML} tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\vspace*{\baselineskip}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Closing tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlblocktag{/figcaption}%
+\endgroup%
+% \leavevmode% avoid bad space factor (0) error
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@caption@end: done}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@end}
+% Low-level patches to create \acro{HTML} tags for captions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@begin\LWR@caption@begin
+\let\caption@end\LWR@caption@end
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry}
+% Tracks the float number for this caption used outside a float.
+% Patched to create an \acro{HTML} anchor.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origcaptionlistentry\captionlistentry
+
+\renewcommand*{\captionlistentry}{%
+\LWR@maybeincthisfloat%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@origcaptionlistentry%
+}
+
+\def\LWR@LTcaptionlistentry{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+  \bgroup
+  \@ifstar{\egroup\LWR@LT@captionlistentry}% gobble *
+          {\egroup\LWR@LT@captionlistentry}}%
+\def\LWR@LT@captionlistentry#1{%
+  \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[\LTcaptype]{#1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline}
+% Patched to write the autopage and autofloat before each float's entry.
+% No changes if writing |.toc|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origaddcontentsline\addcontentsline
+
+\renewcommand*{\addcontentsline}[3]{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{toc}}{}{%
+\addtocontents{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}{%
+\protect\LWRsetnextfloat%
+{\arabic{LWR@latestautopage}}%
+{\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}}%
+}%
+}%
+\LWR@origaddcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\captionof}
+% Patched to track the float number since this is used outside a float,
+% and also create an \acro{HTML} anchor for the virtual float.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\let\LWR@origcaptionof\captionof
+
+\renewcommand*{\captionof}{%
+\LWR@maybeincthisfloat%
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmltag{a id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}"{}}\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\LWR@origcaptionof%
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Table of Contents, LOF, LOT}
+%
+% This section controls the generation of the TOC, LOF, LOT.
+%
+% The |.toc|, |.lof|, and |.lot| files are named by the source code \cs{jobname}.
+%
+% In \acro{HTML}, the printed tables are placed inside a div of class |.toc|, |.lof|, or |.lot|.
+%
+% A ``sidetoc'' is provided which prints a subset of the TOC on the side of each page other
+% than the homepage.
+%
+% The regular \LaTeX{} infrastructure is used for TOC,
+% along with some patches to generate \acro{HTML} output.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Reading and printing the TOC}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@myshorttoc} \marg{toc/lof/lot}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/19}{Reorganize \cs{HomeHTMLFilename} logic.}
+%
+% Reads in and prints the \acro{TOC}/\acro{LOF}/\acro{LOT} at the current position.
+% While doing so, makes the |@| character into a normal letter to allow
+% formatting commands in the section names.
+
+% Unlike in regular \LaTeX{}, the file is not reset after being read, since
+% the \acro{TOC} may be referred to again in each \acro{HTML} page, and is
+% used for the side\acro{TOC}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@myshorttoc}[1]{
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Only if the file exists:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.#1}{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Make |@| a regular letter.
+% Many of the commands in the file will have |@| characters in them, so |@|
+% \watchout
+% must be made a regular letter.
+%
+% For |pdflatex|, also change to |latin1| encoding.
+% When reading back a file with accented characters,
+% \watchout[disabled]
+% the encoding change seems to be required, rather than leaving it |utf8|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+% \ifxetexorluatex%
+% \else
+% \inputencoding{latin1}% currently disabled
+% \fi
+\makeatletter
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the \acro{TOC} file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@input{\jobname.#1}
+% \makeatother
+\endgroup
+}%
+{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subtableofcontents} \marg{toc/lof/lot} \marg{sectionstarname}
+%
+% Places a TOC/LOF/LOT at the current position.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@subtableofcontents}{m m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Closes previous levels:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}
+{\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthsection}}
+{\LWR@closeprevious{\LWR@depthchapter}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prints any pending footnotes so that they appear above the potentially
+% large TOC:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@printpendingnotes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Place the list into its own chapter (if defined) or section:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}{\section*{#2}}{\chapter*{#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a new \acro{HTML} |nav| containing the TOC/LOF/LOT:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelementclass{nav}{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the actual list:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@myshorttoc{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the |nav|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{nav}{#1}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%
+% Patch \cs{@starttoc} to encapsulate the \acro{TOC} inside \acro{HTML} tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@orig@starttoc\@starttoc
+
+\renewcommand{\@starttoc}[1]{
+\LWR@htmlelementclass{nav}{#1}
+\LWR@orig@starttoc{#1}
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{nav}{#1}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Patch \cs{tableofcontents}, etc. to print footnotes first.
+% \pkg{newfloat} uses \cs{listoffigures} for all future float types.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origtableofcontents\tableofcontents
+\let\LWR@origlistoffigures\listoffigures
+\let\LWR@origlistoftables\listoftables
+\renewcommand*{\tableofcontents}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Copy the |.toc| file to |.sidetoc| for printing the sidetoc.
+% The original |.toc| file is renewed when \cs{tableofcontents} is finished.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@copyfile{\jobname.toc}{\jobname.sidetoc}%
+\LWR@printpendingnotes%
+\LWR@origtableofcontents%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\listoffigures}{\LWR@printpendingnotes\LWR@origlistoffigures}
+\renewcommand*{\listoftables}{\LWR@printpendingnotes\LWR@origlistoftables}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{High-level TOC commands}
+
+% \label{sec:listof}
+% \begin{macro}{\listof} \marg{type} \marg{title}
+%
+% Emulate the \cs{listof} command from the \pkg{float} package (\cref{sec:newfloat}).
+% Used to create lists of custom float types.  Also used to redefine
+% the standard \LaTeX{} \cs{listoffigures} and \cs{listoftables} commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\listof}{m +m}{%
+\LWR@subtableofcontents{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#2}
+\expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@\csname ext@#1\endcsname\endcsname
+\immediate\openout \csname tf@\csname ext@#1\endcsname\endcsname
+    \jobname.\csuse{ext@#1}\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Side TOC}
+% \label{sec:sidetoc}
+
+% The ``side TOC'' is a table-of-contents positioned to the side.
+%
+% It may be renamed by redefining \cs{sidetocname}, and may contain paragraphs.
+%
+% \acro{CSS} may be used to format the sideTOC:
+%
+% \begin{docsidebar}[CSS related to sideTOC:]
+% \begin{description}[parsep=0ex]
+% \item [|nav.sidetoc|:] The entire sideTOC.
+% \item [|div.sidetoctitle|:] The title.
+% \item [|div.sidetoccontents|:] The table of contents.
+% \end{description}
+% \end{docsidebar}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{SideTOCDepth}
+% Controls how deep the side-TOC gets.  Use a standard \LaTeX{} section level
+% similar to |tocdepth|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{SideTOCDepth}
+\setcounter{SideTOCDepth}{1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\sidetocname}
+% Holds the default name for the sidetoc.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\sidetocname}{Contents}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@sidetoc}
+% Creates the actual side-TOC.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@sidetoc}{
+\LWR@stoppars
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The entire sideTOC is placed into a |nav| of class |sidetoc|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlelementclass{nav}{sidetoc}
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{\value{SideTOCDepth}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The title is placed into a div of class |sidetoctitle|, and may
+% contain paragraphs.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{BlockClass}{sidetoctitle}
+\sidetocname
+\end{BlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The table of contents is placed into a div of class |sidetoccontents|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{BlockClass}{sidetoccontents}
+\LinkHome
+
+\LWR@myshorttoc{sidetoc}
+\end{BlockClass}
+\LWR@htmlelementclassend{nav}{sidetoc}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Low-level TOC line formatting}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\numberline} \marg{number}
+%
+% (Called from each line in the |.aux|, |.lof| files.)
+%
+% Record this section number for further use:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\numberline}[1]{%
+\LWR@sectionnumber{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\hypertoc}  \marg{1: depth} \marg{2: class} \marg{3: name} \marg{4: page}
+%
+% Called by \cs{l@section}, etc. to create a hyperlink to a section.
+%
+% The autopage label is always created just after the section.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\#1] is depth
+% \item[\#2] \acro{HTML} \acro{CSS} class is tocsection, tocsubsection, etc.
+% \item[\#3] the text of the caption
+% \item[\#4] page number
+% \end{description}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\hypertoc}{m m +m m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Respond to tocdepth:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{#1}{<=}{\value{tocdepth}}}{%
+\LWR@startpars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} link to filename\#autosec-(page), with text of the caption,
+% of the given \acro{HTML} class.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@subhyperrefclass{%
+\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename{autopage-#4}\#autosec-#4}{#3}{#2}%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+}
+{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\hypertocfloat} \marg{1: depth} \marg{2: class}
+%						\marg{3: caption} \marg{4: page}
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\#1] is depth
+% \item[\#2] \acro{HTML} \acro{CSS} class is tocfigure, toctable
+% \item[\#3] the text of the caption
+% \item[\#4] page number
+% \end{description}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hypertocfloat}[4]{%
+\LWR@startpars
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} link to
+% filename\#autofloat-(float number), with text of the caption,
+% of the given \acro{HTML} class.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@subhyperrefclass{%
+\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename{autopage-\arabic{LWR@nextautopage}}%
+\#autofloat-\arabic{LWR@nextautofloat}}%
+{#3}{#2}%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% Automatically called by |\contentsline|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\l@part}[2]{\hypertoc{-1}{tocpart}{#1}{#2}}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\l@chapter}{m m}
+	{\hypertoc{0}{tocchapter}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@section}[2]{\hypertoc{1}{tocsection}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@subsection}[2]{\hypertoc{2}{tocsubsection}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@subsubsection}[2]
+	{\hypertoc{3}{tocsubsubsection}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@paragraph}[2]{\hypertoc{4}{tocparagraph}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@subparagraph}[2]{\hypertoc{5}{tocsubparagraph}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@figure}[2]{\hypertocfloat{1}{tocfigure}{#1}{#2}}
+\renewcommand{\l@table}[2]{\hypertocfloat{1}{toctable}{#1}{#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \section{Index}
+
+% See:\\
+% \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/187038/how-to-mention-section-number-in-index-created-by-imakeidx}
+%   {\texttt{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/187038/\\
+%		\hspace*{2em}how-to-mention-section-number-in-index-created-by-imakeidx}}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@indexsection}
+%
+% Controls whether the index will be in a section or a chapter, depending on
+% the documentclass.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}
+	{\newcommand*{\LWR@indexsection}{\section{\indexname}}}
+	{\newcommand*{\LWR@indexsection}{\chapter{\indexname}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\printindex}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origprintindex\printindex
+
+\renewcommand*{\printindex}
+{
+\LWR@indexsection
+\LWR@startpars
+\LWR@origprintindex
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{environment}{theindex}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{theindex}{%
+\let\item\LWR@indexitem%
+\let\subitem\LWR@indexsubitem%
+\let\subsubitem\LWR@indexsubsubitem%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@indexitem}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@indexitem}{
+
+\InlineClass{indexitem}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@indexitem}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@indexsubitem}{
+
+\InlineClass{indexsubitem}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@indexitem}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@indexsubsubitem}{
+
+\InlineClass{indexsubsubitem}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\hyperindexref} \marg{autosecnumber}
+%
+% |\hyperindexref{web address}| is inserted into |*.ind| by
+% the xindy style file |lwarp_html.xdy|
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/19}{Print mode provided in case hyperref not used.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\hyperindexref}[1]{
+\LWR@htmltag{a href="%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} reference to the autosection:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlrefsectionfilename{autopage-#1}\#autosec-#1"{}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add the section number and section name, then close the tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origref{autopage-#1}\enskip\LWR@nameref{autopage-#1}%
+\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeprint
+%
+% A null command for print mode, in case \pkg{hyperref} was not used:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand{\hyperindexref}[1]{#1}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Math}
+% \label{sec:math}
+%
+% \limitsmath
+%
+%
+% \label{ex:mathjaxmacros}
+% As an example of using custom \LaTeX\ macros with MathJax,
+% \margintag{custom MathJax macros}
+% place the following at the start of the document,
+% after |\begin{document}|:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \begin{warpHTML}  % Only for HTML output,
+% \ifbool{mathjax}  % and only for MathJax output:
+% {
+% \(  % New macros for MathJax are placed inside a math expression:
+% \newcommand{\expval}[1]{\langle#1\rangle}
+% \newcommand{\abs}[1]{\lvert#1\rvert}
+% \)
+% }{}
+% \end{warpHTML}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\$}
+%	Plain dollar signs appearing in the \acro{HTML} output may be interpreted
+%	by MathJax to be math shifts.
+%	For a plain text dollar |\$|, print it inside a span to avoid
+%	it being interpreted by MathJax.
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/08}{Avoids MathJax.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origtextdollar\$
+
+\renewcommand*{\$}{%
+\LWR@htmltagc{span}%
+\LWR@origtextdollar%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+%
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@externalfilecnt}
+% Counter for the external files which are generated and then referenced from the \acro{HTML}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@externalfilecnt}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Inline and display math}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origdollar=$
+\let\secondorigdollar=$% balance for editor syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origopenparen\(
+\let\LWR@origcloseparen\)
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeObject{\$}
+% \DescribeObject{\$\$}
+% Redefine the dollar sign to place math inside a \env{lateximage}, or use MathJax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\$=\active%
+\protected\gdef${\@ifnextchar$\LWR@doubledollar\LWR@singledollar}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@doubledollar}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support.}
+% Redefine the double dollar sign to place math inside a \env{lateximage}, or use MathJax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\LWR@doubledollar$#1$${
+\ifbool{mathjax}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For MathJax, print the math between |\[| and |\]|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\textbackslash[\LWR@HTMLsanitize{#1}\textbackslash]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For SVG, print the math inside a \env{lateximage}, with an ALT tag of the \LaTeX\ code:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% not mathjax
+
+\begin{lateximage}%
+[\textbackslash{[} \LWR@HTMLsanitize{#1} \textbackslash{]}]%
+\LWR@origdollar\LWR@origdollar#1\LWR@origdollar\LWR@origdollar%
+\end{lateximage}
+
+}
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@singledollar}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support.}
+% Redefine the single dollar sign to place math inside a \env{lateximage}, or use MathJax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\LWR@singledollar#1${%
+\ifbool{mathjax}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For MathJax, print the math between |\(| and |\)|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\textbackslash(\LWR@HTMLsanitize{#1}\textbackslash)}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For SVG, print the math inside a \env{lateximage}, with an ALT tag of the \LaTeX\ code:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% not mathjax
+\begin{lateximage}%
+[\textbackslash( \LWR@HTMLsanitize{#1} \textbackslash)]%
+\LWR@origdollar#1\LWR@origdollar%
+\end{lateximage}%
+}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\(}
+% \begin{macro}{\)}
+% Redefine to the above dollar macros.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\(#1\){$#1$}
+\gdef\[#1\]{$$#1$$}
+
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% Remove the old |math| and |displaymath| environments:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\math\relax
+\let\endmath\relax
+\let\displaymath\relax
+\let\enddisplaymath\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{environment}{math}
+% Set math mode then typeset the body of what was between the begin/end.
+% See the \pkg{environ} package for \cs{BODY}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewEnviron{math}{\expandafter\(\BODY\)}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{displaymath}
+% Set math mode then typeset the body of what was between the begin/end.
+% See the \pkg{environ} package for \cs{BODY}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewEnviron{displaymath}{\expandafter\[\BODY\]\@ignoretrue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% When the document begins, the dollar sign must be made active to trigger the new math macros:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\$=\active}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{MathJax support}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support added.}
+%
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@nextequation} Used to add one to compute the next equation number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@nextequation}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@syncmathjax} Sets the MathJax equation format
+% and number for the following equations.
+%
+% These MathJax commands are printed inside ``\cs{(}'' and ``\cs{)}'' characters.
+% They are printed to \acro{HTML} output, not interpreted by \LaTeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@syncmathjax}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If using chapters, place the chapter number in front of the equation.
+% Otherwise, use the simple equation number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsdef{thechapter}{
+\BlockClassSingle{hidden}{
+\textbackslash(
+\textbackslash{}seteqsection \{\thechapter\}
+\textbackslash)
+}
+}
+{}% not using chapters
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% MathJax doesn't allow setting the equation number to 1:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{equation}}>0}
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Tell MathJax that the next set of equations begins with the current \LaTeX{} equation
+% number, plus one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@nextequation}{\value{equation}}
+\addtocounter{LWR@nextequation}{1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Place the MathJax command inside ``\cs{(}'' and ``\cs{)}'' characters,
+% to be printed to \acro{HTML}, not interpreted by \LaTeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BlockClassSingle{hidden}{
+\textbackslash(
+\textbackslash{}seteqnumber \{\arabic{LWR@nextequation}\}
+\textbackslash)
+}
+}{}% not eq > 1
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@restoremathlatexformatting}
+% While producing math, use regular \LaTeX\ formatting instead of \acro{HTML} tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@restoremathlatexformatting}{%
+\let\hspace\LWR@orighspace%
+\let\rule\LWR@origrule%
+\let\,\LWR@origcomma% disable HTML short unbreakable space
+\let\textit\LWR@origtextit%
+\let\textbf\LWR@origtextbf%
+\let\texttt\LWR@origtexttt%
+\let\textsc\LWR@origtextsc%
+\let\textsf\LWR@origtextsf%
+\let\textrm\LWR@origtextrm%
+\renewcommand*{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+\let\textsuperscript\LWR@origtextsuperscript%
+\let\textsubscript\LWR@origtextsubscript%
+\let~\LWR@origtilde%
+\let\enskip\LWR@origenskip%
+\let\quad\LWR@origquad%
+\let\qquad\LWR@origqquad%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@hidelatexequation} \marg{environment} \marg{contents}
+%
+% Creates the \LaTeX{} version of the equation
+% inside an \acro{HTML} comment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hidelatexequation}{m +m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Stop \acro{HTML} paragraph handling and open an \acro{HTML} comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@htmlopencomment
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start the LaTeX math environment inside the \acro{HTML} comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\csuse{LWR@orig#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% While in the math environment,
+% restore various commands to their \LaTeX\ meanings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@restoremathlatexformatting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When a label is encountered, the HTML comment is closed,
+% the label is generated in an HTML-output context,
+% then the HTML comment is opened again.
+% See \cs{LWR@htmlmathlabel} in \cref{sec:amsmathsupport}.
+%
+% Print the contents of the equation:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+#2
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% End the \LaTeX{} math environment inside the \acro{HTML} comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\csuse{LWR@origend#1}
+\endgroup
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the \acro{HTML} comment and resume \acro{HTML} paragraph handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlclosecomment
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@addmathjax} \marg{environment} \marg{contents}
+%
+% Given the name of a math environment and its contents,
+% create a MathJax instance.
+% The contents are printed to \acro{HTML} output, not interpreted by \LaTeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@addmathjax}{m +m}{%
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Enclose the MathJax environment inside printed ``\cs{(}'' and ``\cs{)}'' characters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\textbackslash{}begin\{#1\}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the contents, sanitizing for \acro{HTML} special characters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@HTMLsanitizeexpand{\detokenize\expandafter{#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the MathJax environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\textbackslash{}end\{#1\}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Equation environment}
+%
+% Remember existing \env{equation} environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origequation\equation
+\let\LWR@origendequation\endequation
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Remove existing \env{equation} environment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\equation\relax
+\let\endequation\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{equation}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support.}
+% The new \env{equation} environment is created with
+% \cs{NewEnviron} (from the \pkg{environ} package),
+% which stores the contents of its environment in a
+% macro called \cs{BODY}.
+%
+% For \acro{SVG} math output, 
+% the contents are typeset using the original \env{equation}
+% inside a \env{lateximage}, along with an ALT tag
+% containing a detokenized copy of the \LaTeX\ source for
+% the math.
+%
+% For MathJax output, the contents are typeset in an
+% original \env{equation} environment placed inside a \acro{HTML}
+% comment, with special processing for \cs{label}s.
+% The contents are also printed to the \acro{HTML} output
+% for processing by the MathJax script.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewEnviron{equation}{%
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% MathJax output:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print commands to syncronize MathJax's equation number and format
+% to the current \LaTeX\ chapter/section and equation number:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the \LaTeX\ math inside an \acro{HTML} comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@hidelatexequation{equation}{\BODY}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% SVG output:
+% Create the |lateximage| along with an \acro{HTML} ALT tag
+% having an equation number, the \LaTeX{} equation environment
+% commmands, and the contents of the environment's \cs{BODY}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% not mathjax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Begin the \env{lateximage} with an ALT tag containing the math source:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{lateximage}[(\theequation) \textbackslash{begin\{equation\}}%
+ \LWR@HTMLsanitizeexpand{\detokenize\expandafter{\BODY}}%
+ \textbackslash{end\{equation\}}]% alt tag
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the actual \LaTeX-formatted equation inside
+% the |lateximage| using the contents of the environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origequation
+\BODY% contents collected by NewEnviron
+\LWR@origendequation
+\end{lateximage}%
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% After the environment, if MathJax, print the math to the \acro{HTML} output
+% for MathJax processing:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+}[\ifbool{mathjax}{\LWR@addmathjax{equation}{\BODY}}{}]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{AMS Math environments}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support added.}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support macros}
+% \label{sec:amsmathsupport}
+%
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@amsmultline} True if processing a multline environment.
+%
+% To compensate for \env{multline}-spefific code,
+% |LWR@amsmultline| is used to add extra horizontal space in \cs{LWR@htmlmathlabel} if
+% is used in an \pkg{amsmath} environment which is
+% not a \env{multline} environment and not an \env{equation}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@amsmultline}
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@htmlmathlabel} \marg{label}
+% \index{label>math environment}
+%
+% \cs{label} when called inside a \LaTeX{} AMS math environment's math mode
+% which is encased inside an \acro{HTML} comment
+% while creating a \acro{HTML} document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlmathlabel}[1]{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{LWR@htmlmathlabel #1}%
+\ifbool{mathjax}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The combined \LaTeX\ \& \acro{HTML} label is printed in a \cs{text} field:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\text{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Shift the label over to the right side of the environment to avoid
+% over-printing the math:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@amsmultline}{}{\hspace*{\totwidth@}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Temporarily end the \acro{HTML} comment,
+% insert the \LaTeX{} \& \acro{HTML} label, then
+% resume the \acro{HTML} comment.
+% \cs{@firstofone} is required to remove extra braces
+%	introduced by the \pkg{amsmath} package.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlclosecomment\LWR@sublabel{\@firstofone#1}\LWR@htmlopencomment}%
+}%
+{\LWR@sublabel{\@firstofone#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@beginhideamsmath}
+% Starts hiding \LaTeX\ math inside an \acro{HTML} comment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@beginhideamsmath}{
+\LWR@stoppars
+
+\LWR@htmlopencomment
+
+\begingroup
+\LWR@restoremathlatexformatting
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@endhideamsmath}
+% Ends hiding \LaTeX\ math inside an \acro{HTML} comment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@endhideamsmath}{
+\endgroup
+
+\LWR@htmlclosecomment
+
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsubsection{Environment patches}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/25}{MathJax support added.}
+
+% The following \pkg{amsmath} environments already collect their contents
+% in \cs{@envbody} for further processing.
+%
+% For \acro{SVG} math: Each envrionment is encapsulated inside a \env{lateximage} environment,
+% along with a special |LWRAMSMATHBODY| argument
+% telling \env{lateximage} to use as the \acro{HTML} ALT tag the environment's contents which
+% were automatically captured by the \AmS{} environment.
+%
+% For MathJax: Each environment is syched with \LaTeX's equation numbers,
+% typeset with \LaTeX\ inside an \acro{HTML} comment, then
+% printed to \acro{HTML} output for MathJax to process.
+%
+
+% \begin{environment}{multline}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\booltrue{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{multline}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@addmathjax{multline}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{multline*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline*}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\booltrue{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{multline*}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@addmathjax{multline*}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{gather}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{gather}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{gather}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% \begin{environment}{gather*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather*}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{gather*}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{gather*}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{align}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{align}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{align}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{align}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{align*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{align*}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{align*}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{align*}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{flalign}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{flalign}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{flalign}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{flalign*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign*}{
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@syncmathjax
+\boolfalse{LWR@amsmultline}
+\LWR@beginhideamsmath
+}
+{
+\lateximage[LWRAMSMATHBODY]
+}
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{flalign*}{
+
+\ifbool{mathjax}
+{
+\LWR@endhideamsmath
+\LWR@addmathjax{flalign*}{\the\@envbody}
+}
+{\endlateximage}
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Lateximages}
+
+% A |\lateximage| is typeset on its own \acro{PDF} page inside an \acro{HTML} comment starting on the preceeding page
+% and ending on following page, and instructions are written to
+% |lateximage.sh| or |lateximages.cmd| to extract the |\lateximage| from the page of the \acro{PDF} file
+% then generate an accompanying |.svg| file image file.  Meanwhile, instructions to
+% show this image are placed into the \acro{HTML} file after the comment.
+%
+% Since the |\lateximage| is placed onto its own \acro{PDF} page, which |pdftotext| will read
+% and try to convert to text, an \acro{HTML} open comment is placed onto the bottom of the current
+% page, but it must appear below any footnotes on the current page, so
+% a special page style (|LWR@commentfooterstyle|) is used.
+%
+% An \acro{HTML} span is created to hold both the \acro{HTML} comment which will have the |pdftotext| conversion,
+% and also the link to the final |.svg| image.
+%
+% \limitslateximagefontsize
+%
+%
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \DescribeObject{LWR@commentfooterstyle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newpagestyle{LWR@commentfooterstyle}{
+	\sethead{}{}{}
+	\setfoot{\LWR@htmlopencomment}{}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@lateximagenumber}
+% Sequence the images.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@lateximagenumber}
+\setcounter{LWR@lateximagenumber}{0}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}
+% Do not create |\lateximage| inside of |\lateximage|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}
+\setcounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}{0}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Declare the |\LWR@file| for writing
+% to generate file |lateximages.sh| or |lateximages.cmd|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsdef{LWR@file}{}{\newwrite{\LWR@file}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% A few utility macros to write special characters:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\LWR@hashmark{\string#}	% for use in \write
+\edef\LWR@percent{\@percentchar}	% for use in \write
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@nextpage}
+% Used to count ahead to the next page:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@nextpage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LateximageFontSizeName}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/29}{Add: User-adjustable math/lateximage font size.}
+% Declares how large to write text in the |\lateximage|.  The |.svg| file text size
+% should blend well with the surrounding \acro{HTML} text size.
+%
+% \emph{Do not include the leading backslash in the name.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LateximageFontSizeName}{normalsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@HTMLsanitize} \marg{text}
+%
+% Math expressions are converted to |lateximage|s, and some math environments may contain
+% ``\&'', ``\textless'', or ``\textgreater'', which should not be allowed
+% inside an \acro{HTML} ALT tag, so must convert them to \acro{HTML} entities.
+%
+% Two versions follow, depending on expansion needs.
+% There may be a better way\dots
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@HTMLsanitize}[1]{%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize{#1}}%
+{\detokenize{&}}%
+{\detokenize{&amp;}}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}%
+{\detokenize{<}}%
+{\detokenize{&lt;}}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}%
+{\detokenize{>}}%
+{\detokenize{&gt;}}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}%
+{\detokenize{##}}%
+{\#}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\LWR@strresult%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@HTMLsanitizeexpand} \marg{text}
+%
+% This version expands the argument before sanitizing it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@HTMLsanitizeexpand}[1]{%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{#1}}%
+{\detokenize{&}}%
+{\detokenize{&amp;}}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}%
+{\detokenize{<}}%
+{\detokenize{&lt;}}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\protect\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@strresult}}%
+{\detokenize{>}}%
+{\detokenize{&gt;}}%
+[\LWR@strresult]%
+\LWR@strresult%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{lateximage} \oarg{alttag}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/18}{Surpress extra space.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/18}{pdfcrop: -{}-hires added.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/19}{Reorganize \cs{HomeHTMLFilename} logic.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{lateximage}{O{image}}{%
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{>}{0}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If nesting inside an already-existing lateximage, simply record one more level:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\addtocounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}{1}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, this is the outer-most lateximage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% start of outer-most lateximage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Starting a new lateximage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@lateximagenumber}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% While inside a lateximage, do not use mathjax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\boolfalse{mathjax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Be sure that are doing a paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Next file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@externalfilecnt}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Figure out what the next page number will be:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{LWR@nextpage}{\thepage}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@nextpage}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create an \acro{HTML} span which will hold the comment which contains the |pdftotext| translation
+% of the image's page, and also will hold the link to the |.svg| file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{span id="lateximage\arabic{LWR@lateximagenumber}" %
+class="lateximagesource"{}} \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Write instructions to the lateximage.sh file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+  pdfseparate -f  \theLWR@nextpage  \space -l %
+  \theLWR@nextpage \space %
+  \jobname.pdf lateximagetemp-\LWR@percent d.pdf}%
+% keep the space before 'd.pdf'
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+  pdfcrop --hires lateximagetemp-\theLWR@nextpage.pdf
+    lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt.pdf}%
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+  pdftocairo  -svg  lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt.pdf
+    lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt.svg}%
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+  \OSmv lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt.svg %
+  lateximages\OSPathSymbol}%
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+  \OSrm lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt.pdf
+       lateximagetemp-\theLWR@nextpage.pdf}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Place an open comment tag at the bottom of page; footnotes will be above this tag.
+% This will hide any traces of the lateximage \acro{PDF} page which were picked up by
+% |pdftotext|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origthispagestyle{LWR@commentfooterstyle}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}{1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start the new \acro{PDF} page:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@orignewpage%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset the image in a ``standard'' width page and font size:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origminipage{6in}%
+\csuse{LWR@orig\LateximageFontSizeName}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Temporarily restore formatting to its \acro{PDF} definitions:
+% Do not produce \acro{HTML} tags for \cs{hspace}, etc. inside a lateximage.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hspace\LWR@orighspace%
+\let\rule\LWR@origrule%
+\let\,\LWR@origcomma% disable HTML short unbreakable space
+\let\textit\LWR@origtextit%
+\let\textbf\LWR@origtextbf%
+\let\texttt\LWR@origtexttt%
+\let\textsc\LWR@origtextsc%
+\let\textsf\LWR@origtextsf%
+\let\textrm\LWR@origtextrm%
+\renewcommand*{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+\let\textsuperscript\LWR@origtextsuperscript%
+\let\textsubscript\LWR@origtextsubscript%
+\let~\LWR@origtilde%
+\let\enskip\LWR@origenskip%
+\let\quad\LWR@origquad%
+\let\qquad\LWR@origqquad%
+\let\tabular\LWR@origtabular%
+\let\endtabular\LWR@origendtabular%
+\let\newline\LWR@orignewline%
+}% end of outer-most lateximage
+}% end of \begin{lateximage}
+{% start of \end{lateximage}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@lateximagedepth}}{>}{1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If nesting inside an already-existing lateximage, simply record one more level:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\addtocounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}{-1}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% if this is the outer-most lateximage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{% end of outer-most lateximage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish the lateximage minipage and start a new \acro{PDF} page:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origendminipage%
+\LWR@orignewpage%
+\LWR@origscriptsize%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the \acro{HTML} comment which encapsulated any traces of the lateximage picked up by |pdftotext|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmlclosecomment{}\LWR@orignewline%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a link to the lateximage, allowing its natural height:
+%
+% If the alt tag is given as ``LWRAMSMATHBODY'', then use the text collected by the
+% amsmath multline, gather, or align environments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{LWRAMSMATHBODY}}%
+{%
+\LWR@subinlineimage[%
+\LWR@HTMLsanitizeexpand{\detokenize\expandafter{\the\@envbody}}%
+]%
+{lateximage}%
+{lateximages\OSPathSymbol{}lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt}%
+{svg}%
+{}%
+}%
+{%
+\LWR@subinlineimage[#1]{lateximage}%
+{lateximages\OSPathSymbol{}lateximage-\theLWR@externalfilecnt}{svg}{}%
+}%
+% \LWR@orignewline% Removed to prevent extra space.
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Be sure that are doing a paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the \acro{HTML} span which has the |pdftotext| comment and also the link to the |.svg| image:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltag{/span}%
+\LWR@htmlcomment{End of lateximage}%
+% \LWR@orignewline% Removed to prevent extra space.
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Undo one lateximage level:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addtocounter{LWR@lateximagedepth}{-1}%
+}% end of outer-most lateximage
+}%
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newenvironment{lateximage}[1][]{\begingroup}{\endgroup}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{\env{center}, \env{flushleft}, \env{flushright}}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{center}
+% Replace \env{center} functionality with \acro{CSS} tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{center}
+{\BlockClass{center}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% \begin{environment}{flushright}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{flushright}
+{\BlockClass{flushright}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% \begin{environment}{flushleft}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment*{flushleft}
+{\BlockClass{flushleft}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Siunitx}
+% \label{sec:siunitx}
+
+% \DescribePackage{siunitx}
+%
+% \limitssiunitx
+%
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Options for siunitx:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{
+	detect-mode=true,
+	per-mode=symbol,	% fraction is not seen by pdftotext
+	text-celsius = {\HTMLentity{deg}C},
+	text-degree = {\HTMLentity{deg}},
+}{siunitx}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Graphics}
+
+% \DescribePackage{graphics}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{graphicx}
+%
+% \index{images>graphicx package}
+%
+% \limitsgraphics
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{\cs{graphicspath}}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\graphicspath} \marg{path}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\thisgraphicspath}{{}}
+\renewcommand*{\graphicspath}[1]{\renewcommand*{\thisgraphicspath}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% ^^A \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.svg,.gif,.png,.jpg}
+% ^^A \DeclareGraphicsRule{.svg}{svg}{.png}{}
+% ^^A \end{Verbatim}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareGraphicsExtensions} \marg{list}
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareGraphicsRule} \marg{} \marg{} \marg{} \marg{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\DeclareGraphicsExtensions}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\DeclareGraphicsRule}[4]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \subsection{Length conversions and graphics options}
+%
+% A scaled image in \LaTeX{} by default takes only as much space
+% on the page as it
+% requires, but \acro{HTML} browsers use as much space as the
+% \watchout[whitespace]
+% original unscaled image would have taken,
+% with the scaled image over- or under-flowing the area.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\unitspace}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Used to store the user's selected dimensions and \acro{HTML} class.
+%
+% The class defaults to ``inlineimage'' unless changed by a |class=xyx| option.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LWR@igwidth}
+\newlength{\LWR@igheight}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igorigin}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igangle}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igxscale}{1}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igyscale}{1}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@igclass}{inlineimage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Set the actions of each of the key/value combinations for
+% \cs{includegraphics}.  Many are ignored.
+%
+% If an optional width was given, set an \acro{HTML} style:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{width}{%
+\setlength{\LWR@igwidth}{#1}%
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\LWR@igwidth > 0pt}}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default to use the converted fixed length given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{width:\rndprintlength{\LWR@igwidth}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If ex or em dimensions were given, use those instead:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfEndWith{#1}{ex}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{width:#1}}% yes ex
+{}% not ex
+\IfEndWith{#1}{em}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{width:#1}}% yes em
+{}% not em
+\IfEndWith{#1}{\%}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{width:#1}}% yes percent
+{}% not percent
+\IfEndWith{#1}{px}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{width:#1}}% yes px
+{}% not px
+}{}% end of length > 0pt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If an optional height was given, set an \acro{HTML} style:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{height}{%
+\setlength{\LWR@igheight}{#1}%
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\LWR@igheight > 0pt}}%
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default to use the converted fixed length given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{%
+height:\rndprintlength{\LWR@igheight} %
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If ex or em dimensions were given, use those instead:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfEndWith{#1}{ex}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{height:#1}}% yes ex
+{}% not ex
+\IfEndWith{#1}{em}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{height:#1}}% yes em
+{}% not em
+\IfEndWith{#1}{\%}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{height:#1}}% yes percent
+{}% not percent
+\IfEndWith{#1}{px}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{height:#1}}% yes px
+{}% not px
+}{}% end of length > 0pt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Handle origin key:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{origin}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igorigin}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Handle angle key:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{angle}{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igangle}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Handle class key:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{class}{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igclass}{#1}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \define@key{igraph}{xscale}{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igxscale}{#1}}
+% ^^A \define@key{igraph}{yscale}{\renewcommand*{\LWR@igyscale}{#1}}
+% It appears that \pkg{graphicx} does not have separate keys for
+% |xscale| and |yscale|.  |scale| adjusts both at the same time.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{scale}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igxscale}{#1}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igyscale}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Numerous ignored keys:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{igraph}{bb}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{bbllx}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{bblly}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{bburx}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{bbury}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{natwidth}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{natheight}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{hiresbb}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{viewport}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{trim}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{totalheight}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{keepaspectratio}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{clip}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{draft}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{type}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{ext}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{read}{}
+\define@key{igraph}{command}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@rotstyle} \marg{prefix} \marg{degrees}
+%
+% Prints the rotate style with the given prefix.
+%
+% |prefix| is |-ms-| or |-webkit-| or nothing, and is used to generate
+% three versions of the |transform:rotate| style.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@rotstyle}[2]{%
+ #1transform:rotate(-#2deg);
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@scalestyle} \marg{prefix} \marg{xscale} \marg{yscale}
+%
+% Prints the scale style with the given prefix.
+%
+% |prefix| is |-ms-| or |-webkit-| or nothing, and is used to generate
+% three versions of the |transform:scale| style.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@scalestyle}[3]{%
+ #1transform:scale(#2,#3);
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{\cs{includegraphics}}
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@infloatrow}
+% Used to compute \cs{linewidth}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@infloatrow}
+\boolfalse{LWR@infloatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@expgraphicsfilename}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@includegraphicsb} \oarg{options} \marg{filename}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/04/14}{Improved HTML output linebreaks.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/17}{Fix: \cs{linewidth}, \cs{textwidth}, \cs{textheight}
+%	inside a minipage.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/17}{em, ex, \%, px dimensions preserved.}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/17}{Add: svgz file extension.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/08/20}{Fix: \cs{linewidth} in a floatrow.}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/12}{Fix: Expands filename.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@includegraphicsb}[2][]
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Start the image tag on a new line, allow \acro{PDF} output word wrap:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origtilde \LWR@orignewline%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Temporarily compute |\linewidth|, |\textwidth|, |\textheight| arguments with a 6x9 inch size
+% until the next |\endgroup|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@minipagedepth}}{=}{0}}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@infloatrow}%
+{}
+{% not in a minipage or a floatrow:
+\setlength{\linewidth}{6in}%
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in}%
+\setlength{\textheight}{9in}%
+}%
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See if can find the image by adding an extension:
+%
+% Preference is |svgz|, then |svg|, |gif|, |png|, and |jpg|.
+%
+% |\detokenize\expandafter| allows underscore characters in filenames.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\LWR@expgraphicsfilename{#2}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.jpg}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.jpg}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.JPG}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.JPG}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.png}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.png}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.PNG}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.PNG}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.gif}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.gif}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.GIF}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.GIF}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.svg}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.svg}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.SVG}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.SVG}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.svgz}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.svgz}}{}%
+\IfFileExists{\detokenize\expandafter\thisgraphicspath\LWR@expgraphicsfilename.SVGZ}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@imageextension}{.SVGZ}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Convert a \acro{PDF} extension to \acro{SVG}, leave the result in |\LWR@strresult|:
+%
+% Must also |\detokenize| |.pdf| and |.svg| comparison strings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\StrSubstitute{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@expgraphicsfilename}}%
+{\detokenize{.pdf}}{\detokenize{.svg}}[\LWR@strresult]%
+%
+\StrSubstitute{\LWR@strresult}%
+{\detokenize{.PDF}}{\detokenize{.SVG}}[\LWR@strresult]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For correct em sizing during the width and height conversions:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\large%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset some defaults, possibly will be changed below if options were given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\LWR@igwidth}{0pt}%
+\setlength{\LWR@igheight}{0pt}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igheightstyle}{}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igorigin}{}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igangle}{}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igxscale}{1}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igyscale}{1}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@igclass}{inlineimage}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% Options are in |#1|
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys{igraph}{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the \acro{HTML} reference with the graphicspath, filename, extension,
+% alt tag, style, and class.
+%
+% The \cs{LWR@origtilde} adds space between tags in case this
+% is being done inside a \cs{savebox} where \cs{newline} has no effect.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\href{\thisgraphicspath\LWR@strresult\LWR@imageextension}%
+{% start of href
+\LWR@htmltag{% start of image tags
+img src="\thisgraphicspath\LWR@strresult\LWR@imageextension" \LWR@orignewline
+\LWR@origtilde{} alt="\LWR@strresult" \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Only include a style tag if a width, height, angle, or scale was given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{} \OR
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igheightstyle}{} \OR
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igorigin}{} \OR
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igangle}{} \OR
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igxscale}{1} \OR
+	\NOT\equal{\LWR@igyscale}{1}
+}%
+{\LWR@origtilde{} style="%
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@igwidthstyle}{}}%
+{\LWR@igwidthstyle;}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@igheightstyle}{}}%
+{\LWR@igheightstyle;}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@igorigin}{}}%
+{\LWR@origtilde{} transform-origin: \LWR@originnames{\LWR@igorigin}; \LWR@orignewline}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@igangle}{}}%
+{%
+\LWR@rotstyle{-ms-}{\LWR@igangle}%
+\LWR@rotstyle{-webkit-}{\LWR@igangle}%
+\LWR@rotstyle{}{\LWR@igangle%
+}}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@igxscale}{1}\OR%
+\NOT\equal{\LWR@igyscale}{1}}%
+{\LWR@scalestyle{-ms-}{\LWR@igxscale}{\LWR@igyscale}%
+\LWR@scalestyle{-webkit-}{\LWR@igxscale}{\LWR@igyscale}%
+\LWR@scalestyle{}{\LWR@igxscale}{\LWR@igyscale}}{}%
+" \LWR@orignewline}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set the class:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origtilde{} class="\LWR@igclass" \LWR@orignewline%
+}% end of image tags
+}% end of href
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Return to small-sized output:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origscriptsize
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\includegraphics} \oarg{key=val} \marg{filename}
+
+% Handles width and height, converted to fixed width and heights.
+
+% Converts any |.pdf| references to |.svg| for \acro{HTML}
+
+% The user should always refer to |.pdf| in the document source.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\includegraphics}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This graphic should trigger an \acro{HTML} paragraph even if alone,
+% so ensure that are doing paragraph handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup%
+\LWR@includegraphicsb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codeprint
+%
+% For print output, accept and then discard the new |class| key:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\define@key{Gin}{class}{}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{\cs{rotatebox}, \cs{scalebox}, \cs{reflectbox}}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@rotboxorigin} Holds the origin key letters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@rotboxorigin}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@originname} \marg{letter}
+%
+% Given one \LaTeX{} origin key value,
+% translate into an \acro{HTML} origin word:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@originname}[1]{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{t}}{top}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{b}}{bottom}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{c}}{center}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{l}}{left}{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{r}}{right}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@originnames} \marg{letters}
+%
+% Given one- or two-letter \LaTeX{} origin key values,
+% translate into \acro{HTML} origin words:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@originnames}[1]{%
+\StrChar{#1}{1}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\LWR@originname{\LWR@strresult}
+\StrChar{#1}{2}[\LWR@strresult]%
+\LWR@originname{\LWR@strresult}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% Handle the origin key for \cs{rotatebox}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{krotbox}{origin}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@rotboxorigin}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These keys are ignored:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{krotbox}{x}{}
+\define@key{krotbox}{y}{}
+\define@key{krotbox}{units}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rotatebox} \oarg{keyval list} \marg{angle} \marg{text}
+%
+% Will \cs{let}\cs{rotatebox}\cs{LWR@rotatebox} at \cs{LWR@LwarpStart},
+% in case \cs{rotatebox} was over-written by a later package load.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@rotatebox}{O{} m +m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset the origin to ``none-given'':
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@rotboxorigin}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Process the optional keys, which may set \cs{LWR@rotateboxorigin}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys{krotbox}{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Select |inline-block| so that \acro{HTML} will transform this span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{span style="display: inline-block; 
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If an origin was given, translate and print the origin information:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\NOT\equal{\LWR@rotboxorigin}{}}%
+{transform-origin: \LWR@originnames{\LWR@rotboxorigin};\LWR@origtilde}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the rotation information:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@rotstyle{-ms-}{#2} %
+\LWR@rotstyle{-webkit-}{#2} %
+\LWR@rotstyle{}{#2} %
+"{}}\LWR@orignewline%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the text to be rotated:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+#3%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\scalebox} \marg{h-scale} \oarg{v-scale} \marg{text}
+%
+% Will \cs{let}\cs{scalebox}\cs{LWR@scalebox} at \cs{LWR@LwarpStart},
+% in case \cs{scalebox} was over-written by a later package load.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@scalebox}{m o m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Select |inline-block| so that \acro{HTML} will transform this span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{span style="display: inline-block; %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the scaling information:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@scalestyle{-ms-}{#1}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#1}{#2}} %
+\LWR@scalestyle{-webkit-}{#1}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#1}{#2}} %
+\LWR@scalestyle{}{#1}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#1}{#2}} %
+"{}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the text to be scaled:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+#3%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\reflectbox} \marg{text}
+%
+% Will \cs{let}\cs{reflectbox}\cs{LWR@reflectbox} at \cs{LWR@LwarpStart},
+% in case \\
+% \cs{reflectbox} was over-written by a later package load.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@reflectbox}[1]{\LWR@scalebox{-1}[1]{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Null functions}
+%
+% These functions are not supported by \pkg{lwarp}'s \acro{HTML} conversion.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\resizebox} \marg{h-length} \marg{v-length} \marg{text}
+%
+% Simply prints its text argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\resizebox}[3]{#3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% ^^A \RequirePackage[version=3]{mhchem}
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A % use before and after environment hooks
+% ^^A \let\LWR@origce\ce
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A \renewcommand{\ce}[1]{
+% ^^A \begin{lateximage}
+% ^^A \LWR@origce{#1}
+% ^^A \end{lateximage}
+% ^^A }
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A 
+% ^^A \RequirePackage{rsphrase}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Cleverref}
+% \label{sec:cleveref}
+
+% \DescribePackage{cleveref}
+% \pkg{cleveref} package is used as-is with minor patches.
+%
+% \pkg{cleveref} and the following associated macro patches are
+% \margintag{loading order}
+% automatically preloaded at the end of the preamble via \cs{AtEndPreamble}
+% and \cs{AfterEndPreamble}.
+% This is done because the \acro{HTML} conversion requires \pkg{cleveref}.
+% The user's document may not require \pkg{cleveref}, thus the user
+% may never explicitly load it, so during \acro{HTML} output \pkg{lwarp} loads it last.
+% If the user's document preamble uses \pkg{cleveref} options, or functions such as
+% \cs{crefname}, then \pkg{cleveref} may be loaded in the user's preamble near the
+% end, and \pkg{lwarp}'s additional loading of \pkg{cleveref} will have no effect.
+%
+% \Cref{tab:crossrefdata} on \pageref{tab:crossrefdata}
+% shows the data structure of the label/reference system
+% as revised by \pkg{lwarp} and \pkg{cleveref}.
+
+
+% A few patches allow \pkg{cleveref} to work as-is:
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/06}{cleveref: Loaded \cs{AtEndPreamble}.}
+
+
+
+%
+% \cs{AtEndPreable} forces \pkg{cleveref} to be loaded last:
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/29}{Pagenote: Assigned cleveref name.}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/06}{cleveref: Loaded \cs{AtEndPreamble}.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndPreamble{
+\RequirePackage{cleveref}
+\crefname{pagenote}{note}{notes}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/05}{\pkg{cleveref} and referencing patches: Applied \cs{AfterEndPreamble}.}
+%
+% \begin{flushleft}
+% The following patches are applied after \pkg{cleveref} has loaded,
+% and after \cs{AtBeginDocument}:
+% \end{flushleft}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setcref} \marg{kindofref} \marg{label}
+
+% ^^A |\@templabel| becomes the section number
+
+% ^^A original: \def\@@setcref#1#2{\cref@getlabel{#2}{\@templabel}#1{\@templabel}{}{}}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@@setcref}[2]{#1{\ref{#2}}{}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A orig:
+% ^^A  \def\@@setcrefrange#1#2#3{%
+% ^^A    \cref@getlabel{#2}{\@labela}%
+% ^^A    \cref@getlabel{#3}{\@labelb}%
+% ^^A    #1{\@labela}{\@labelb}{}{}{}{}}
+
+%\begin{macro}{\@@setcrefrange} \marg{text} \marg{label} \marg{label}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@@setcrefrange}[3]{%
+#1{\ref{#2}}{\ref{#3}}{}{}{}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A  orig:
+% ^^A  \def\@@setcpageref#1#2{%
+% ^^A    \cref@getpageref{#2}{\@temppage}#1{\@temppage}{}{}}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\cpagerefFor} Redefinable word between ``page(s)'' and the page numbers.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{User-redefinable word for page references.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cpagerefFor}{for}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setcpageref} \marg{typeofref} \marg{label},
+% where typeofref is ``page'' or ``pages''
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@@setcpageref}[2]{%
+#1{\cpagerefFor\ \cref{#2}}{}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A  orig:
+% ^^A  \def\@@setcpagerefrange#1#2#3{%
+% ^^A    \cref@getpageref{#2}{\@pagea}%
+% ^^A    \cref@getpageref{#3}{\@pageb}%
+% ^^A    #1{\@pagea}{\@pageb}{}{}{}{}}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@@setcpagerefrange}[3]{%
+#1{\cpagerefFor\ \cref{#2}}{\cref{#3}}{}{}{}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Remember and patch some label-related defintions.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origlabel\label
+\let\label\LWR@newlabel
+\let\LWR@origref\ref
+\let\ref\LWR@newref%	\end{ syntax highlighting
+\let\LWR@origpageref\pageref
+\let\pageref\LWR@newpageref
+
+
+}% AfterEndPreamble
+
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Picture}
+% \label{sec:picture}
+
+% \DescribeEnv{picture} The \env{picture} environment is enclosed
+% inside a \cs{lateximage}.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{environment}{picture}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{picture}{
+
+\lateximage}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{picture}{\endlateximage
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Tikzpicture}
+% \label{sec:tikz}
+
+% \DescribePackage{tikz}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{tikzpicture} May be used as-is, and its contents will be
+% converted to an image.
+%
+% \limitstikz
+%
+% (\pkg{lwarp} changes the catcode of |$| for its own use.
+% \margintag{catcodes}
+% The \tikz{} |babel| library temporarily changes catcodes
+% back to normal for \tikz's use, restoring them to their
+% \pkg{lwarp} purpose while inside each \tikz{} node.)
+% \index{tikz>dollar redefined}
+% \index{tikz>catcodes}
+%
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@tikzbabel}
+% \pkg{tikz} v3.0.0 introduced the |babel| library which handles catcode changes.
+% For older versions, \pkg{lwarp} must change |$|'s catcode itself.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@tikzbabel}
+\boolfalse{LWR@tikzbabel}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\@ifpackageloaded{tikz}{
+\@ifpackagelater{tikz}{2013/12/20}% Test for Tikz version v3.0.0
+{\booltrue{LWR@tikzbabel}}
+{\boolfalse{LWR@tikzbabel}}
+}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{tikzpicture}
+% |tikzpicture| environment is enclosed inside a |\lateximage|.
+%
+% \changes{v0.13}{2016/03/23}{Fix dollar-redefined bug for newer package.}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/29}{Adapts to tikz version.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{tikzpicture}{%
+
+\lateximage
+\ifbool{LWR@tikzbabel}
+{}
+{\catcode`\$=3} % dollar sign is math shift
+}
+
+\AfterEndEnvironment{tikzpicture}{%
+\endlateximage
+
+\ifbool{LWR@tikzbabel}
+{}
+{\catcode`\$=\active}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Boxes and Minipages}
+%
+% A \acro{CSS} flexbox is used for minipages and parboxes,
+% allowing external and internal vertical positioning.
+%
+%
+% \limitsminipage
+%
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \subsection{Counters and lengths}
+
+% \DescribeCounter{LWR@minipagedepth}
+% Used to only reset the line width at the outermost minipage.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LWR@minipagedepth}
+\setcounter{LWR@minipagedepth}{0}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%
+% \DescribeLength{LWR@minipagewidth}
+% Used to convert the width into printable units.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LWR@minipagewidth}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeLength{LWR@minipageheight}
+% Used to convert the height into printable units.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LWR@minipageheight}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Remember the original definitions:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origminipage\minipage
+\let\LWR@origendminipage\endminipage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Footnote handling}
+% \label{sec:footnotesminipage}
+%
+% Also see \cref{sec:footnotes} for other forms of footnotes.
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@nullrule} \oarg{raise} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+% Used to cancel the footnotesep rule during \acro{HTML} output.
+% This rule was causing occasional end paragraph tags to be inserted
+% for some (so far) undetermined reason, as well
+% as adding purposeless code to the \acro{HTML} output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@nullrule}{o m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@makefntext} \marg{text}
+%
+% Adds a paragraph closing tag to the end of each footnote.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@makefntext}[1]{%
+\begingroup%
+\let\rule\LWR@nullrule%
+\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark} #1%
+\endgroup%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/\LWR@tagregularparagraph}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@makefnmark}
+% Creates an \acro{HTML} superscript footnote mark:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@makefnmark}{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+
+%
+% \subsection{Minipage handling}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@endminipage}
+% Used to close a minipage.
+%
+% Copied the \LaTeX{} definition and modified to create a |mpfootnotes| div class:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\LWR@endminipage{%
+    \par
+    \unskip
+    \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else
+      \vskip\skip\@mpfootins
+      \normalcolor
+		\LWR@htmldivclass{mpfootnotes}
+      \unvbox\@mpfootins
+		\LWR@htmldivclassend{mpfootnotes}
+    \fi
+    \@minipagefalse
+  \color@endgroup
+  \egroup
+  \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@subminipage}
+% Used to create a \acro{PDF} minipage without creating an \acro{HTML} minipage.
+% This allows footnotes to appear at the bottom of the minipage instead of
+% the bottom of the \acro{HTML} page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@subminipage}{%
+\LWR@stoppars
+\LWR@origminipage{6in}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |\raggedright| cancels hyphenation, which will be done by \acro{HTML} instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origraggedright%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Minipage footnotes appear the bottom of the minipage.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\footnote\LWR@origfootnote%
+\let\@makefntext\LWR@makefntext%
+\let\@makefnmark\LWR@makefnmark%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Resume paragraph tag handling for the contents of the minipage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@endsubminipage}
+% Closes the subminipage.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@endsubminipage}{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@endminipage% The following empty line is required:
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@minipagefullwidth} Should the next minipage have no \acro{HTML} |width|?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@minipagefullwidth}
+\boolfalse{LWR@minipagefullwidth}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\minipagefullwidth} Requests that the next minipage
+% have no |width| tag in \acro{HTML}:
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/28}{Added: No width tag for the next minipage in HTML.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\minipagefullwidth}{\booltrue{LWR@minipagefullwidth}}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand*{\minipagefullwidth}{}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeBoolean{LWR@minipagethispar}
+% Has a minipage been seen this paragraph?
+% If true, prevents paragraph tags around horizontal space
+% between minipages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@minipagethispar}
+\boolfalse{LWR@minipagethispar}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{environment}{minipage} \oarg{vert position} \oarg{height} \oarg{inner vert position} \marg{width}
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/17}{Fix: \cs{linewidth}, \cs{textwidth}, \cs{textheight} inside a minipage.}
+%
+% The vertical positions may be 'c', 't', or 'b'.
+% The inner position may also be 's'.
+%
+% When using |\linewidth|, |\textwidth|, or |\textheight|, these are scaled proportionally to a
+% 6\texttimes{}9 inch text area.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentEnvironment{minipage}{O{t} o O{t} m}
+{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Pre-compute the given width and height:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset the text area if are starting the outer-most minipage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{starting minipage}%
+\uselengthunit{in}%
+\setlength{\LWR@minipagewidth}{#4}%
+\ifthenelse{\cnttest{\value{LWR@minipagedepth}}{=}{0}}{%
+\addtolength{\LWR@minipagewidth}{3em}% room for frames
+\setlength{\linewidth}{6in}%
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in}%
+\setlength{\textheight}{9in}%
+}{}%
+\addtocounter{LWR@minipagedepth}{1}%
+\setlength{\LWR@minipageheight}{\textheight}% default unless specified
+\IfValueTF{#2}{\setlength{\LWR@minipageheight}{#2}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \LaTeX{} wants to start a paragraph for the new minipage, then start a paragraph again
+% for the contents of the minipage, so cancel the  paragraph tag handling
+% until the minipage has begun.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the |<div>| tag with optional alignment style:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{minipage: creating div class}%
+\LWR@htmltag{div class="minipage" style="%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{t}}{vertical-align: bottom ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{c}}{vertical-align: middle ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{b}}{vertical-align: top ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{t}}{justify-content: flex-start ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{c}}{justify-content: center ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{b}}{justify-content: flex-end ; }{}%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{s}}{justify-content: space-between ; }{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the width and optional height styles:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{minipage: about to print the width}%
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\ifbool{LWR@minipagefullwidth}%
+{\boolfalse{LWR@minipagefullwidth}}%
+{%
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{#4}=\linewidth}%
+{}%
+{width:\rndprintlength{\LWR@minipagewidth} ; }%
+}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{minipage: about to print the height}%
+\IfValueTF{#2}{height:\rndprintlength{\LWR@minipageheight} ; }{}%
+"{}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish with an empty line to start  \LaTeX{} minipage processing on a new line.
+% Use a large minipage area to avoid the unnecessary wrapping of tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\LWR@origminipage{6in}% The preceding empty line is required.
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set the user-accessible minipage and text width and height values inside the minipage.
+% These do not affect the actual size of the large minipage created by
+% \cs{LWR@origminipage} above, but are used by any reference to \cs{linewidth}, etc.
+% inside the \acro{PDF} minipage being created here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\linewidth}{#4}% the original width
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in}%
+\setlength{\textheight}{9in}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |\raggedright| cancels hyphenation, which will be done by \acro{HTML} instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origraggedright%
+\let\footnote\LWR@origfootnote%
+\let\@makefntext\LWR@makefntext%
+\let\@makefnmark\LWR@makefnmark%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Resume paragraph tag handling for the contents of the minipage:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@startpars%
+\LWR@traceinfo{minipage: finished starting the minipage}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% End the environment with \LaTeX{} processing and closing tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@endminipage% The following empty line is required:
+
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{minipage}%
+\vspace{1\baselineskip}% required for subcaption
+\addtocounter{LWR@minipagedepth}{-1}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent paragraph tags around horizontal white space
+% until the start of the next paragraph:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\global\booltrue{LWR@minipagethispar}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Parbox, makebox, framebox, fbox, raisebox}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\parbox} \oarg{pos} \oarg{height} \oarg{inner-pos} \marg{width} \marg{text}
+%
+% A parbox uses the minipage code:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\parbox}{O{t} o O{t} m m}
+{
+\begin{minipage}[#1][#2][#3]{#4}
+#5
+\end{minipage}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\makebox} \oarg{width} \oarg{pos} \marg{text}
+%
+% Width and position are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\makebox}{o o m}{%
+\mbox{#3}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\framebox} \oarg{width} \oarg{pos} \marg{text}
+%
+% Width and position are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\framebox}{o o m}{%
+\fbox{#3}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fbox} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origfbox\fbox
+%
+\renewcommand*{\fbox}[1]{%
+\InlineClass{framebox}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\raisebox} \marg{raiselen} \oarg{height} \oarg{depth} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\raisebox}{m o o m}{%
+#4%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Direct formatting}
+% \label{sec:directformatting}
+%
+% \limitstext
+%
+% For high-level block and inline custom CSS classes,
+% see \cref{sec:highlevelclasses}.
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\emph} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\emph}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{em}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textmd} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textmd}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{textmd}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textbf} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textbf}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{b}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textrm} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textrm}[1]{\InlineClass{textrm}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textsf} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textsf}[1]{\InlineClass{textsf}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\texttt} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{kbd}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textup} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textup}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{textup}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textit} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textit}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{i}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textsc} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textsc}[1]{\InlineClass{textsc}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textnormal} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textnormal}[1]{\textmd{\textrm{\textup{#1}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\mdseries}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\mdseries}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\bfseries}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\bfseries}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\rmfamily}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\rmfamily}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\sffamily}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\sffamily}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ttfamily}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\ttfamily}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\upshape}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\upshape}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\itshape}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\itshape}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\scshape}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\scshape}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\scshape}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\normalfont}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\sp} \marg{text}
+
+% For \pkg{siunitx}.  Must work in math mode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\sp}[1]{\text{<sup>#1</sup>}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\sb} \marg{text}
+
+% For \pkg{siunitx}.  Must work in math mode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\sb}[1]{\text{<sub>#1</sub>}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textsuperscript} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textsuperscript}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{sup}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\textsubscript} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\textsubscript}[1]{\LWR@htmlspan{sub}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\up} \marg{text} Prints superscript.
+%
+% This is \cs{let} at the beginning of the document in case some other package
+% has changed the definition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\up\textsuperscript}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\fup} \marg{text} Prints superscript.
+%
+% Supports \pkg{fmtcount} package.
+%
+% This is \cs{let} at the beginning of the document in case some other package
+% has changed the definition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\fup\textsuperscript}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\hfill}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/12}{Inserts a \cs{qquad}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\hfill}{\qquad}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\hrulefill}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/19}{Inserts a short rule.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\hrulefill}{\rule{1in}{1pt}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\dotfill}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/19}{Inserts an ellipsis.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\dotfill}{\dots}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{Skips, spaces, font sizes}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% |\,| must be redefined after |\RequirePackage{printlen}|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origcomma\,
+\let\LWR@origtilde~
+\let\LWR@origenskip\enskip
+\let\LWR@origquad\quad
+\let\LWR@origqquad\qquad
+\let\LWR@orighspace\hspace
+\let\LWR@origrule\rule
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Direct-formatting space commands become \acro{HTML} entities:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\,}{\HTMLunicode{202f}}	% HTML thin non-breakable space
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \renewcommand*{\,}{\HTMLunicode{2009}}	% HTML thin wrappable space
+% ^^A \renewcommand*{\,}{\HTMLentity{nbsp}}	% regular-width non-breakable space
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{~}{\HTMLentity{nbsp}}
+\renewcommand*{\textellipsis}{\HTMLunicode{2026}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Direct-formatting font sizes are ignored:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@orignormalsize\normalsize
+\let\LWR@origsmall\small
+\let\LWR@origfootnotesize\footnotesize
+\let\LWR@origscriptsize\scriptsize
+\let\LWR@origtiny\tiny
+\let\LWR@origlarge\large
+\let\LWR@origLarge\Large
+\let\LWR@origLARGE\LARGE
+\let\LWR@orighuge\huge
+\let\LWR@origHuge\Huge
+\renewcommand*{\normalsize}{}
+\renewcommand*{\small}{}
+\renewcommand*{\footnotesize}{}
+\renewcommand*{\scriptsize}{}
+\renewcommand*{\tiny}{}
+\renewcommand*{\large}{}
+\renewcommand*{\Large}{}
+\renewcommand*{\LARGE}{}
+\renewcommand*{\huge}{}
+\renewcommand*{\Huge}{}
+
+\renewcommand*{\onecolumn}{}
+
+\renewcommand{\twocolumn}[1][]{
+
+#1
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\newline}
+% Uses \acro{HTML} |<br />| tag
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@newlinebr}{\unskip\LWR@htmltag{br /}\LWR@orignewline}%
+\let\newline\LWR@newlinebr
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\\} Redefined to \cs{LWR@endofline} or \cs{LWR@tabularendofline}.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@endofline} * \oarg{len}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/08/20}{Fix: \protect\textbackslash\protect\textbackslash}
+%
+% |\\| is assigned to \cs{LWR@endofline} at \cs{LWR@LwarpStart}.
+%
+% Inside |tabular|, |\\| is temporarily changed to \cs{LWR@tabularendofline}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@endofline}{s o}
+{%
+\newline%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@minipagestartpars}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/31}{Surpresses paragraph tags between minipages.}
+% \index{minipage>horizontal space between}
+% \index{space>horizontal between minipages}
+% \index{horizontal space>between minipages}
+% Minipages are often placed side-by-side inside figures, with a bit of
+% horizontal space to separate them.  Since \acro{HTML} does not allow
+% a |div| to be inside a |p|, paragraphs must be turned off during the
+% generation of the minipage, then turned on after the minipage is complete.
+% When this occurs between side-by-side minipages, |lwarp| correctly
+% surpresses the paragraph tags between the minipages, unless some other
+% text is between the minipages.  Such text forms its own paragraph, resulting
+% in text after a minipage to be on its own line.  Since people often place
+% \DescribeMacro{\hspace}
+% \DescribeMacro{\enskip}
+% \DescribeMacro{\quad}
+% \DescribeMacro{\qquad}
+% small horizontal space between minipages, it is desirable to maintain this
+% space if possible.  |lwarp| tries to do this by remembering that a minipage
+% has been seen, in which case paragraph tags are surpressed around
+% \cs{hspace}, \cs{enskip}, \cs{quad}, and \cs{qquad} until the end of the paragraph, when
+% the closing |p| tag is created.
+%
+% When a minipage is seen, the boolean
+% |LWR@minipagethispar| is set, telling the following horizontal
+% whitespace commands to try to surpress their surrounding paragraph
+% tags.  |LWR@minipagethispar| is cleared at the next
+% end of paragraph, when the \acro{HTML} paragraph closing tag is
+% generated.
+%
+% Placed just before \cs{hspace}, \cs{quad}, or \cs{qquad}'s \acro{HTML} output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@minipagestartpars}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@minipagethispar}%
+{%
+\LWR@startpars%
+}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@minipagestoppars}
+% Placed just after \cs{hspace}, \cs{quad}, or \cs{qquad}'s \acro{HTML} output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@minipagestoppars}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@minipagethispar}%
+{%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\quad}
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\quad}{%
+\LWR@minipagestoppars%
+\HTMLunicode{2001}%
+\LWR@minipagestartpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\qquad}
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\qquad}{\quad\quad}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\enskip}
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\enskip}{%
+\LWR@minipagestoppars%
+\HTMLunicode{2000}%
+\LWR@minipagestartpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeLength{LWR@tempwidth}
+% \DescribeLength{LWR@tempheight}
+% \DescribeLength{LWR@tempraise}
+% Used to compute span width, height, raise for \cs{hspace} and \cs{rule}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LWR@tempwidth}
+\newlength{\LWR@tempheight}
+\newlength{\LWR@tempraise}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@hspace} * \marg{length}
+%
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+% \changes{v0.18}{2016/05/13}{\cs{hspace} supported}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/05/29}{Fix: \cs{hspace} length computations}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/08/22}{Add: Supports HTML thin breakable space}
+%
+% Prints a span of a given width.  Ignores the optional star.
+%
+% \cs{fill} is zero-width, so |\hspace{\fill}| is ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hspace}{s m}{%
+\setlength{\LWR@tempwidth}{#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Only if the width is not zero:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\dimtest{\LWR@tempwidth}{=}{0pt}}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If had a minipage this paragraph, try to inline the
+% white space without generating paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@minipagestoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Support the HTML thin wrappable space:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\dimtest{\LWR@tempwidth}{=}{.16667em}}
+{%
+\HTMLunicode{2009}% thin breakable space
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the span with the converted width.  Not rounded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{%
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{%
+span style="width:\printlength{\LWR@tempwidth}; display:inline-block;"%
+}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If had a minipage this paragraph, try to inline the
+% white space without generating paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@minipagestartpars%
+}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hspace} * \marg{length}
+%
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hspace\LWR@hspace
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\linebreak} \oarg{num} \qquad
+% Inserts an \acro{HTML} |br| tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\linebreak}[1][]{\newline}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\nolinebreak} \oarg{num}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\nolinebreak}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\pagebreak} \oarg{num} \qquad
+% Starts a new paragraph.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\pagebreak}[1][]{
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\nopagebreak} \oarg{num}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\nopagebreak}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\enlargethispage} * \marg{len}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\enlargethispage}{s m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@rule} \oarg{raise} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%
+% Creates a span of a given width and height.  Ignores the optional star.
+%
+% \cs{fill} is zero-width, so |\hspace{\fill}| is ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@rule}{o m m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The width is copied into a temporary \LaTeX\ length, from which
+% comparisons and conversions may be made:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\LWR@tempwidth}{#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If it's zero-width then skip the entire rule:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\LWR@tempwidth=0pt}}
+{}% zero- width
+{% non-zero width
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If it's non-zero width, set a minimal thickness so that it
+% more reliably shows in the browser:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\LWR@tempwidth>0pt}\AND%
+\lengthtest{\LWR@tempwidth<1pt}}%
+{\setlength{\LWR@tempwidth}{1pt}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Likewise with height:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength{\LWR@tempheight}{#3}%
+\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\LWR@tempheight>0pt}\AND%
+\lengthtest{\LWR@tempheight<1pt}}%
+{\setlength{\LWR@tempheight}{1pt}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If had a minipage this paragraph, try to inline the
+% rule without generating paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@minipagestoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the span with the converted width and height.
+% The width and height are NOT rounded, since a height of
+% less than 1pt is quite common in \LaTeX\ code.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{%
+span
+style=" %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The background color is used to draw the filled rule.
+% The color may be changed by \cs{textcolor}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+background:\LWR@currenttextcolor; %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The width and height are printed, converted to PT:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+width:\printlength{\LWR@tempwidth}; %
+height:\printlength{\LWR@tempheight}; %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The raise height is converted to a \acro{CSS} transform.
+% The |*2| raise multiplier is to approximately match \acro{HTML} output's X height.
+% Conversion to a \LaTeX\ length allows a typical \LaTeX\ expression to be
+% used as an argument for the raise, whereas printing the raise argument
+% directly to \acro{HTML} output without conversion to a \LaTeX\ length
+% limits the allowable syntax.  To do:\ A superior method would compute a
+% ratio of \LaTeX\ ex height, then print that to \acro{HTML} with an ex unit.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfValueTF{#1}%
+{%
+\setlength{\LWR@tempraise}{0pt-#1}%
+\setlength{\LWR@tempraise}{\LWR@tempraise*2}%
+\LWR@orignewline%
+-ms-transform: translate(0pt,\printlength{\LWR@tempraise}); %
+\LWR@orignewline%
+-webkit-transform: translate(0pt,\printlength{\LWR@tempraise}); %
+\LWR@orignewline%
+transform: translate(0pt,\printlength{\LWR@tempraise}); %
+\LWR@orignewline%
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Display inline-block to place the span inline with the text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+display:inline-block;"%
+}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If had a minipage this paragraph, try to inline the
+% white space without generating paragraph tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@minipagestartpars%
+}% non-zero width
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rule} \oarg{raise} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/01}{Added}
+%
+% Handles special minipage \& horizontal space interactions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\rule\LWR@rule
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \section{\textbackslash{}phantomsection}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\phantomsection}
+% Emulate the hyperref |\phantomsection| command,
+% often used to insert the bibliography into table of contents:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\phantomsection}{\section*{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \section{\textbackslash{}LaTeX and other logos}
+
+% Logos for \acro{HTML} and print modes:
+%
+% Some of these logos may be redefined in a later package,
+% so after loading other packages, and at the beginning of the document, their definitions
+% are finally |\let| in |\LWR@LwarpStart|.
+%
+% For \acro{CSS} conversions, see: \\
+% \url{http://edward.oconnor.cx/2007/08/tex-poshlet} \\
+% \url{http://nitens.org/taraborelli/texlogo}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{HTML logos}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\TeX} \TeX
+% \nopagebreak
+%
+% |latexlogo| is a \acro{CSS} class used to properly typeset the E and A in \LaTeX{} and friends.
+%
+% |latexlogofont| is a \acro{CSS} class used to select the font for the rest of the logo in
+% \LaTeX, \LuaTeX, \ConTeXt, etc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@TeX}
+{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}%
+{\InlineClass{latexlogo}{T\textsubscript{e}X}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LaTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXe} \LaTeX, \LaTeXe
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@LaTeX}
+{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}%
+{\InlineClass{latexlogo}%
+{L\textsuperscript{a}T\textsubscript{e}X}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\LaTeXe}
+{\LaTeX\InlineClass{latexlogofont}%
+{\,2\textsubscript{\textit{\HTMLunicode{3B5}}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LuaTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\LuaLaTeX} \LuaTeX, \LuaLaTeX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@LuaTeX}{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{Lua}\TeX}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@LuaLaTeX}{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{Lua}\LaTeX}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\XeTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\XeLaTeX} \XeTeX, \XeLaTeX
+% \nopagebreak
+%
+% |xetexlogo| is a \acro{CSS} class which aligns the backwards E in \XeTeX{} and spaces \TeX{}
+% appropriately.
+%
+% |xelatexlogo| is a \acro{CSS} class which aligns the backwards E in \XeLaTeX{} and spaces
+% \LaTeX{} appropriately.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Xe}
+  {X\textsubscript{\HTMLunicode{18e}}}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@XeTeX}{\InlineClass{xetexlogo}{\Xe}\TeX}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@XeLaTeX}{\InlineClass{xelatexlogo}{\Xe}\LaTeX}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ConTeXt} \ConTeXt
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@ConTeXt}
+{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{Con}\TeX{}%
+\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{t}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\BibTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex} \BibTeX, \MakeIndex
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\BibTeX}
+{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{B\textsc{ib}}\TeX}
+
+\newcommand*{\MakeIndex}
+{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{\textit{MakeIndex}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\AmS} \AmS
+% \nopagebreak
+%
+% |amslogo| is a \acro{CSS} class used for the \AmS logo.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\DeclareDocumentCommand{\AmS}{}
+{\InlineClass{amslogo}{\textit{A\textsubscript{M}S}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\MiKTeX} \MiKTeX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MiKTeX}{\InlineClass{latexlogofont}{MiK}\TeX}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\LyX} \LyX
+% \nopagebreak
+%
+% |lyxlogo| is a \acro{CSS} class used for the \LyX logo.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LyX}{\InlineClass{lyxlogo}{LyX}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Print logos}
+%
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\newcommand*{\XeTeXrevE}
+  {\hspace{-.1667em}\raisebox{-.5ex}{\reflectbox{E}}\hspace{-.125em}}
+\providecommand*{\XeTeX}{\mbox{X\XeTeXrevE\TeX}}
+\providecommand*{\XeLaTeX}{\mbox{X\XeTeXrevE\LaTeX}}
+\providecommand*{\AmS}{%
+\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
+\hbox{$\mathcal M$}\kern-.2em\mathcal S$}}
+\newcommand*{\LyX}{\textsf{LyX}}
+\providecommand*{\LuaTeX}{\mbox{Lua\TeX}}
+\providecommand*{\LuaLaTeX}{\mbox{Lua\LaTeX}}
+\providecommand*{\BibTeX}{\mbox{B\textsc{ib}\TeX}}
+\providecommand*{\MakeIndex}{\mbox{\textit{MakeIndex}}}
+\providecommand*{\ConTeXt}{\mbox{Con\TeX{}t}}
+\providecommand*{\MiKTeX}{\mbox{MiK\TeX}}
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \section{\textbackslash{}AtBeginDocument, \textbackslash{}AtEndDocument}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@LwarpStart}
+% \begin{macro}{\LWR@LwarpEnd}
+% Automatically sets up the \acro{HTML}-related actions for the start and end of the
+% document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{\LWR@LwarpStart}
+\AtEndDocument{\LWR@LwarpEnd}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \section{lwarpmk.conf}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarpmk.conf}
+% |lwarpmk.conf| is automatically (re-)created by the \pkg{lwarp} package when
+% executing\\
+% \hspace*{2ex} |pdflatex <project.tex>|,\\
+% or similar for |xelatex| or |lualatex|, in print-document generation mode,
+% which is the default unless the |warpHTML| option is given.
+% |lwarpmk.conf| is then used by the utility |lwarpmk|.
+%
+% An example |lwarpmk.conf|:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4,formatcom={\unskip}]
+% opsystem = "Unix"   -- or "Windows"
+% latexname = "pdflatex"   -- or "lualatex" or "xelatex"
+% sourcename = "projectname"   -- your .tex source
+% homehtmlfilename = "index"   -- or "projectname"
+% htmlfilename = ""   -- or "projectname" if numbered HTML files
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+% Defaults unless already over-ridden by the user:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\HomeHTMLFileName}{\BaseJobname}
+\providecommand*{\HTMLFileName}{}
+\providecommand*{\UseLatexmk}{false}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codeprint
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpprint}
+\ifcsdef{LWR@file}{}{\newwrite{\LWR@file}}
+\immediate\openout\LWR@file=lwarpmk.conf
+\ifwindows
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{opsystem = "Windows"}
+\else
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{opsystem = "Unix"}
+\fi
+\ifPDFTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "pdflatex"}
+\fi
+\ifXeTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "xelatex"}
+\fi
+\ifLuaTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "lualatex"}
+\fi
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{sourcename = "\jobname"}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+homehtmlfilename = "\HomeHTMLFileName"%
+}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{htmlfilename = "\HTMLFileName"}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{uselatexmk = "\UseLatexmk"}
+\immediate\closeout\LWR@file
+\end{warpprint}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Trademarks}
+%
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/29}{Docs: Trademarks section.}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Adobe®  and Adobe Framemaker® are either registered trademarks or
+%	trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
+% \item Linux® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S.\ and other countries.
+% \item Mac\,OS® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
+% \item MadCap Flare™ is the property of MadCap Software, Inc.
+% \item MathJax is copyright 2009 and later.
+%	The MathJax Consortium is a joint venture of the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
+%	and the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics (SIAM)
+%	to advance mathematical and scientific content on the web.
+% \item Microsoft®, Encarta, MSN, and Windows® are either registered trademarks or
+%	trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
+% \item UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
+% \end{itemize}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*lwarp-newproject>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-newproject.sty}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/20}{\pkg{lwarp-newproject}: Added.}
+%
+% \section{lwarp-newproject}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{lwarp-newproject}
+% \pkg{lwarp-newproject} is used to create lwarp-specific
+% system files in a new project.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp-newproject]{warpprint} Configuration files are only
+%	created if the |warpprint| option was used.  When this is the case,
+%	\pkg{lwarp-newproject} knows that \cs{jobname} is the source code's filename
+%	(as opposed to the |<project>_html.tex| filename).
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp-newproject]{warpHTML} Does not create configuration files.
+%	|warpprint| or |warpHTML| are passed to both \pkg{lwarp} and
+%	\pkg{lwarp-newproject} by |lwarpmk|, depending on whether |lwarpmk print|
+%	or |lwarpmk html| was used.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp-newproject]{BaseJobName} |BaseJobname=somename| sets
+%	\cs{BaseJobname} to |somename|, which is used to set \cs{HomeHTMLFileName},
+%	which is then written to the |lwarpmk.conf| and |<project>.lwarpmkconf|
+%	configuration files.
+%
+%	\cs{BaseJobname} is also written to |<project>_html.tex| as an option
+%	given for the \pkg{lwarp} and \pkg{lwarp-newproject} packages during the
+%	creation of \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+%	\cs{BaseJobname} is the \cs{jobname} of the printed version, even while compiling
+%	the \acro{HTML} version, where \cs{jobname} has |_html| appended.
+%
+% \DescribeOption[lwarp-newproject]{lwarpmk} Tells |lwarp-newproject| to
+%	generate a local copy of |lwarpmk| called |lwarpmk.lua|.
+%	Useful for archiving for future use.
+%	This file may be made executable and acts just like |lwarpmk|.
+%
+% In the document source:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4,formatcom={\unskip}]
+% \documentclass{article} % or book, report
+% ...
+% (font selection, input encoding)
+% ...
+% \newcommand*{\HomeHTMLFileName}{index}, or {projectname}
+% \newcommand*{\HTMLFileName}{}
+% \usepackage{lwarp-newproject}
+% \usepackage{lwarp}
+% ...
+% (load other packages, the rest of the preamble)
+% ...
+% \NewCSS{project.css}
+% \NewHTMLdescription{Summarize this webpage.}
+% ...
+% \begin{document}
+% ...
+% \end{document}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+% Place |\usepackage{lwarp-newproject}| just before |\usepackage{lwarp}| in the
+% document source.  The operating system and \TeX\ engine will be auto-detected,
+% and a customized |lwarpmk.conf| file will be generated, along with
+% the other support files (|*.css|, |lwarp_html.xdy|, |lwarp_mathjax.txt|).
+% Rename |sample_project.css| to your own custom |projectname.css| and
+% edit it if desired.
+%
+% After the first compile, |\usepackage{lwarp-newproject}|
+% may be commented out unless the configuration changes.
+% For example, it may be re-enabled
+% to switch between |pdflatex|, |xelatex|, and |lualatex|, in which case
+% a new manual compile (without using |lwarpmk|) will auto-configure and
+% regenerate the files.  It may also be left enabled at all times, in which case
+% the configuration files will be regenerated each time.  Note that your own
+% |projectname.css| file will not be over-written by the newly regenerated
+% |sample_project.css|.
+%
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-newproject}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{lwarp-newproject}
+
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\RequirePackage{comment}
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+\RequirePackage{ifplatform}% sense op-system platform
+\RequirePackage{iftex}% sense pdflatex/lualatex/xelatex
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=LWRNP,prefix=LWRNP@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% Generate config files?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWRNP@genconf}
+\boolfalse{LWRNP@genconf}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Optionally generate a local copy of |lwarpmk|.  Default to no:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\excludecomment{LWR@createlwarpmk}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Process options:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{warpprint}{\booltrue{LWRNP@genconf}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{warpHTML}{\boolfalse{LWRNP@genconf}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{lwarpmk}{\includecomment{LWR@createlwarpmk}}
+\DeclareStringOption[\jobname]{BaseJobname}
+
+\booltrue{LWRNP@genconf}% warpprint
+
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% Assign the \cs{BaseJobname} if the user hasn't provided one:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\BaseJobname}{\LWRNP@BaseJobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Defaults unless already over-ridden by the user:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \ifbool{LWRNP@genconf}{
+\providecommand*{\HomeHTMLFileName}{\BaseJobname}
+% }{}
+\providecommand*{\HTMLFileName}{}
+\providecommand*{\UseLatexmk}{false}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% 
+
+
+\ifbool{LWRNP@genconf}{\typeout{lwarp-newproject: generating configuration files}}{}
+
+
+% \subsection{project\_html.tex}
+%
+% \DescribeFile{project_html.tex} Used to allow an \acro{HTML} version of the
+% document to exist alongside the print version.
+%
+% Only write |\jobname_html.tex| if generating the print version.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWRNP@genconf}{
+\ifcsdef{LWR@file}{}{\newwrite{\LWR@file}}
+\immediate\openout\LWR@file=\jobname_html.tex
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+\detokenize{\PassOptionsToPackage}%
+{warpHTML,BaseJobname=\jobname}{lwarp}%
+}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+\detokenize{\PassOptionsToPackage}%
+{warpHTML,BaseJobname=\jobname}{lwarp-newproject}%
+}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+\detokenize{\input}\string{\jobname.tex\string }%
+}
+\immediate\closeout\LWR@file
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{project.lwarpmkconf}
+%
+% \DescribeFile{project.lwarpmkconf} The configuration file for |lwarpmk|.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWRNP@genconf}{
+\ifcsdef{LWR@file}{}{\newwrite{\LWR@file}}
+\immediate\openout\LWR@file=\jobname.lwarpmkconf
+\ifwindows
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{opsystem = "Windows"}
+\else
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{opsystem = "Unix"}
+\fi
+\ifPDFTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "pdflatex"}
+\fi
+\ifXeTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "xelatex"}
+\fi
+\ifLuaTeX
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{latexname = "lualatex"}
+\fi
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{sourcename = "\jobname"}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{%
+homehtmlfilename = "\HomeHTMLFileName"%
+}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{htmlfilename = "\HTMLFileName"}
+\immediate\write\LWR@file{uselatexmk = "\UseLatexmk"}
+\immediate\closeout\LWR@file
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{lwarp.css}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp.css}
+% This is the base \acro{css} layer used by \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+% This must be present both when compiling the project
+% and also when distributing the \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarp.css}
+/*
+  CSS stylesheet for the LaTeX lwarp package
+  Copyright 2016 Brian Dunn — BD Tech Concepts LLC
+*/
+
+
+/* a fix for older browsers: */
+header, section, footer, aside, nav, main,
+    article, figure { display: block; }
+
+
+A:link {color:#000080 ; text-decoration: none ; }
+A:visited {color:#800000 ; }
+A:hover {color:#000080 ; text-decoration: underline ;}
+A:active {color:#800000 ; }
+
+a.tocpart {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 0em ;
+    font-weight: bold ;}
+a.tocchapter {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 0em ;
+    font-weight: bold ;}
+a.tocsection {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 1em ;
+    text-indent: -.5em ; font-weight: bold ; }
+a.tocsubsection {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 2em ;
+    text-indent: -.5em ; }
+a.tocsubsubsection {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 3em ;
+    text-indent: -.5em ; }
+a.tocparagraph {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 4em ;
+    text-indent: -.5em ; }
+a.tocsubparagraph {display: inline-block ; margin-left: 5em ;
+    text-indent: -.5em ; }
+a.tocfigure {margin-left: 0em}
+a.tocsubfigure {margin-left: 2em}
+a.toctable {margin-left: 0em}
+a.tocsubtable {margin-left: 2em}
+a.toclstlisting {margin-left: 0em}
+
+
+body {
+    font-family: "DejaVu Serif", "Bitstream Vera Serif",
+        "Lucida Bright", Georgia, serif;
+    background: #FAF7F4 ;
+    color: black ;
+    margin:0em ;
+    padding:0em ;
+    font-size: 100% ;
+    line-height: 1.2 ;
+}
+
+p {margin: 1.5ex 0em 1.5ex 0em ;}
+
+/* Holds a section number to add space between it and the name */
+span.sectionnumber { margin-right: .6em }
+
+/* Inserted in front of index lines */
+span.indexitem {margin-left: 0em}
+span.indexsubitem {margin-left: 2em}
+span.indexsubsubitem {margin-left: 4em}
+
+div.hidden { display: none ; }
+
+kbd {
+    font-family: "DejaVu Mono", "Bitstream Vera Mono", "Lucida Console",
+        "Nimbus Mono L", "Liberation Mono", "FreeMono", "Andale Mono",
+        "Courier New", monospace;
+    font-size: 100% ;
+}
+
+span.strong { font-weight: bold; }
+
+span.textmd { font-weight: normal; }
+
+span.textsc { font-variant: small-caps; }
+
+span.textup { font-variant: normal; }
+
+span.textrm {
+    font-family: "DejaVu Serif", "Bitstream Vera Serif",
+    "Lucida Bright", Georgia, serif;
+}
+
+span.textsf {
+     font-family: "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Vera Sans",
+        Geneva, Verdana, sans-serif ;
+}
+
+span.attribution {
+  margin-left: 1em ; font-size: 80% ; font-variant: small-caps;
+}
+
+span.citetitle {
+  margin-left: 1em ; font-size: 80% ; font-style: oblique;
+}
+
+span.poemtitle {
+  font-size: 120% ; font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+blockquote {
+	margin-left: 0px ;
+	margin-right: 0px ;
+}
+
+blockquote p {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+    text-align: left ;
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    margin-left: 3em ;
+	margin-right: 3em ;
+}
+
+blockquotation {
+	margin-left: 0px ;
+	margin-right: 0px ;
+}
+
+blockquotation p {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+    text-align: left ;
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    margin-left: 3em ;
+	margin-right: 3em ;
+}
+
+div.epigraph {
+  line-height: 1.2;
+    text-align: left ;
+    padding: 3ex 1em 0ex 1em ;
+/*     margin: 3ex auto 3ex auto ; */ /* Epigraph centered */
+    margin: 3ex 1em 3ex auto ; /* Epigraph to the right */
+/*    margin: 3ex 1em 3ex 1em ; */ /* Epigraph to the left */
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    max-width: 27em ;
+}
+
+
+
+div.epigraphsource{
+    text-align:right ;
+    margin-left:auto ;
+/*     max-width: 50% ; */
+    border-top: 1px solid #A0A0A0 ;
+    padding-bottom: 3ex ;
+    line-height: 1.2;
+}
+
+div.epigraph p { padding: .5ex ; margin: 0ex ;}
+div.epigraphsource p { padding: .5ex 0ex 0ex 0ex ; margin: 0ex ;}
+
+
+
+
+html body {
+  margin: 0 ;
+  line-height: 1.2;
+}
+
+
+body div {
+  margin: 0ex;
+}
+
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, span.paragraph, span.subparagraph
+{
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-style: normal ;
+    font-weight: bold ;
+    text-align: left ;
+}
+
+h1 {    /* title of the entire website, used on each page */
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-size: 2.5em ;
+    padding: .4ex 0em 0ex 0em ;
+}
+h2 { font-size: 2.25em }
+h3 { font-size: 2em }
+h4 { font-size: 1.75em }
+h5 { font-size: 1.5em }
+h6 { font-size: 1.25em }
+span.paragraph {font-size: 1em ; font-variant: normal ;
+    margin-right: 1em ; }
+span.subparagraph {font-size: 1em ; font-variant: normal ;
+    margin-right: 1em ;  }
+
+
+
+/* Title of the file */
+h1 {
+  margin: 0ex 0em 0ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+  text-align: center ;
+}
+
+/* Part */
+h2 {
+  margin: 1ex 0em 1ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+  text-align: center ;
+}
+
+/* Chapter */
+h3 {
+  margin: 3ex 0em 1ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+}
+
+/* Section */
+h4 {
+  margin: 3ex 0em 1ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+}
+
+/* Sub-Section */
+h5 {
+  margin: 3ex 0em 1ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+}
+
+/* Sub-Sub-Section */
+h6 {
+  margin: 3ex 0em 1ex 0em ;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+}
+
+
+div.titlepage {
+  text-align: center ;
+}
+
+.footnotes {
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    margin: 3ex 1em 0ex 1em ;
+    padding-bottom: 1ex ;
+}
+
+.marginpar {
+width:20%; float:right;
+text-align:left;
+margin: 1ex 0.5em 1ex 1em ;
+padding: 1ex 0.5em 1ex 0.5em ;
+font-size: 85% ;
+border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+overflow-x: auto;
+}
+
+.marginpar br { margin-bottom: 2ex ; }
+
+div.marginblock {
+width:50%; float:right;
+text-align:left;
+margin: 1ex 0.5em 1ex 1em ;
+padding: 1ex 0.5em 1ex 0.5em ;
+overflow-x: auto;
+}
+
+div.marginblock div.minipage p { font-size: 85%}
+
+div.marginblock br { margin-bottom: 2ex ; }
+
+
+section.textbody div.footnotes{
+    margin: 3ex 0em 0ex 0em ;
+    border-bottom: 2px solid silver ;
+}
+
+.footnoteheader {
+    border-top: 2px solid silver ;
+    margin-top: 3ex ;
+    padding-top: 1ex ;
+    font-weight: bold ;
+}
+
+.mpfootnotes {
+    text-align: left ;
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    margin: 3ex 0em 3ex 0em ;
+    border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+/*     padding-top: 1ex ; */
+}
+
+/* Remove footnote top border in the title page. */
+div.titlepage div.mpfootnotes {
+    border-top: none ;
+}
+
+
+
+ol {
+  margin: 1ex 1em 1ex 0em;
+  line-height: 1.2;
+}
+
+ul, body dir, body menu {
+  margin: 1ex 1em 1ex 0em;
+  line-height: 1.2;
+}
+
+li { margin: 0ex 0em 1ex 0em; }
+
+html {
+  margin: 0; 
+  padding: 0;
+}
+
+.programlisting {
+  font-family: "DejaVu Mono", "Bitstream Vera Mono", "Lucida Console",
+        "Nimbus Mono L", "Liberation Mono", "FreeMono", "Andale Mono",
+        "Courier New", monospace;
+  margin: 1ex 0ex 1ex 0ex ;
+  padding: .5ex 0pt .5ex 0pt ;
+  overflow-x: auto;
+}
+
+section.textbody>pre.programlisting {
+border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+}
+
+
+.inlineprogramlisting {
+  font-family: "DejaVu Mono", "Bitstream Vera Mono", "Lucida Console",
+        "Nimbus Mono L", "Liberation Mono", "FreeMono", "Andale Mono",
+        "Courier New", monospace;
+  overflow-x: auto;
+}
+
+
+div.abstract {
+  margin: 2em 5% 2em 5% ;
+  padding: 1ex 1em 1ex 1em ;
+/*  font-weight: bold ; */
+  font-size: 90% ;
+}
+
+div.abstract dl {line-height:1.5;}
+div.abstract dt {color:#304070;}
+
+div.abstracttitle{
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-weight:bold;
+    font-size:1.25em;
+    text-align: center ;
+}
+
+
+.verbatim {
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+}
+
+.alltt {
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+}
+
+
+.bverbatim {
+    margin: 1ex 0pt 1ex 0pt ;
+    padding: .5ex 0pt .5ex 0pt ;
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+}
+
+.lverbatim {
+    margin: 1ex 0pt 1ex 0pt ;
+    padding: .5ex 0pt .5ex 0pt ;
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+}
+
+.fancyvrb {
+    font-size:.85em ;
+    margin: 3ex 0pt 3ex 0pt
+}
+
+.fancyvrblabel {
+    font-weight:bold;
+    text-align: center ;
+}
+
+
+.verse {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine Mono O", "Lucida Console",
+        "Droid Sans Mono", "DejaVu Mono", "Bitstream Vera Mono",
+        "Liberation Mono", "FreeMono", "Andale Mono",
+        "Nimbus Mono L", "Courier New", monospace;
+    margin-left: 1em ;
+}
+
+
+div.singlespace { line-height: 1.2 ; }
+div.onehalfspace { line-height: 1.5 ; }
+div.doublespace { line-height: 2 ; }
+
+
+.theorem {
+        background: #e0e0e0;
+        padding: 1ex ;
+        margin: 1em ;
+        border: 1px solid silver ;
+}
+
+.theoremlabel { font-weight: bold ; }
+
+.theoremcontents { font-style: italic; margin-left: 1em ; }
+
+
+/* Minipage environments, vertically aligned to top, center, bottom: */
+.minipage {
+    /* display: inline-block ; */
+        /* Mini pages which follow each other will be tiled. */
+    margin: .25em .25em .25em .25em;
+    padding: .25em .25em .25em .25em;
+    display: inline-flex;
+    flex-direction: column ;
+    overflow: auto;
+}
+
+/* Paragraphs in the flexbox did not collapse their margins. */
+/* Have not yet researched this. */
+.minipage p {margin: .75ex 0em .75ex 0em ;}
+
+
+
+.framebox {
+    margin: 0ex ;
+    padding: 0ex ;
+   border: 1px solid black;
+     border-radius: 0px ;
+    padding: .3ex .2em 0ex .2em ;
+    margin: .1ex ;
+  display: inline-block ;
+}
+
+
+.mdframed {
+/*     padding: 0ex ; */
+/*    border: 1px solid blafck; */
+/*      border-radius: 0px ; */
+    padding: 0ex ;
+    margin: 3ex 5% 3ex 5% ;
+/*   display: inline-block ; */
+}
+
+.mdframed p { padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ; }
+
+.mdframed dl { padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ; }
+
+.mdframedtitle {
+    padding: .5em ;
+    display: block ;
+    font-size: 130%
+}
+
+.mdframedsubtitle {
+    padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ;
+    display: block ;
+    font-size: 115% ;
+}
+
+.mdframedsubsubtitle {
+    padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ;
+    display: block ;
+}
+
+.mdtheorem {
+    padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ;
+    margin: 3ex 5% 3ex 5% ;
+/*   display: inline-block ; */
+}
+
+
+
+
+dl {
+  margin: 1ex 2em 1ex 0em;
+  line-height: 1.3;
+}
+
+dl dt {
+  margin-top: 1ex;
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+dl dd p { margin-top: 0em; }
+
+
+nav.toc, nav.lof, nav.lot, nav.lol {
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Vera Sans",
+        Geneva, Verdana, sans-serif ;
+    margin-bottom: 4ex ;
+}
+
+nav.toc p, nav.lof p, nav.lot p, nav.lol p {
+    line-height: 1.2 ;
+    margin-top:.5ex ;
+    margin-bottom:.5ex;
+    font-size: .9em ;
+}
+
+
+
+img, img.hyperimage, img.borderimage {
+    max-width: 600px;
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+    padding: .5% ;
+    margin: .5% ;
+    background: none ;
+}
+
+img.inlineimage{
+    padding: 0px ;
+    box-shadow: none ;
+    border: none ;
+    background: none ;
+    margin: 0px ;
+    display: inline-block ;
+    border-radius: 0px ;
+}
+
+img.logoimage{
+    max-width: 300px ;
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+    border: 1px solid black ;
+    background:none ;
+    padding:0 ;
+    margin:.5ex ;
+    border-radius: 10px ;
+}
+
+
+.section {
+/*
+    To have each section float relative to each other:
+*/
+/*
+    display: block ;
+    float: left ;
+    position: relative ;
+    background: white ;
+    border: 1px solid silver ;
+    padding: .5em ;
+*/
+    margin: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ;
+    padding: 0 ;
+}
+
+
+figure {
+    margin: 3ex auto 3ex auto ;
+    padding: 1ex 1em 1ex 1em ;
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+}
+
+
+/* To automatically center images in figures: */
+/*
+figure img.inlineimage {
+    margin: 0ex auto 0ex auto ;
+    display: block ;
+}
+*/
+
+/* To automatically center minipages in figures: */
+/*
+figure div.minipage, figure div.minipage div.minipage {
+    margin: 1ex auto 1ex auto ;
+    display: block ;
+}
+*/
+
+figure div.minipage p { font-size: 85% ; }
+
+figure.subfigure, figure.subtable  {
+    display: inline-block ; margin: 3ex 1em 3ex 1em ;
+}
+
+div.floatrow { text-align: center; }
+
+div.floatrow figure { display: inline-block ; margin: 1ex 2% ; }
+
+div.floatfoot { font-size: .85em ;
+    border-top: 1px solid silver ; line-height: 1.2 ; }
+
+figcaption , .lstlistingtitle {
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-weight: bold ;
+	margin-top: 1ex ;
+	margin-bottom: 1ex ;
+}
+
+figure.subfigure figcaption, figure.subtable figcaption  {
+    border-bottom: none ; background: none ;
+}
+
+div.nonfloatcaption {
+    margin: 1ex auto 1ex auto ;
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-weight: bold ;
+}
+
+/* For a \RawCaption inside a minipage inside a figure's floatrow: */
+figure div.floatrow div.minipage figcaption {
+	border: none ;
+	background: none ;
+}
+
+
+table {
+    margin: 1ex auto 1ex auto ;
+    border-collapse: collapse ;
+    border-spacing: 0px ;
+    line-height: 1.3 ;
+    }
+
+tr.hline {border-top: 1px solid silver ; margin-top: 0ex ;
+    margin-bottom: 0ex ; } /* for \hline */
+
+tr.tbrule {border-top: 1px solid black ; margin-top: 0ex ;
+    margin-bottom: 0ex ; } /* for \toprule, \bottomrule */
+
+td {padding: 1ex .5em 1ex .5em ;}
+
+table td.tdl { text-align: left ; vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdc { text-align: center ; vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdr { text-align: right ; vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdp { text-align: left ; vertical-align: bottom ; }
+table td.tdm { text-align: left ; vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdb { text-align: left ; vertical-align: top ; }
+table td.tdP { text-align: center ; vertical-align: bottom ; }
+table td.tdM { text-align: center ; vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdB { text-align: center ; vertical-align: top ; }
+table td.tdlrule { text-align: left ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: middle ; } /* for cmidrule */
+table td.tdcrule { text-align: center ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdrrule { text-align: right ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdprule { text-align: left ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: bottom ; }
+table td.tdmrule { text-align: left ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdbrule { text-align: left ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: top ; }
+table td.tdPrule { text-align: center ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: bottom ; }
+table td.tdMrule { text-align: center ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: middle ; }
+table td.tdBrule { text-align: center ; border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    vertical-align: top ; }
+
+/* Margins of paragraphs inside table cells: */
+td.tdp p , td.tdprule p , td.tdP p , td.tdPrule p { padding-top: 1ex ;
+    padding-bottom: 1ex ; margin: 0ex ; }
+td.tdm p , td.tmbrule p , td.tdM p , td.tdMrule p { padding-top: 1ex ;
+    padding-bottom: 1ex ; margin: 0ex ; }
+td.tdb p , td.tdbrule p , td.tdB p , td.tdBrule p { padding-top: 1ex ;
+    padding-bottom: 1ex ; margin: 0ex ; }
+
+td.tdp , td.tdprule , td.tdP , td.tdPrule
+    { padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ; }
+td.tdm , td.tdmrule , td.tdM , td.tdMrule
+    { padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ; }
+td.tdb , td.tdbrule , td.tdB , td.tdBrule
+    { padding: 0ex .5em 0ex .5em ; }
+
+
+/* table notes: */
+.tnotes {
+    margin: 0ex 5% 1ex 5% ;
+    padding: 0.5ex 1em 0.5ex 1em;
+    font-size:.85em;
+    text-align: left ;
+}
+
+.tnotes dl dt p {margin-bottom:0px;}
+
+.tnoteitemheader {margin-right: 1em;}
+
+
+
+/* center, flushleft, flushright environments */
+div.center{text-align:center;}
+div.center table {margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;}
+div.flushleft{text-align:left;}
+div.flushleft table {margin-left:0em ; margin-right:auto;}
+div.flushright{text-align:right;}
+div.flushright table {margin-left:auto ; margin-right: 0em ;}
+
+
+
+
+/* program listing callouts: */
+span.callout {
+     font-family: "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Vera Sans",
+        Geneva, Verdana, sans-serif ;
+    border-radius: .5em;
+    background-color:black;
+    color:white;
+    padding:0px .25em 0px .25em;
+	margin: 0 ;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size:.72em ;
+}
+
+div.programlisting pre.verbatim span.callout{
+	font-size: .85em ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+div.published
+{
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-variant: normal ;
+    font-style: italic ;
+    font-size: 1em ;
+    margin: 3ex 0em 3ex 0em ;
+}
+
+div.subtitle
+{
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-variant: normal ;
+    font-style: italic ;
+    font-size: 1.25em ;
+    margin: 3ex 0em 3ex 0em ;
+}
+
+div.subtitle p { margin: 1ex ; }
+
+div.author
+{
+    font-variant: normal ;
+    font-style: normal ;
+    font-size: 1em ;
+    margin: 3ex 0em 3ex 0em ;
+}
+
+div.author table {
+    margin: 3ex auto 0ex auto ;
+    background: none ;
+}
+
+div.author table tbody tr td { padding: .25ex ; }
+
+span.affiliation {font-size: .85em ; font-variant: small-caps; }
+
+div.titledate {
+    text-align: center ;
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    font-style: italic;
+    margin: 6ex 0em 6ex 0em ;
+}
+
+
+nav.topnavigation{ 
+    text-align: left ;
+    padding: 0.5ex 1em 0.5ex 1em ;
+/*     margin: 2ex 0em 3ex 0em ; */
+    margin: 0 ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    clear:right ;
+}
+
+nav.botnavigation{ 
+    text-align: left ;
+    padding: 0.5ex 1em 0.5ex 1em ;
+/*     margin: 3ex 0em 2ex 0em ; */
+    margin: 0 ;
+    border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    clear:right ;
+}
+
+
+header{
+    line-height: 1.2 ;
+    font-size: 1em ;
+/*     border-bottom: 2px solid silver ; */
+    margin: 0px ;
+    padding: 0ex 1em 0ex 1em ;
+    text-align:center ;
+}
+
+header p {margin:0ex;padding:4ex 0em 2ex 0em ;text-align:center;}
+
+
+footer{
+    font-size: .85em ;
+    line-height: 1.2 ;
+    margin-top: 1ex ;
+    border-top: 2px solid silver ;
+    padding: 2ex 1em 2ex 1em ;
+    clear:right ;
+    text-align:left ;
+}
+
+
+a.linkhome { font-weight:bold ; font-size: 1em ;}
+
+
+div.lateximagesource { padding: 0px ; margin: 0px ; display: none; }
+
+img.lateximage{
+    padding: 0px 0px 0px 0px ;
+    box-shadow: none ;
+    border: none ;
+    background: none ;
+    margin: 0px 0px -.15ex 0px ;
+        /* pdfcrop leaves a slight margin, adjust to baseline */
+    max-width: 100% ;
+    border-radius: 0ex ;
+    border: none ;
+}
+
+
+
+nav.sidetoc {
+    font-family: "DejaVu Serif", "Bitstream Vera Serif",
+        "Lucida Bright", Georgia, serif;
+    float:right ;
+    width: 20%;
+    border-left: 1px solid silver;
+    border-top: 1px solid silver;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver;
+/*     border-top: 2px solid #808080 ; */
+    background: #FAF7F4 ;
+    padding: 2ex 0em 2ex 1em ;
+    margin: 0ex 0em 2ex 1em ;
+    font-size:.9em ;
+    border-radius: 20px 0px 0px 20px ;
+    }
+
+div.sidetoccontents {
+/*     border-top: 1px solid silver ; */
+    overflow-y: auto ;
+    width: 100% ;
+    text-align: left ;
+}
+
+nav.sidetoc p {line-height:1.2 ; margin: 1ex .5em 1ex .5em ;
+    text-indent: 0 ; }
+nav.sidetoc p a {color:black ; font-size: .7em ;}
+div.sidetoctitle {font-size: 1.2em; font-weight:bold; text-align:center;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;    }
+nav.sidetoc a:hover {text-decoration: underline ; }
+
+
+
+section.textbody { margin: 0ex 1em 0ex 1em ;}
+
+
+div.multicolsheading { -webkit-column-span: all;
+    -moz-column-span: all; column-span: all; }
+div.multicols { -webkit-columns: 3 380px ;
+    -moz-columns: 3 380px ; columns: 3 380px ; }
+div.multicols p {margin-top: 0ex}
+
+/* Used to support algorithmicx: */
+span.floatright { float: right ; }
+
+
+
+/*
+For CSS LaTeX and related logos:
+Based on:
+http://edward.oconnor.cx/2007/08/tex-poshlet
+http://nitens.org/taraborelli/texlogo
+*/
+
+.latexlogofont {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-variant: normal ;
+}
+
+.latexlogo {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    letter-spacing: .03em ;
+    font-size: 1.1em;
+}
+
+.latexlogo sup {
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  letter-spacing: .03em ;
+  font-size: 0.85em;
+  vertical-align: 0.15em;
+  margin-left: -0.36em;
+  margin-right: -0.15em;
+}
+
+.latexlogo sub {
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  vertical-align: -0.5ex;
+  margin-left: -0.1667em;
+  margin-right: -0.125em;
+  font-size: 1em;
+}
+
+.xetexlogo {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    letter-spacing: .03em ;
+    font-size: 1.1em;
+}
+
+/* A smaller gap between Xe and Tex v.s. LaTeX: */
+.xetexlogo sub {
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  vertical-align: -0.5ex;
+  margin-left: -0.0667em;
+  margin-right: -0.2em;
+  font-size: 1em;
+  letter-spacing: .03em ;
+}
+
+/* A large gap between Xe and LaTeX v.s. TeX: */
+.xelatexlogo sub {
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  vertical-align: -0.5ex;
+  margin-left: -0.0667em;
+  margin-right: -.05em;
+  font-size: 1em;
+  letter-spacing: .03em ;
+}
+
+.amslogo {
+    font-family: "TeXGyreChorus","URW Chancery L",
+        "Apple Chancery","ITC Zapf Chancery","Monotype Corsiva",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif",
+        "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+  font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.lyxlogo {
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Vera Sans", Geneva,
+		Verdana, sans-serif ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* Only display top and bottom navigation if a small screen: */
+/* Hide the sidetoc if a small screen: */
+nav.topnavigation { display:none; }
+nav.botnavigation { display:none; }
+
+@media screen and (max-width: 45em) {
+/*     nav.sidetoc {display:none;} */
+    nav.sidetoc {
+        float: none ;
+        width: 100% ;
+        margin: 5ex 0px 5ex 0px ;
+        padding: 0 ;
+        border-radius: 0 ;
+        border-bottom: 1px solid black ;
+        border-top: 1px solid black ;
+        box-shadow: none ;
+    }
+/*     nav.topnavigation { display:block } */
+    nav.botnavigation { display:block }
+}
+
+@media print {
+    body {
+        font-family: "Linux Libertine O",
+        "DejaVu Serif", "Bitstream Vera Serif",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    }
+    nav.sidetoc { display:none; }
+    nav.topnavigation { display: none; }
+    nav.botnavigation { display: none; }
+}
+
+@media handheld {
+    nav.sidetoc { display:none; }
+    nav.topnavigation { display:block }
+    nav.botnavigation { display:block }
+}
+
+@media projection {
+    nav.sidetoc { display:none; }
+    nav.topnavigation { display:block }
+    nav.botnavigation { display:block }
+}
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{lwarp\_sagebrush.css}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp_sagebrush.css}
+% An optional \acro{css} which may be used for
+% a semi-modern appearance.
+%
+% If used, this must be present both when compiling the project
+% and also when distributing the \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarp_sagebrush.css}
+@import url("lwarp.css") ;
+
+
+A:link {color:#105030 ; text-decoration: none ; }
+A:visited {color:#705030 ; text-shadow:1px 1px 2px #a0a0a0;}
+A:hover {color:#006000 ; text-decoration: underline ; text-shadow:0px 0px 2px #a0a0a0;}
+A:active {color:#00C000 ; text-shadow:1px 1px 2px #a0a0a0;}
+
+
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, span.paragraph, span.subparagraph
+{
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif",
+        "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif",
+        "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+	font-weight: normal ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #808080;
+}
+
+h1 {    /* title of the entire website, used on each page */
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #808080;
+    background-color: #F7F7F0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #F7F7F0, #C0C0C4);
+}
+
+h1 {
+  border-bottom: 1px solid #304070;
+  border-top: 2px solid #304070;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  border-bottom: 1px solid #304070;
+  border-top: 2px solid #304070;
+    background-color: #F7F7F0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #F7F7F0, #DAD0C0);
+}
+
+
+
+div.abstract {
+    background: #f5f5eb ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #f5f5eb, #C8C8B8);
+
+  border: 1px solid silver;
+    border-radius: 1em ;
+}
+
+div.abstract dl {line-height:1.5;}
+div.abstract dt {color:#304070;}
+
+div.abstracttitle{
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-weight:bold;
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+    font-size:1.5em;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    text-shadow: 1px 1px 2px #808080;
+}
+
+
+div.epigraph {
+    background: #f5f5eb ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #f5f5eb, #C8C8B8);
+
+    border: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-radius: 1ex ;
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+}
+
+
+.example {
+    background-color: #f5f5eb ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #f5f5eb, #C8C8B8);
+
+}
+
+div.exampletitle{
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-weight:bold;
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    text-shadow: 1px 1px 2px #808080;
+}
+
+
+.sidebar {
+    background-color: #f5f5eb ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #f5f5eb, #C8C8B8);
+
+}
+
+div.sidebartitle{
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-weight:bold;
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    text-shadow: 1px 1px 2px #808080;
+}
+
+
+.fancyvrblabel {
+    font-family: "URW Classico", Optima, "Linux Biolinum O",
+        "Linux Libertine O", "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",
+        "FreeSerif", "Hoefler Text", Times, "Times New Roman", serif;
+    font-weight:bold;
+    font-variant: small-caps ;
+	font-size: 1.5em ;
+    color: #304070 ;
+    text-align: center ;
+    text-shadow: 1px 1px 2px #808080;
+}
+
+
+
+.minipage {
+    background-color: #eeeee7 ;
+    border: 1px solid silver ;
+	border-radius: 1ex ;
+}
+
+figure.figure .minipage { border: none; }
+
+div.marginblock div.minipage { border: none; }
+
+figure , div.marginblock {
+    background-color: #eeeee7 ;
+    border: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-radius: 1ex ;
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+}
+
+figure figure {
+    border: 1px solid silver ;
+    margin: 0em ;
+	box-shadow: none ;
+}
+
+/*
+figcaption {
+    border-top: 1px solid silver ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid silver ;
+    background-color: #e8e8e8 ;
+}
+*/
+
+
+div.table {
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+}
+
+/*
+.tnotes {
+    background: #e8e8e8;
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+}
+*/
+
+
+nav.topnavigation{ 
+    background-color: #b0b8b0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom,#e0e0e0,#b0b8b0) ;
+}
+
+nav.botnavigation{ 
+    background-color: #b0b8b0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to top,#e0e0e0,#b0b8b0) ;
+}
+
+
+
+header{
+    background-color: #F7F7F0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to top, #F7F7F0, #b0b8b0);
+}
+
+footer{
+    background-color: #F7F7F0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #F7F7F0, #b0b8b0);
+}
+
+
+
+nav.sidetoc {
+    background-color: #F7F7F0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #F7F7F0, #C0C0C0);
+    box-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #808080 ;
+    border-radius: 0px 0px 0px 20px ;
+    }
+
+div.sidetoctitle {color: #304070 ; }
+nav.sidetoc a:hover {color:#006000 ; text-decoration: none ; text-shadow:0px 0px 2px #a0a0a0;}
+
+
+@media screen and (max-width: 45em) {
+    nav.sidetoc { border-radius: 0 ; }
+}
+
+
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{lwarp\_formal.css}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp_formal.css}
+% An optional \acro{css} which may be used for
+% a more formal appearance.
+%
+% If used, this must be present both when compiling the project
+% and also when distributing the \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarp_formal.css}
+@import url("lwarp.css") ;
+
+
+
+A:link {color:#802020 ; text-decoration:none; }
+A:visited {color:#802020 ; text-shadow:none ;}
+A:hover {color:#400000 ; text-shadow:none ;}
+A:active {color:#C00000 ; text-shadow:none ;}
+
+
+body {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    background: #fffcf5;
+}
+
+span.textrm {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+}
+
+span.textsf {
+     font-family: "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Vera Sans",
+        Geneva, Verdana, sans-serif ;
+}
+
+
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, span.paragraph, span.subparagraph
+{
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    color: #800000 ;
+    text-shadow: none ;
+}
+
+h1, h2 {
+    background-color: #fffcf5 ;
+    background-image: none ;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #808080;
+    border-top: 2px solid #808080;
+}
+
+div.abstracttitle {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    color: black ;
+    text-shadow: none ;
+}
+
+div.abstract { font-size: 100% }
+
+.sidebar {
+    background: #fffcf5;
+    background-image: none ;
+  margin: 2em 5% 2em 5%;
+  padding: 0.5em 1em;
+  border: none ;
+  border-top : 1px solid silver;
+  border-bottom : 1px solid silver;
+  font-size: 90% ;
+}
+
+div.sidebartitle{
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    color: #800000 ;
+    text-shadow: none ;
+    border: none ;
+}
+
+.example {
+    background: #fffcf5;
+    background-image: none ;
+  margin: 2em 5% 2em 5%;
+  padding: 0.5em 1em;
+  border: none ;
+  border-top : 1px solid silver;
+  border-bottom : 1px solid silver;
+}
+
+div.exampletitle{
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    color: #800000 ;
+    text-shadow: none ;
+    border: none ;
+}
+
+div.fancyvrblabel{
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    color: #800000 ;
+    text-shadow: none ;
+    border: none ;
+}
+
+
+
+.verse {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+}
+
+
+figure {
+    margin: 3ex 5% 3ex 5% ;
+    padding: 1ex 1em 1ex 1em ;
+    background-color: #fffcf5 ;
+    overflow-x: auto ;
+    border: none ;
+/*     border-top: 1px solid silver; */
+/*     border-bottom: 1px solid silver; */
+}
+
+
+figcaption , .lstlisting {
+    border: none ;
+/*     border-top: 1px solid silver ; */
+/*     border-bottom: 1px solid silver ; */
+    background-color: #fffcf5 ;
+}
+
+.tnotes {
+    background: #fffcf5 ;
+}
+
+.theorem {
+        background: none ;
+}
+
+.minipage {
+    background-color: #fffcf5 ;
+    border: none ;
+    margin: 1em ;
+}
+
+div.floatrow figure { border: none ; }
+
+figure figure { border: none ; }
+
+
+nav.toc, nav.lof, nav.lot, nav.lol {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+}
+
+nav.sidetoc {
+    font-family: "Linux Libertine O", "Hoefler Text", "Garamond",
+        "Bembo", "Janson", "TeX Gyre Pagella", "Palatino",
+        "Liberation Serif", "Nimbus Roman No 9 L",  "FreeSerif", Times,
+        "Times New Roman", serif;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #fffcf5, #C0C0C0);
+    border-radius: 0px 0px 0px 20px ;
+}
+
+div.sidetoctitle{
+    color: #800000 ;
+}
+
+header{
+    background-color: #e0e0e0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to top, #fffcf5, #b0b0b0);
+    text-align:center ;
+}
+
+footer{
+    background-color: #e0e0e0 ;
+    background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, #fffcf5, #b0b0b0);
+    padding: 2ex 1em 2ex 1em ;
+    clear:right ;
+    text-align:left ;
+}
+
+nav.botnavigation {
+    background: #dedcd5 ;
+    border-top: 1px solid black ;
+}
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{sample\_project.css}
+
+% \DescribeFile{sample_project.css}
+% The project-specific \acro{css} file.  Use with \cs{NewCSS}.
+%
+% If used, this must be present both when compiling the project
+% and also when distributing the \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{sample_project.css}
+/* ( --- Start of project.css --- ) */
+/* A sample project-specific CSS file for lwarp --- ) */
+
+/* Load default lwarp settings: */
+@import url("lwarp.css") ;
+/* or lwarp_formal.css, lwarp_sagebrush.css */
+
+/* Project-specific CSS setting follow here. */
+/* . . . */
+
+/* ( --- End of project.css --- ) */
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{lwarp\_html.xdy}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp_html.xdy}
+% Used to modify the index for \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+% This must be present when compiling the project,
+% but does not need to be present when distributing
+% the resulting \acro{HTML} files.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarp_html.xdy}
+(require "tex/inputenc/latin.xdy")
+(merge-rule "\\PS *" "Postscript")
+(require "texindy.xdy")
+(require "page-ranges.xdy")
+(require "book-order.xdy")
+(markup-locref :open "\hyperindexref{" :close "}")
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{lwarp\_mathjax.txt}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarp_mathjax.txt}
+% Used by \pkg{lwarp} when using MathJax.
+%
+% This must be present when compiling the project,
+% but does not need to be present when distributing
+% the resulting \acro{HTML} files.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarp_mathjax.txt}
+<!-- https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/
+                               mathjax-users/jUtewUcE2bY -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+MathJax.Hub.Register.StartupHook("TeX AMSmath Ready",function () {
+    var seteqsectionDefault = {name: "", num: 0};
+    var seteqsections = {}, seteqsection = seteqsectionDefault;
+    var TEX = MathJax.InputJax.TeX, PARSE = TEX.Parse;
+    var AMS = MathJax.Extension["TeX/AMSmath"];
+    TEX.Definitions.Add({
+    macros: {
+        seteqsection: "mySection",
+        seteqnumber: "mySetEqNumber"
+    }
+    });
+
+    PARSE.Augment({
+    mySection: function (name) {
+        seteqsection.num = AMS.number;
+        var n = this.GetArgument(name);
+        if (n === "") {
+        seteqsection = seteqsectionDefault;
+        } else {
+        if (!seteqsections["_"+n])
+            seteqsections["_"+n] = {name:n, num:0};
+        seteqsection = seteqsections["_"+n];
+        }
+        AMS.number = seteqsection.num;
+    },
+    mySetEqNumber: function (name) {
+        var n = this.GetArgument(name);
+        if (!n || !n.match(/^ *[0-9]+ *$/))
+            n = ""; else n = parseInt(n)-1;
+        <!-- $ syntax highlighting -->
+        if (n === "" || n < 1)
+            TEX.Error
+            ("Argument to "+name+" should be a positive integer");
+        AMS.number = n;
+    }
+    });
+    MathJax.Hub.Config({
+    TeX: {
+        equationNumbers: {
+        formatTag: function (n)
+            {return "("+(seteqsection.name+"."+n).replace(/^\./,"")+")"},
+        formatID: function (n) {
+            n = (seteqsection.name+'.'+n).replace
+                (/[:"'<>&]/g,"").replace(/^\./,"");
+            return 'mjx-eqn-' + n;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    });
+});
+</script>
+
+<!-- http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/options/ThirdParty.html -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+  MathJax.Ajax.config.path["Contrib"] =
+    "https://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/contrib";
+</script>
+
+<!-- https://github.com/mathjax/MathJax-third-party-extensions/
+                                           tree/master/siunitx -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+ MathJax.Hub.Config({
+   extensions: ["tex2jax.js","[Contrib]/siunitx/siunitx.js"],
+   jax: ["input/TeX","output/HTML-CSS"],
+   tex2jax: {inlineMath: [["$","$"],["\\(","\\)"]]},
+   TeX: {extensions: ["AMSmath.js","AMSsymbols.js", "sinuitx.js"]}
+ });
+ </script>
+
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+MathJax.Hub.Config({
+    TeX: {
+    equationNumbers: {
+        autoNumber: "AMS"
+    }
+    }
+});
+</script>
+
+<script
+  src="https://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest/MathJax.js?config=TeX-AMS_HTML-full">
+</script>
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \subsection{Lwarpmk option}
+
+% The following is only generated if the |lwarpmk| option
+%	was given to \pkg{lwarp-newproject}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{LWR@createlwarpmk}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeFile{lwarpmk} Creates a local copy of |lwarpmk|:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{VerbatimOut}{lwarpmk.lua}
+#!/usr/bin/env texlua
+
+-- Copyright 2016 Brian Dunn
+
+-- Print the usage of the lwarpmk command:
+
+printversion = "v0.20"
+
+function printhelp ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Use lwarpmk -h or lwarpmk --help for help.") ;
+end
+
+function printusage ()
+print ( [[
+
+lwarpmk print [project]: Compile a print version.
+lwarpmk printindex [project]: Process the index for the print version.
+lwarpmk html [project]: Compile an HTML version.
+lwarpmk htmlindex [project]: Process the index for the html version.
+lwarpmk again [project]: Touch the source code to trigger recompiles.
+lwarpmk limages [project]: Process the "lateximages" created by lwarp.sty.
+lwarpmk pdftohtml [project]:
+    For use with latexmk or a Makefile:
+    Convert project_html.pdf to project_html.html and
+    individual HTML files.
+lwarpmk clean [project]: Remove project.aux, .toc, .lof, .lot, .idx, .ind, .log
+lwarpmk cleanall [project]: Remove auxiliary files and also project.pdf, *.html
+lwarpmk -h: Print this help message.
+lwarpmk --help: Print this help message.
+
+]] )
+printconf ()
+end
+
+-- Print the format of the configuration file lwarpmk.conf:
+
+function printconf ()
+print ( [[
+An example lwarpmk.conf or <project>.lwarpmkconf project file:
+--
+opsystem = "Unix"   (or "Windows")
+latexname = "pdflatex"  (or "lualatex", or "xelatex")
+sourcename = "projectname"  (the source-code filename w/o .tex)
+homehtmlfilename = "index"  (or perhaps the project name)
+htmlfilename = ""  (or "projectname" - filename prefix)
+uselatexmk = "false"  (or "true" to use latexmk to build PDFs)
+--
+Filenames must contain only letters, numbers, underscore, or dash.
+Values must be in "quotes".
+
+]] ) ;
+end
+
+-- Split one large sourcefile into a number of files,
+-- starting with destfile.
+-- The file is split at each occurance of <!--|Start file|newfilename|*
+
+function splitfile (destfile,sourcefile)
+print ("lwarpmk: Splitting " .. sourcefile .. " into " .. destfile) ;
+io.input(sourcefile)
+io.output(destfile)
+for line in io.lines() do
+i,j,copen,cstart,newfilename = string.find (line,"(.*)|(.*)|(.*)|") ;
+if ( (i~= nil) and (copen == "<!--") and (cstart == "Start file")) then -- split the file
+io.output(newfilename) ;
+else -- not a splitpoint
+io.write (line .. "\n") ;
+end
+end -- do
+end -- function
+
+-- Incorrect value, so print an error and exit.
+
+function cvalueerror ( line, linenum , cvalue )
+    print ( linenum .. " : " .. line ) ;
+    print ("lwarpmk: incorrect variable value \"" .. cvalue .. "\" in lwarpmk.conf.\n" ) ;
+    printconf () ;
+    os.exit(1) ;
+end
+
+-- Load settings from the project's "lwarpmk.conf" file:
+
+function loadconf ()
+-- Default configuration filename:
+local conffile = "lwarpmk.conf"
+-- Optional configuration filename:
+if arg[2] ~= nil then conffile = arg[2]..".lwarpmkconf" end
+-- Verify the file exists:
+if (lfs.attributes(conffile,"mode")==nil) then -- file not exists
+print("lwarpmk: " .. conffile .." does not exist.")
+print("lwarpmk: " .. arg[2] .. " does not appear to be a project name.\n")
+printhelp () ;
+os.exit(1) -- exit the entire lwarpmk script
+else -- file exists
+-- Read the file:
+print ("lwarpmk: Reading " .. conffile ..".")
+io.input(conffile) ;
+-- Scan each line:
+local linenum = 0
+for line in io.lines() do -- scan lines
+linenum = linenum + 1
+i,j,cvarname,cvalue = string.find (line,"([%w-_]*)%s*=%s*\"([%w-_]*)\"") ;
+-- Error if incorrect enclosing characters:
+if ( i == nil ) then
+print ( linenum .. " : " .. line ) ;
+print ( "lwarpmk: Incorrect entry in " .. conffile ..".\n" ) ;
+printconf () ;
+os.exit(1) ;
+end
+if ( cvarname == "opsystem" ) then
+    -- Verify choice of opsystem:
+    if ( (cvalue == "Unix") or (cvalue == "Windows") ) then
+        opsystem = cvalue
+    else
+        cvalueerror ( line, linenum , cvalue )
+    end
+elseif ( cvarname == "latexname" ) then
+    -- Verify choice of LaTeX compiler:
+    if (
+        (cvalue == "pdflatex") or
+        (cvalue == "xelatex") or
+        (cvalue == "lualatex")
+    ) then
+        latexname = cvalue
+    else
+        cvalueerror ( line, linenum , cvalue )
+    end
+elseif ( cvarname == "sourcename" ) then sourcename = cvalue
+elseif ( cvarname == "homehtmlfilename" ) then homehtmlfilename = cvalue
+elseif ( cvarname == "htmlfilename" ) then htmlfilename = cvalue
+elseif ( cvarname == "uselatexmk" ) then uselatexmk = cvalue
+else
+print ( linenum .. " : " .. line ) ;
+print ("lwarpmk: Incorrect variable name \"" .. cvarname .. "\" in " .. conffile ..".\n" ) ;
+printconf () ;
+os.exit(1) ;
+end
+end -- do scan lines
+end -- file exists
+-- Select some operating-system commands:
+if opsystem=="Unix" then  -- For Unix / Linux / Mac OS:
+rmname = "rm"
+touchname = "touch"
+chmodcmd = "chmod u+x lateximages.sh"
+lateximagesname = "./lateximages.sh"
+elseif opsystem=="Windows" then -- For Windows
+rmname = "DEL"
+touchname = "TOUCH"
+chmodcmd = ""
+lateximagesname = "lateximages.cmd"
+else print ( "lwarpmk: Select Unix or Windows for opsystem" )
+end --- for Windows
+end -- loadconf
+
+-- Scan the LaTeX log file for the phrase "Rerun to get",
+-- indicating that the file should be compiled again.
+-- Return true if found.
+
+function reruntoget (filesource)
+io.input(filesource)
+for line in io.lines() do
+if ( string.find(line,"Rerun to get") ~= nil ) then return true end
+end
+return false
+end
+
+-- Compile one time, return true if should compile again.
+-- fsuffix is "" for print, "_html" for HTML output.
+
+function onetime (fsuffix)
+print("lwarpmk: Compiling with " .. latexname .. " " .. sourcename..fsuffix)
+err = os.execute(
+--    "echo " ..
+    latexname .. " " .. sourcename..fsuffix )
+if ( err ~= 0 ) then print ( "lwarpmk: Compile error.") ; os.exit(1) ; end
+return (reruntoget(sourcename .. fsuffix .. ".log") ) ;
+end
+
+-- Compile up to five times.
+-- fsuffix is "" for print, "_html" for HTML output
+
+function manytimes (fsuffix)
+if onetime(fsuffix) == true then
+if onetime(fsuffix) == true then
+if onetime(fsuffix) == true then
+if onetime(fsuffix) == true then
+if onetime(fsuffix) == true then
+end end end end end
+end
+
+-- Exit if the given file does not exist.
+
+function verifyfileexists (filename)
+if (lfs.attributes ( filename , "modification" ) == nil ) then
+print ( "lwarpmk: " .. filename .. " not found." ) ;
+os.exit (1) ;
+end
+end
+
+-- Convert <project>_html.pdf into HTML files:
+
+function pdftohtml ()
+    -- Convert to text:
+    print ("lwarpmk: Converting " .. sourcename .."_html.pdf to " .. sourcename .. "_html.html")
+    os.execute("pdftotext  -enc UTF-8  -nopgbrk  -layout " .. sourcename .. "_html.pdf " .. sourcename .. "_html.html")
+    -- Split the result into individual HTML files:
+    splitfile (homehtmlfilename .. ".html" , sourcename .. "_html.html")
+end
+
+-- Remove auxiliary files:
+
+function removeaux ()
+    os.execute ( rmname .. " " ..
+        sourcename ..".aux " .. sourcename .. "_html.aux " ..
+        sourcename ..".toc " .. sourcename .. "_html.toc " ..
+        sourcename ..".lof " .. sourcename .. "_html.lof " ..
+        sourcename ..".lot " .. sourcename .. "_html.lot " ..
+        sourcename ..".idx " .. sourcename .. "_html.idx " ..
+        sourcename ..".ind " .. sourcename .. "_html.ind " ..
+        sourcename ..".log " .. sourcename .. "_html.log "
+        )
+end
+
+-- lwarpmk --version :
+
+if (arg[1] == "--version") then
+print ( "lwarpmk: " .. printversion )
+
+else -- not -- version
+
+-- print intro:
+
+print ("lwarpmk: " .. printversion .. "  Automated make for the LaTeX lwarp package.")
+
+-- lwarpmk print:
+
+if arg[1] == "print" then
+loadconf ()
+if ( uselatexmk == "true" ) then
+    os.execute ( "latexmk -pdf -dvi- -ps- -pdflatex=\"" .. latexname .." %O %S\" " .. sourcename ..".tex" ) ;
+    print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+else -- not latexmk
+    verifyfileexists (sourcename .. ".tex") ;
+    -- See if up to date:
+    if (
+        ( lfs.attributes ( sourcename .. ".pdf" , "modification" ) == nil ) or
+        (
+            lfs.attributes ( sourcename .. ".tex" , "modification" ) >
+            lfs.attributes ( sourcename .. ".pdf" , "modification" )
+        )
+    ) then
+        -- Recompile if not yet up to date:
+        manytimes("")
+        print ("lwarpmk: Done.") ;
+    else
+        print ("lwarpmk: " .. sourcename .. ".pdf is up to date.") ;
+    end
+end -- not latexmk
+
+-- lwarp printindex:
+-- Compile the index then touch the source
+-- to trigger a recompile of the document:
+
+elseif arg[1] == "printindex" then
+loadconf ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Processing the index.")
+os.execute("texindy -M lwarp_html.xdy " .. sourcename .. ".idx")
+print ("lwarpmk: Forcing an update of " .. sourcename ..".tex.")
+os.execute(touchname .. " " .. sourcename .. ".tex")
+print ("lwarpmk: " .. sourcename ..".tex is ready to be recompiled.")
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk html:
+
+elseif arg[1] == "html" then
+loadconf ()
+if ( uselatexmk == "true" ) then
+    -- The recorder option is required to detect changes in <project>.tex
+    -- while we are loading <project>_html.tex.
+    err=os.execute ( "latexmk -pdf -dvi- -ps- -recorder "
+        .. "-e '$makeindex = q/texindy -M lwarp_html.xdy/' "
+        .. "-pdflatex=\"" .. latexname .." %O %S\" "
+        .. sourcename .."_html.tex" ) ;
+    if ( err ~= 0 ) then print ( "lwarpmk: Compile error.") ; os.exit(1) ; end
+    pdftohtml ()
+    print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+else -- not latexmk
+    verifyfileexists ( sourcename .. ".tex" ) ;
+    -- See if exists and is up to date:
+    if (
+        ( lfs.attributes ( homehtmlfilename .. ".html" , "modification" ) == nil ) or
+        (
+            lfs.attributes ( sourcename .. ".tex" , "modification" ) >
+            lfs.attributes ( homehtmlfilename .. ".html" , "modification" )
+        )
+    ) then
+        -- Recompile if not yet up to date:
+        manytimes("_html")
+        pdftohtml ()
+        print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+    else
+        print ("lwarpmk: " .. homehtmlfilename .. ".html is up to date.")
+    end
+end -- not latexmk
+
+elseif arg[1] == "pdftohtml" then
+    loadconf ()
+    pdftohtml ()
+
+-- lwarpmk htmlindex:
+-- Compile the index then touch the source
+-- to trigger a recompile of the document:
+
+elseif arg[1] == "htmlindex" then
+loadconf ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Processing the index.")
+os.execute("texindy -M lwarp_html.xdy " .. sourcename .. "_html.idx")
+print ("lwarpmk: Forcing an update of " .. sourcename ..".tex.")
+os.execute(touchname .. " " .. sourcename .. ".tex")
+print ("lwarpmk: " .. sourcename ..".tex is ready to be recompiled.")
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk limages:
+-- Make the lateximages command file executable,
+-- execute it to create the images,
+-- then touch the source to trigger a recompile.
+
+elseif arg[1] == "limages" then
+loadconf ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Processing images.")
+os.execute(chmodcmd)
+os.execute(lateximagesname)
+print ("lwarpmk: Forcing an update of " .. sourcename ..".tex.")
+os.execute(touchname .. " " .. sourcename .. ".tex") ;
+print ("lwarpmk: " .. sourcename ..".tex is ready to be recompiled.")
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk again:
+-- Touch the source to trigger a recompile.
+
+elseif arg[1] == "again" then
+loadconf ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Forcing an update of " .. sourcename ..".tex.")
+os.execute(touchname .. " " .. sourcename .. ".tex") ;
+print ("lwarpmk: " .. sourcename ..".tex is ready to be recompiled.")
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk clean:
+-- Remove project.aux, .toc, .lof, .lot, .idx, .ind, .log
+
+elseif arg[1] == "clean" then
+loadconf ()
+removeaux ()
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk cleanall
+-- Remove project.aux, .toc, .lof, .lot, .idx, .ind, .log
+--    and also project.pdf, *.html
+
+elseif arg[1] == "cleanall" then
+loadconf ()
+removeaux ()
+os.execute ( rmname .. " " ..
+    sourcename .. ".pdf " .. sourcename .. "_html.pdf " ..
+    "*.html"
+    )
+print ("lwarpmk: Done.")
+
+-- lwarpmk with no argument :
+
+elseif (arg[1] == nil) then
+printhelp ()
+
+-- lwarpmk -h or lwarpmk --help :
+
+elseif (arg[1] == "-h" ) or (arg[1] == "--help") then
+printusage ()
+
+else
+print ("lwarpmk: Unknown command \""..arg[1].."\".\n")
+printhelp ()
+end
+
+end -- not --version
+\end{VerbatimOut}
+% \end{Verbatim}% for syntax highlighting
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{LWR@createlwarpmk}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</lwarp-newproject>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/12}{Code factored into independent \texttt{lwarp\_html} files.}
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*afterpage>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-afterpage.sty}
+
+% \section{Afterpage}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{afterpage}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{afterpage}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-afterpage}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{afterpage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\afterpage}[1]{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</afterpage>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*algorithmicx>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-algorithmicx.sty}
+
+% \section{Algorithmicx}
+% \label{sec:algorithmicx}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{algorithmicx}
+% \pkg{algorithmicx} is supported with minor adjustments.
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{algorithmicx}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%
+%
+% Inside the \env{algorithmic} environment, level indenting is converted to a |span|
+% of the required length, and comments are placed inside a |span| which is floated right.
+%
+% \limitscombiningfloats
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{algorithmic}{%
+%
+\let\origALG@doentity\ALG@doentity%
+%
+\renewcommand*{\ALG@doentity}{%
+\origALG@doentity%
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{%
+span style="width:\rndprintlength{\ALG@thistlm}; display:inline-block;"%
+}%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+}%
+%
+\let\origComment\Comment%
+%
+\renewcommand{\Comment}[1]{\InlineClass{floatright}{\origComment{#1}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</algorithmicx>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*alltt>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-alltt.sty}
+
+% \section{Alltt}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{alltt}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{alltt}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% \pkg{alltt} is patched for use by \pkg{lwarp}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{alltt}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterEndPreamble{
+\AtBeginEnvironment{alltt}{\LWR@atbeginverbatim{alltt}\unskip\vspace*{-\baselineskip}}
+\AfterEndEnvironment{alltt}{\unskip\vspace*{-\baselineskip}\LWR@afterendverbatim}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</alltt>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*bookmark>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-bookmark.sty}
+
+% \section{Bookmark}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{bookmark}
+% \pkg{bookmark} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{bookmark} package is ignored.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{bookmark}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-bookmark}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{bookmark}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\bookmarksetup}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\bookmarksetupnext}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\bookmark}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\bookmarkdefinestyle}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\bookmarkget}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\BookmarkAtEnd}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</bookmark>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*booktabs>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-booktabs.sty}
+
+% \section{Booktabs}
+% \label{sec:booktabs}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{booktabs}
+% \pkg{booktabs} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{booktabs} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{booktabs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Booktabs emulation is spread among the tabular code.
+%
+%
+% Emulated for source compatibility.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\addlinespace}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\morecmidrules}{}
+\newcommand*{\specialrule}[3]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</booktabs>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*draftwatermark>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-draftwatermark.sty}
+
+% \section{Draftwatermark}
+% \label{sec:draftwatermark}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{draftwatermark}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{draftwatermark}
+% \pkg{draftwatermark} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{draftwatermark} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{draftwatermark}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkAngle}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkColor}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkLightness}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkFontSize}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkScale}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkHorCenter}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkVertCenter}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\SetWatermarkText}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</draftwatermark>
+% \fi
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*epigraph>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-epigraph.sty}
+
+% \section{Epigraph}
+% \label{sec:epigraph}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{epigraph}
+% \pkg{epigraph} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{epigraph} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{epigraph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\qitem}[2]
+{
+\begin{BlockClass}{qitem}
+#1
+\begin{BlockClass}{epigraphsource}
+#2
+\end{BlockClass}
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\epigraph}[2]
+{
+\begin{BlockClass}{epigraph}
+\qitem{#1}{#2}
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+
+\newenvironment*{epigraphs}
+{\BlockClass{epigraph}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Use \acro{CSS} to format epigraphs.
+%
+% The following are null commands for source compatibility:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\epigraphwidth}
+\setlength{\epigraphwidth}{.5\linewidth}
+\newenvironment*{flushepinormal}{}{}
+\newcommand{\textflush}[1]{flushepinormal}
+\newcommand{\epigraphflush}[1]{flushright}
+\newcommand{\sourceflush}[1]{flushright}
+\newcommand*{\epigraphsize}{\small}
+\newlength{\epigraphrule}
+\newlength{\beforeepigraphskip}
+\newlength{\afterepigraphskip}
+\newcommand{\epigraphhead}[2][0]{#2}
+\newcommand{\dropchapter}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\undodrop}{}
+\newcommand{\cleartoevenpage}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</epigraph>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*eso-pic>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-eso-pic.sty}
+
+% \section{Eso-pic}
+% \label{sec:eso-pic}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{eso-pic}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{eso-pic}
+% \pkg{eso-pic} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{eso-pic} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{eso-pic}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LenToUnit}{}
+\newcommand{\AtPageUpperLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtPageLowerLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtPageCenter}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtStockLowerLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtStockUpperLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtStockCenter}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtTextUpperLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtTextLowerLeft}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\AtTextCenter}[1]{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\AddToShipoutPictureBG}{s +m}{}
+\let\AddToShipoutPicture\AddToShipoutPictureBG
+\NewDocumentCommand{\AddToShipoutPictureFG}{s +m}{}
+\newcommand*{\ClearShipoutPictureBG}{}
+\newcommand*{\ClearShipoutPicture}{}
+\newcommand*{\ClearShipoutPictureFG}{}
+\newcommand{\gridSetup}[6][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</eso-pic>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*everypage>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-everypage.sty}
+
+% \section{Everypage}
+% \label{sec:everypage}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{everypage}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{everypage}
+% \pkg{everypage} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{everypage} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{everypage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\AddEverypageHook}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\AddThispageHook}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</everypage>
+% \fi
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*extramarks>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-extramarks.sty}
+
+% \section{Extramarks}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{extramarks}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{extramarks}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-extramarks}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{extramarks}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\extramarks}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\firstleftxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\lastleftxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\firstrightxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\lastrightxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\firstxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\lastxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\topxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\topleftxmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\firstleftmark}{}
+\newcommand*{\lastrightmark}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</extramarks>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*fancyhdr>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-fancyhdr.sty}
+
+% \section{Fancyhdr}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{fancyhdr}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{fancyhdr}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-fancyhdr}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{fancyhdr}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\fancyhead}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\fancyfoot}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\fancyhf}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\fancypagestyle}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\lhead}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\chead}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\rhead}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\lfoot}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\cfoot}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\rfoot}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\headrulewidth}{}
+\newcommand*{\footrulewidth}{}
+\newcommand*{\fancyheadoffset}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\fancyfootoffset}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\fancyhfoffset}[2][]{}
+\newcommand*{\iffloatpage}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand*{\ifftopfloat}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand*{\iffbotfloat}[2]{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</fancyhdr>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*float>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-float.sty}
+
+% \section{Float and \cs{newfloat}}
+% \label{sec:newfloat}
+% \label{sec:float}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{float}
+% \pkg{float} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{float} package is ignored.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/22}{Improved float caption type handling.}
+%
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{float}[2016/03/04]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%
+% \DescribePackage{float}
+%
+% The \pkg{float} package is emulated.
+%
+% See \cref{sec:listof} for the \cs{listof} command.
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat} \marg{1: type} \marg{2: placement}
+%							\marg{3: ext} \oarg{4: within}
+%
+% Emulates the \cs{newfloat} command from the \pkg{float} package.
+%
+% ``placement'' is ignored.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\newfloat}{m m m o}{%
+\IfValueTF{#4}
+{
+\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=#3,within=#4]{#1}
+}
+{\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=#3]{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \pkg{newfloat} package automatically creates the \cs{listof} command
+% for new floats, but \pkg{float} does not,
+% so remove \cs{listof} here in case it is manually created later.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\cslet{listof#1s}\relax
+\cslet{listof#1es}\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\floatname} \marg{type} \marg{name}
+%
+% Sets the text name of the float, such as ``Figure''.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\floatname}{m +m}{%
+\SetupFloatingEnvironment{#1}{name=#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\floatplacement} \marg{type} \marg{placement}
+%
+% Float placement is ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\floatplacement}[2]{%
+\SetupFloatingEnvironment{#1}{placement=#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\floatstyle} \marg{style}
+%
+% Float styles are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\floatstyle}[1]{%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\restylefloat} * \marg{style}
+%
+% Float styles are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\restylefloat}{s m}{%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</float>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*floatrow>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-floatrow.sty}
+
+% \section{Floatrow}
+% \label{sec:floatrow}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{floatrow}
+% \pkg{floatrow} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{floatrow} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{floatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \changes{v0.14}{2016/03/31}{floatrow: Added package}
+
+% \DescribePackage{floatrow}
+%
+% The \pkg{floatrow} package is emulated.
+%
+% \limitsfloatrow
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\floatbox} \oarg{1 preamble} \marg{2 captype}
+% ^^A	\oarg{3 width} \oarg{4 height} \oarg{5 vert pos}
+% ^^A	\marg{6 caption} \marg{7 object}
+%
+% Only parameters for caption and object are used.
+%
+% |LWR@insubfloatrow| is true if inside a \env{subfloatrow} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\floatbox}{o m o o o +m +m}{%
+\ifbool{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Inside a \env{subfloatrow}.
+% \env{subfigure} and \env{subtable} take a width argument.
+% Defaults to \cs{linewidth} if none is given.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfValueTF{#3}
+{\@nameuse{sub#2}{#3}}
+{\@nameuse{sub#2}{\linewidth}}
+}
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not inside a \env{subfloatrow}.
+% \env{figure} and \env{table} do not take a width argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@nameuse{#2}
+}
+#6
+
+#7
+\ifbool{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+{\@nameuse{endsub#2}}
+{\@nameuse{end#2}}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% Not used:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\nocapbeside}{}
+\newcommand*{\capbeside}{}
+\newcommand*{\captop}{}
+\newlength{\FBwidth}
+\setlength{\FBwidth}{.3\linewidth}
+\newlength{\FBheight}
+\setlength{\FBheight}{2in}
+\newcommand*{\useFCwidth}{}
+\newcommand{\floatsetup}[2][]{}
+\newcommand{\thisfloatsetup}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\clearfloatsetup}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\killfloatstyle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newfloatcommand} \marg{1 command} \marg{2 captype}
+% ^^A	\oarg{3 preamble} \oarg{4 default width}
+%
+% Preamble and default width are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\newfloatcommand}{m m o o}{%
+\@namedef{#1}{
+\floatbox{#2}
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\renewfloatcommand} \marg{1 command} \marg{2 captype}
+% ^^A	\oarg{3 preamble} \oarg{4 default width}
+%
+% Preamble and default width are ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\renewfloatcommand}{m m o o}{%
+\@namedef{#1}{%
+\floatbox{#2}
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\ffigbox} \oarg{width} \oarg{height} \oarg{vposn}
+% ^^A	\marg{caption commands} \marg{contents}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}[\nocapbeside][]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\ttabbox} \oarg{width} \oarg{height} \oarg{vposn}
+% ^^A	\marg{caption commands} \marg{contents}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/03/31}{Fixed \& handling.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloatcommand{ttabbox}{table}[\captop][\FBwidth]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\fcapside} \oarg{width} \oarg{height} \oarg{vposn}
+% ^^A	\marg{caption commands} \marg{contents}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloatcommand{fcapside}{figure}[\capbeside][]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{environment}{floatrow} \oarg{numfloats}
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/08/20}{Fix:\cs{linewidth} in a floatrow.}
+%
+% The row of floats is placed into a |div| of class |floatrow|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{floatrow}[1][2]
+{
+\BlockClass{floatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% While inside the floatrow, divide the \cs{linewidth} by the number of floats.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\booltrue{LWR@infloatrow}
+\setlength{\linewidth}{6in/#1}
+}
+{
+\boolfalse{LWR@infloatrow}
+\endBlockClass
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{environment}
+%
+% Keys for \cs{DeclareNewFloatType}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyplacement}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyname}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyfileext}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@frowkeywithin}{}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@frowkeycapstyle}{}
+
+\define@key{frowkeys}{placement}{}%
+\define@key{frowkeys}{name}{\renewcommand{\LWR@frowkeyname}{#1}}%
+\define@key{frowkeys}{fileext}{\renewcommand{\LWR@frowkeyfileext}{#1}}%
+\define@key{frowkeys}{within}{\renewcommand{\LWR@frowkeywithin}{#1}}%
+\define@key{frowkeys}{relatedcapstyle}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\DeclareNewFloatType} \marg{type} \marg{options}
+%
+% Use |\listof{type}{Title}| to print a list of the floats.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareNewFloatType}[2]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset key values:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyplacement}{}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyname}{}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@frowkeyfileext}{}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@frowkeywithin}{}
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@frowkeycapstyle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Read new key values:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to setkeys frowkeys}%
+\setkeys{frowkeys}{#2}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{finished setkeys frowkeys}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create a new float with optional [within]:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@frowkeywithin}{}}
+{
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to newfloat #1 \LWR@frowkeyplacement\ \LWR@frowkeyfileext}%
+\newfloat{#1}{\LWR@frowkeyplacement}{\LWR@frowkeyfileext}
+}%
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{about to newfloat #1\ \LWR@frowkeyplacement\ \LWR@frowkeyfileext\ \LWR@frowkeywithin}%
+\newfloat{#1}{\LWR@frowkeyplacement}%
+{\LWR@frowkeyfileext}[\LWR@frowkeywithin]%
+\typeout{*** finished newfloat #1}
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Rename the float if a name was given:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\LWR@frowkeyname}{}}
+{}
+{\floatname{#1}{\LWR@frowkeyname}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% Not used:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\buildFBBOX}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\CenterFloatBoxes}{}
+\newcommand*{\TopFloatBoxes}{}
+\newcommand*{\BottomFloatBoxes}{}
+\newcommand*{\PlainFloatBoxes}{}
+
+\newcommand{\capsubrowsettings}{}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\RawFloats}{o o}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\RawCaption} \marg{text}
+%
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/03/31}{Fix: steps counter}
+%
+% To be used inside a minipage or parbox.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RawCaption}[1]{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\floatfoot} \marg{text}
+%
+% Places additional text inside a float,
+% inside a \acro{CSS} |div| of class |floatfoot|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\floatfoot}{s +m}{%
+\begin{BlockClass}{floatfoot}
+#2
+\end{BlockClass}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \DescribeBoolean{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+% Used to compute \cs{linewidth}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbool{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+\boolfalse{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{environment}{subfloatrow} \oarg{num\_floats}
+% \changes{v0.15}{2016/04/01}{Added}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{subfloatrow}[1][2]
+{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The row of floats is placed into a |div| of class |floatrow|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\BlockClass{floatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% While inside the floatrow, |LWR@insubfloatrow| is set true,
+% which tells \cs{floatbox} to use \cs{subfigure} or \cs{subtable}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\booltrue{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+}
+{
+\endgroup
+\endBlockClass
+\boolfalse{LWR@insubfloatrow}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{environment}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</floatrow>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*geometry>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-geometry.sty}
+
+% \section{Geometry}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{geometry}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-geometry}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{geometry}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</geometry>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*graphics>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-graphics.sty}
+
+% \section{Graphics}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{graphics}
+% \pkg{graphics} is not used.
+% The user is required to use \pkg{graphicx} instead.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\PackageError{lwarp-graphics}
+	{The graphics package is not supported by
+	the lwarp package's HTML conversion.
+	Please use graphicx instead.   \protect\usepackage{graphicx}}
+	{Graphicx requires a different syntax but is more flexible,
+	and it is emulated by lwarp.}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</graphics>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*graphicx>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-graphicx.sty}
+
+% \section{Graphicx}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{graphicx}
+% \pkg{graphicx} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{graphicx} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{graphicx}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</graphicx>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*hyperref>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-hyperref.sty}
+
+% \section{Hyperref}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{hyperref}
+% \pkg{hyperref} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{hyperref} package is ignored.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{hyperref}: Additional user macros.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{hyperref}
+\typeout{Using the lwarp html version of package `hyperref' — discarding options.}
+\typeout{    Are not using ProvidesPackage, so that other packages}
+\typeout{    do not attempt to patch lwarp's version of `hyperref'.}
+% \ProvidesPackage{lwarp-#1-#2}
+\DeclareOption*{}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\hypersetup}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\hyperbaseurl}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hyperimage} \marg{url} \marg{alt text}
+%
+% Insert an image with alt text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hyperimageb}{m +m}{%
+\LWR@htmltag{img src="#1" alt="#2" class="hyperimage"{}}%
+\endgroup%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\hyperimage}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12
+\LWR@hyperimageb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hyperdef} \marg{1: category} \marg{2: name} \marg{3: text}
+% Creates an HTML anchor to |category.name| with the given text.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\hyperdef}{m m +m}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\LWR@subsublabel{#1.#2}%
+#3%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@hyperrefb} \marg{1: URL} \marg{2: category}
+% ^^A							\marg{3: name} \marg{4: text}
+%
+% Creates an HTML link to |URL#category.name| with the given text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hyperrefb}{m m m +m}{%
+\LWR@htmltag{a href="#1\LWR@hashmark#2.#3"}%
+#4%
+\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@hyperrefc} \oarg{label} \marg{text}
+%
+% Creates text as an HTML link to the \LaTeX\ label.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@hyperrefc}{O{label} +m}{
+\LWR@startref{#1}%
+#2%
+\LWR@htmltag{/a}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hyperref}
+% ^^A	\marg{1: URL} \marg{2: category} \marg{3: name} \marg{4: text} \quad -or-
+%
+% ^^A	\oarg{1: label} \marg{2: text}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hyperref}{%
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+\begingroup\catcode`\_=12
+\@ifnextchar[\LWR@hyperrefc\LWR@hyperrefb%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hypertarget} \marg{name} \marg{text}
+% Creates an anchor to |name| with the given text.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\hypertarget}{m +m}{%
+\label{#1}%
+#2%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hyperlink} \marg{name} \marg{text}
+%
+% Creates a link to the anchor created by hypertarget,
+% with the given link text.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\hyperlink}{m +m}{%
+\hyperref[#1]{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\autoref} * \marg{label}
+%
+% For \acro{HTML}, \cs{cleverref} is used instead.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\autoref}{s m}{%
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\ref{#2}}{\cref{#2}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\autopageref} \marg{label}
+%
+% For \acro{HTML}, \cs{cleverref} is used instead.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\autopageref}{s m}{%
+\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\cpageref{#2}}{\cref{#2}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdef} \marg{macroname} \marg{\TeX{}string}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\pdfstringdef}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\pdfbookmark} \oarg{level} \marg{text} \marg{name}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\pdfbookmark}[3][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\currentpdfbookmark} \marg{text} \marg{name}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\currentpdfbookmark}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\subpdfbookmark} \marg{text} \marg{name}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\subpdfbookmark}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\belowpdfbookmark} \marg{text} \marg{name}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\belowpdfbookmark}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\texorpdfstring} \marg{\TeX{}string} \marg{PDFstring}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\texorpdfstring}[2]{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\hypercalcbp} \marg{dimen} \quad
+% From \pkg{hyperref}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hypercalcbp#1{%
+\strip@pt\dimexpr 0.99626401\dimexpr(#1)\relax\relax
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\Acrobatmenu} \marg{menuoption} \marg{text}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Acrobatmenu}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\TextField} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\TextField}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\CheckBox} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\CheckBox}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\ChoiceMenu} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label} \marg{choices}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ChoiceMenu}[3][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\PushButton} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\PushButton}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\Submit} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Submit}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\Reset} \oarg{parameters} \marg{label}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Reset}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LayoutTextField} \marg{label} \marg{field}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LayoutTextField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LayoutChoiceField} \marg{label} \marg{field}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LayoutChoiceField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LayoutCheckField} \marg{label} \marg{field}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LayoutCheckField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\MakeRadioField} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MakeRadioField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\MakeCheckField} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MakeCheckField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\MakeTextField} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MakeTextField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\MakeChoiceField} \marg{width} \marg{height}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MakeChoiceField}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\MakeFieldButton} \marg{text}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\MakeFieldButton}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</hyperref>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*keyfloat>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-keyfloat.sty}
+
+% \section{Keyfloat}
+% \label{sec:keyfloat}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{keyfloat}
+% \pkg{keyfloat} is supported with minor adjustments.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/16}{\pkg{keyfloat}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{keyfloat}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% After \pkg{keyfloat} has loaded:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newsavebox{\KFLT@envbox}
+
+\let\KFLT@boxinner\relax
+\let\endKFLT@boxinner\relax
+
+\NewEnviron{KFLT@boxinner}
+{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{kflt@boxinner}%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\KFLT@frame{\BODY}%
+\LWR@startpars%
+\LWR@traceinfo{ended kflt@boxinner}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentEnvironment{KFLT@marginfloat}{O{-1.2ex} m}
+{% start
+\LWR@maybeincthisfloat%
+% \BlockClass{marginblock}
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{div class="marginblock" id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}"}
+\LWR@startpars%
+\captionsetup{type=#2}%
+}
+{
+% \endBlockClass
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{div}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+}% AtBeginDocument
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</keyfloat>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*letterspace>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-letterspace.sty}
+
+% \section{Letterspace}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{letterspace}
+% \pkg{letterspace} is a subset of microtype, which is pre-loaded by \pkg{lwarp}.
+% All user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{letterspace}: User-interface emulated.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-letterspace}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{letterspace}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\lsstyle{}
+\newcommand\textls[2][]{}
+\def\textls#1#{}
+\newcommand*\lslig[1]{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</letterspace>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*listings>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-listings.sty}
+
+% \section{Listings}
+% \label{sec:listings}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{listings}
+% \pkg{listings} is supported with some limitations.
+% Text formatting is not yet supported.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/01}{\pkg{listings}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{listings}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A For passing optional arguments to an environment, see:
+% ^^A \href
+% ^^A {http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9035/how-to-pass-an-optional-argument-to-an-environment-with-verbatim-content}
+% ^^A {\texttt{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9035/ \\
+% ^^A 	\hspace*{3em}how-to-pass-an-optional-argument-to-\\
+% ^^A 	\hspace*{3em}an-environment-with-verbatim-content}}
+%
+%
+%
+% Patches to embed listings inside |pre| tags:
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origlst@Init\lst@Init
+\let\LWR@origlst@DeInit\lst@DeInit
+
+\let\LWR@origlsthkEveryPar\lsthk@EveryPar
+
+\renewcommand{\l@lstlisting}[2]{\hypertocfloat{1}{toclstlisting}{#1}{#2}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\lst@Init} \marg{backslash-processing}
+% Done at the start of a listing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\lst@Init}[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First, perform the \pkg{listings} initialization:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{lst@Init}%
+\renewcommand*{\@captype}{lstlisting}%
+\LWR@origlst@Init{#1}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{finished origlst@Init}%
+\lst@ifdisplaystyle%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Creating a display.
+%
+% Disable line numbers,
+% produce the |<pre>|, then
+% reenable line numbers.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{About to create verbatim.}%
+\let\lsthk@EveryPar\relax%
+\LWR@atbeginverbatim{programlisting}%
+
+\let\lsthk@EveryPar\LWR@origlsthkEveryPar%
+\else%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Inline, so open a |<span>|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\LWR@htmltag{span class="inlineprogramlisting"}}{}%
+\fi%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\lst@DeInit} Done at the end of a listing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\lst@DeInit}{%
+\lst@ifdisplaystyle%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Creating a display.
+%
+% Disable line numbers,
+% produce the |</pre>|, then
+% reenable line numbers:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\lsthk@EveryPar\relax%
+
+\LWR@afterendverbatim%
+\let\lsthk@EveryPar\LWR@origlsthkEveryPar%
+\else%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Inline, so create the closing |</span>|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{LWR@verbtags}{\noindent\LWR@htmltag{/span}}{}%
+\fi%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Final \pkg{listings} deinit:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origlst@DeInit%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} \marg{t/b}
+%
+% This is called BOTH at the top and at the bottom of each listing.
+%
+% Patched for \pkg{lwarp}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\lst@MakeCaption#1{%
+\LWR@traceinfo{MAKING CAPTION at #1}%
+  \lst@ifdisplaystyle
+\LWR@traceinfo{making a listings display caption}%
+    \ifx #1t%
+         \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty\expandafter\lst@HRefStepCounter \else
+                                 \expandafter\refstepcounter
+         \fi {lstlisting}%
+\LWR@traceinfo{About to assign label: !\lst@label!}%
+%         \ifx\lst@label\@empty\else
+% \label{\lst@label}\fi
+\LWR@traceinfo{Finished assigning the label.}%
+        \let\lst@arg\lst@intname \lst@ReplaceIn\lst@arg\lst@filenamerpl
+        \global\let\lst@name\lst@arg \global\let\lstname\lst@name
+        \lst@ifnolol\else
+            \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty
+                \ifx\lst@caption\@empty
+                    \ifx\lst@intname\@empty \else \def\lst@temp{ }%
+                    \ifx\lst@intname\lst@temp \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This code places a contents entry for a non-float.
+% This would have to be modified for \pkg{lwarp}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{addcontents lst@name: -\lst@name-}%
+%                            \addcontentsline{lol}{lstlisting}{\lst@name}
+                    \fi\fi
+                \fi
+            \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This would have to be modified for \pkg{lwarp}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@traceinfo{addcontents lst@@caption: -\lst@@caption-}%
+                 \addcontentsline{lol}{lstlisting}%
+                     {\protect\numberline{\thelstlisting}{\protect\ignorespaces \lst@@caption \protect\relax}}%
+            \fi
+         \fi
+     \fi
+    \ifx\lst@caption\@empty\else
+\LWR@traceinfo{lst@caption not empty-}%
+        \lst@IfSubstring #1\lst@captionpos
+            {\begingroup
+\LWR@traceinfo{at the selected position}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These space and box commands are not needed for \acro{HTML} output:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%              \let\@@vskip\vskip
+%              \def\vskip{\afterassignment\lst@vskip \@tempskipa}%
+%              \def\lst@vskip{\nobreak\@@vskip\@tempskipa\nobreak}%
+%              \par\@parboxrestore\normalsize\normalfont % \noindent (AS)
+%              \ifx #1t\allowbreak \fi
+             \ifx\lst@title\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% New \pkg{lwarp} code to create a caption:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+                  \lst@makecaption\fnum@lstlisting{\ignorespaces \lst@caption}
+             \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% New \pkg{lwarp} code to create a title:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%                  \lst@maketitle\lst@title % (AS)
+\LWR@traceinfo{Making title: \lst@title}%
+\begin{BlockClass}{lstlistingtitle}% lwarp
+\lst@maketitle\lst@title% lwarp
+\end{BlockClass}% lwarp
+             \fi
+\LWR@traceinfo{About to assign label: !\lst@label!}%
+        \ifx\lst@label\@empty\else
+\leavevmode% gets rid of bad space factor error
+\GetTitleStringExpand{\lst@caption}%
+\edef\LWR@lntemp{\GetTitleStringResult}%
+\edef\@currentlabelname{\detokenize\expandafter{\LWR@lntemp}}%
+\label{\lst@label}\fi
+\LWR@traceinfo{Finished assigning the label.}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not needed for \pkg{lwarp}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%              \ifx #1b\allowbreak \fi
+             \endgroup}{}%
+    \fi
+\LWR@traceinfo{end of making a listings display caption}%
+  \else
+\LWR@traceinfo{INLINE}%
+  \fi
+\LWR@traceinfo{DONE WITH CAPTION at #1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% Patched to keep left line numbers outside of the left margin, and
+% place right line numbers in a field \cs{VerbatimHTMLWidth} wide.
+%
+% ^^A \DescribeKey[listings]{numbers} Activates line numbers.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\lst@Key{numbers}{none}{%
+    \let\lst@PlaceNumber\@empty
+    \lstKV@SwitchCases{#1}%
+    {none&\\%
+     left&\def\lst@PlaceNumber{%
+% \llap{
+\LWR@orignormalfont%
+\lst@numberstyle{\thelstnumber}\kern\lst@numbersep%
+% }
+}
+\\%
+     right&\def\lst@PlaceNumber{\rlap{\LWR@orignormalfont
+                \kern\VerbatimHTMLWidth \kern\lst@numbersep
+                \lst@numberstyle{\thelstnumber}}}%
+    }{\PackageError{Listings}{Numbers #1 unknown}\@ehc}}
+
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</listings>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*longtable>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-longtable.sty}
+
+% \section{Longtable}
+% \label{sec:longtable}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{longtable}
+% \pkg{longtable} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{longtable} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{longtable}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% 
+% To emulate longtable:
+
+% For longtable |\endhead|, |\endfoot|, and |\endlastfoot| rows, use \\
+% \watchout
+% 	\hspace*{.25in}|\warpprintonly{row contents}|\\
+% instead of \\
+% 	\hspace*{.25in}|\begin{warpprint}| \ldots |\end{warpprint}|. \\
+% Doing so helps avoid ``Misplaced |\noalign|.'' when using |\begin{warpprint}|.
+%
+% Keep the |\endfirsthead| row, which is still relevent to \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+% See: \\
+% \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/43006/why-is-input-not-expandable}
+%	{\texttt{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/43006/\\why-is-input-not-expandable}}
+%
+
+
+% \begin{environment}{longtable} * \oarg{horizalignment} \marg{colspec}
+% Emulates the \env{longtable} environment.
+%
+% Per the \pkg{caption} package, the starred version steps the counter per caption.
+% The unstarred version steps the counter once at the beginning, but
+% not at each caption.
+%
+% Options [c], [l], and [r] are thrown away.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{longtable*}[2][]{%
+\LWR@floatbegin{table}%
+\setcaptiontype{\LTcaptype}%
+\caption@setoptions{longtable}%
+\caption@setoptions{@longtable}%
+\caption@LT@setup%
+\booltrue{LWR@starredlongtable}%
+\let\captionlistentry\LWR@LTcaptionlistentry%
+\LWR@tabular{#2}
+}
+{\endLWR@tabular\LWR@floatend}
+
+\newenvironment{longtable}[2][]{%
+\LWR@floatbegin{table}%
+\setcaptiontype{\LTcaptype}%
+\caption@setoptions{longtable}%
+\caption@setoptions{@longtable}%
+\caption@LT@setup%
+\refstepcounter{\LTcaptype}%
+\let\captionlistentry\LWR@LTcaptionlistentry%
+\LWR@tabular{#2}
+}
+{\endLWR@tabular\LWR@floatend}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% Provided for compatibility, but ignored:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{LTchunksize}
+\def\endhead{\LWR@tabularendofline}% throws away options //[dim] and //*
+\def\endfirsthead{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+\def\endfoot{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+\def\endlastfoot{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+\newcommand\tabularnewline{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+\newcommand{\setlongtables}{}% Obsolete command, does nothing.
+\newlength{\LTleft}
+\newlength{\LTright}
+\newlength{\LTpre}
+\newlength{\LTpost}
+\newlength{\LTcapwidth}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |\kill| is ignored, place a |\kill| line inside \\
+%	\hspace*{2em}|\begin{warpprint}| \ldots  |\end{warpprint}|
+% or \cs{warpingprintonly}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\kill}{\LWR@tabularendofline}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</longtable>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*ltcaption>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-ltcaption.sty}
+
+% \section{Ltcaption}
+% \label{sec:ltcaption}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{ltcaption}
+% \pkg{ltcaption} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{ltcaption} package is ignored.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/29}{\pkg{ltcaption}: Added.}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{ltcaption}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%
+% \cs{LTcaptype} is already defined by \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+% \env{longtable*} is already defined by \pkg{lwarp-longtable}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LTcapskip}
+\newlength{\LTcapleft}
+\newlength{\LTcapright}
+\newcommand*{\LTcapmarginsfalse}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</ltcaption>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*mdframed>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-mdframed.sty}
+
+% \section{Mdframed}
+% \label{sec:mdframed}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{mdframed}
+% \pkg{mdframed} is loaded with options forced to
+% |framemethod=none|.
+%
+% \changes{v0.17}{2016/04/14}{\pkg{mdframed}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{mdframed}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \limitsmdframed
+%
+% Environments created or encapsulated by \pkg{mdframed} are enclosed in a
+% \margintag{CSS classes}
+% |div| of class |md<environmentname>|, or |mdframed| otherwise.
+%
+% Frame titles are placed into a |span| of class |mdframedtitle|.
+% Subtitles are in a |span| of class |mdframedsubtitle|, and likewise for subsubtitles.
+%
+% Pre-existing hooks are used to patch extra functions before and after the frames.
+%
+
+% \pkg{amsthm} must be loaded before \pkg{mdframed}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origRequirePackage{amsthm}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Do not require \tikz{} or pstricks:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@origRequirePackage[framemethod=none]{mdframed}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% ^^A \DescribeMacro{\mdfsetup}
+% To handle CSS and paragraphs,
+% patch code at start and end of environment and contents:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\mdfsetup{
+startcode={\LWR@mdframedstart},
+endcode={\LWR@mdframedend},
+startinnercode={\LWR@startpars},
+endinnercode={\LWR@stoppars},
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdfprintcolor} \marg{mdfcolorkey}
+%
+% Given the \pkg{mdframed} key, print the color.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdfprintcolor}[1]{%
+\convertcolorspec{named}{\csuse{mdf@#1}}{HTML}\LWR@tempcolor%
+\#\LWR@tempcolor
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdfprintlength} \marg{mdflengthkey}
+%
+% Given the \pkg{mdframed} key, print the length.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdfprintlength}[1]{%
+\rndprintlength{\csuse{mdf@#1@length}}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdframedstart}
+% Actions before an mdframe starts.
+%
+% Encapsulate a frame inside a |div| of the desired |class|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdframedstart}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Turn off paragraph handling during the generation of
+% the encapsulating tags:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@stoppars%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Below, print HTML pt units:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Open a |div| and with custom |class| and custom |style|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{div class="\LWR@mdthisenv" \LWR@orignewline
+style=" \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the background color:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+background: \LWR@mdfprintcolor{backgroundcolor} ; \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the border color and width:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+border: \LWR@mdfprintlength{linewidth} solid
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{linecolor} ; \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the border radius:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+border-radius: \LWR@mdfprintlength{roundcorner} ; \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the shadow:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{mdf@shadow}{%
+box-shadow:
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{shadowsize}
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{shadowsize}
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{shadowsize}
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{shadowcolor} ;
+}
+{box-shadow: none ;}
+\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+"}
+% \LWR@htmldivclass{\LWR@mdthisenv}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \env{mdframed} environment may not work with the modified \cs{hspace} and \cs{rule},
+% so restore them to their originals while inside \env{mdframed}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hspace\LWR@orighspace%
+\let\rule\LWR@origrule%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdframedend}
+% Actions after an mdframe ends.
+%
+% After closing the |div|, globally restore to the default environment type:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdframedend}{
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the custom |div|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{\LWR@mdthisenv}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Reset future custom class to the default:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\LWR@mdthisenv{mdframed}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Resume paragraph handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@startpars%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\mdfframedtitleenv} \marg{title}
+%
+% Encapsulation of the original which places the title
+% inside a |span| of class |mdframedtitle|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origmdfframedtitleenv\mdfframedtitleenv
+
+\newlength{\LWR@titleroundcorner}
+
+\renewrobustcmd\mdfframedtitleenv[1]{%
+\LWR@origmdfframedtitleenv{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Below, print HTML pt lengths:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Open a |span| with a custom |class| and custom |style|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{span class="mdframedtitle" \LWR@orignewline
+style=" \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the title background color:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+background:
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{frametitlebackgroundcolor}
+; \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the title rule:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{mdf@frametitlerule}{%
+border-bottom:
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{frametitlerulewidth}
+solid
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{frametitlerulecolor}
+; \LWR@orignewline
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The title's top border radius is adjusted for the line width:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+border-radius:
+\setlength{\LWR@titleroundcorner}
+	{\maxof{\mdf@roundcorner@length-\mdf@linewidth@length}{0pt}}
+	\rndprintlength{\LWR@titleroundcorner}
+	\rndprintlength{\LWR@titleroundcorner}
+	0pt 0pt
+	\LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish the custom style and the opening span tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+" \LWR@orignewline
+}% span
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Restrict paragraph tags inside a span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the title inside the span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+#1%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Closee the span and unnest the paragraph tag restriction:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdfsubtitlecommon} \marg{sub -or subsub} \oarg{options} \marg{title}
+%
+% Common code for \cs{LWR@mdfsubtitle} and \cs{LWR@mdfsubsubtitle}.
+%
+% Encapsulate the subtitle inside a |span| of class |mdframedsubtitle|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@mdfsubtitlecommon}{m o m}
+{% the following empty line is required
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Special handling for mdframed:
+% Subtitles have \cs{par}s around them,
+% so temporarily disable them here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\par\LWR@origpar%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Open a |span| with a custom |class| and custom |style|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{span class="mdframed#1title"
+style=" \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the background color:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+background:
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{#1titlebackgroundcolor}
+; \LWR@orignewline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the above line:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{mdf@#1titleaboveline}{%
+border-top:
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{#1titleabovelinewidth}
+solid
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{#1titleabovelinecolor}
+; \LWR@orignewline
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Convert and print the below line:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbool{mdf@#1titlebelowline}{%
+border-bottom:
+\LWR@mdfprintlength{#1titlebelowlinewidth}
+solid
+\LWR@mdfprintcolor{#1titlebelowlinecolor}
+; \LWR@orignewline
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish the custom style and the opening span tag:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+"}% span
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Restrict paragraph tags inside a span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Perform the original subtitle action:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfNoValueTF{#2}
+{\csuse{LWR@origmdf#1title}{#3}}%
+{\csuse{LWR@origmdf#1title}[#2]{#3}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Close the span and unnest the paragraph tag restriction:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}% the following empty line is required
+\end{LWR@nestspan}% must follow the /span or an extra <p> appears
+
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdfsubtitle} \oarg{options} \marg{title}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origmdfsubtitle\mdfsubtitle
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdfsubtitle}{%
+\LWR@mdfsubtitlecommon{sub}%
+}
+\let\mdfsubtitle\LWR@mdfsubtitle
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdfsubsubtitle} \oarg{options} \marg{title}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origmdfsubsubtitle\mdfsubsubtitle
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdfsubsubtitle}{%
+\LWR@mdfsubtitlecommon{subsub}%
+}
+\let\mdfsubsubtitle\LWR@mdfsubsubtitle
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@mdthisenv}
+% Stores the environment of the frame about to be created:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@mdthisenv}{mdframed}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newmdenv} \oarg{options} \marg{env-name}
+%
+% Modified from the original to remember the environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewrobustcmd*\newmdenv[2][]{%
+\newenvironment{#2}%
+{%
+\mdfsetup{#1}%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@mdthisenv}{md#2}%
+\begin{mdframed}%
+}
+{\end{mdframed}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\surroundwithmdframed} \oarg{options} \marg{environment}
+%
+% Modified from the original to remember the environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewrobustcmd*{\surroundwithmdframed}[2][]{%
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{#2}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@mdthisenv}{md#2}%
+\begin{mdframed}[#1]}%
+\AfterEndEnvironment{#2}{\end{mdframed}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\mdtheorem} \oarg{mdframed-options}{envname}
+%        \oarg{numberedlike} \marg{caption} \oarg{within}
+%
+% Modified from the original to remember the environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origmdtheorem\mdtheorem
+
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\LWR@mdtheorem}{O{} m o m o}{%
+\LWR@origmdtheorem[#1]{#2}[#3]{#4}[#5]%
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{#2}{\renewcommand*{\LWR@mdthisenv}{md#2}}%
+}
+
+\let\mdtheorem\LWR@mdtheorem
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newmdtheoremenv} \oarg{mdframed-options}{envname}
+%        \oarg{numberedlike} \marg{caption} \oarg{within}
+%
+% Modified from the original to remember the environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\newmdtheoremenv{O{} m o m o }{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ test {\IfNoValueTF {#3}} and test {\IfNoValueTF {#5}} }%
+    {\newtheorem{#2}{#4}}{%
+     \IfValueTF{#3}{\newtheorem{#2}[#3]{#4}}{}%
+     \IfValueTF{#5}{\newtheorem{#2}{#4}[#5]}{}%
+    }%
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{#2}{%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@mdthisenv}{md#2}%
+\begin{mdframed}[#1]}%
+\AfterEndEnvironment{#2}{%
+\end{mdframed}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</mdframed>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*microtype>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-microtype.sty}
+
+% \section{Microtype}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{microtype}
+% \pkg{microtype} is pre-loaded by \pkg{lwarp}.
+% All user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{microtype}: User-interface emulated.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-microtype}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{microtype}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareMicrotypeSet[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\UseMicrotypeSet[2][]{}
+\newcommand*\DeclareMicrotypeSetDefault[2][]{}
+\newcommand*\SetProtrusion[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\SetExpansion[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\SetTracking[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\SetExtraKerning[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\SetExtraSpacing[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\DisableLigatures[2][]{}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCharacterInheritance[3][]{}
+\newcommand*\DeclareMicrotypeVariants[1]{}
+\newcommand*\DeclareMicrotypeAlias[2]{}
+\newcommand*\LoadMicrotypeFile[1]{}
+\newcommand*\DeclareMicrotypeBabelHook[2]{}
+\newcommand*\microtypesetup[1]{}
+\newcommand*\microtypecontext[1]{}
+\newcommand*\textmicrotypecontext[2]{#2}
+\@ifpackageloaded{letterspace}{\let\MT@textls\relax}{%
+\newcommand*\lsstyle{}
+\newcommand\textls[2][]{}
+\def\textls#1#{}
+\newcommand*\lslig[1]{#1}
+}
+\def\DeclareMicrotypeSet#1#{\@gobbletwo}
+\def\DeclareMicrotypeVariants#1#{\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareMicrotypeSet
+\@onlypreamble\UseMicrotypeSet
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareMicrotypeSetDefault
+\@onlypreamble\DisableLigatures
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareMicrotypeVariants
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareMicrotypeBabelHook
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</microtype>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*multicol>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-multicol.sty}
+
+% \section{Multicol}
+% \label{sec:multicol}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{multicol}
+% \pkg{multicol} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{multicol} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{multicol}[2015/09/13]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% Multicols are converted into a 1--3 column display, browser-supported.
+
+% The optional multicols heading is placed inside a |div| of class |multicolsheading|.
+
+% The content is placed inside a |div| of class |multicols|.
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{environment}{multicols} * \marg{numcols} \oarg{heading}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{multicols}{s m o}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \acro{HTML} div class to contain everything:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\BlockClass{multicols}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Optional \acro{HTML} div class for the heading:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\IfValueTF{#3}{\begin{BlockClass}{multicolsheading}#3\end{BlockClass}}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When done with the environment, close the div:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{environment}
+
+% Emulated null functions which are not used in \acro{HTML}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\columnbreak}{}
+\newcommand*{\RLmulticolcolumns}{}
+\newcommand*{\LRmulticolcolumns}{}
+
+\newlength{\premulticols}
+\newlength{\postmulticols}
+\newlength{\multicolsep}
+\newlength{\multicolbaselineskip}
+\newlength{\multicoltolerance}
+\newlength{\multicolpretolerance}
+\newcommand*{\columnseprulecolor}{\normalcolor}
+\newcounter{columnbadness}
+\newcounter{finalcolumnbadness}
+\newcounter{collectmore}
+\newcounter{unbalance}
+\newlength{\multicolovershoot}
+\newlength{\multicolundershoot}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</multicol>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*multirow>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-multirow.sty}
+
+% \section{Multirow}
+% \label{sec:multirow}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{multirow}
+% \pkg{multirow} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{multirow} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{multirow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</multirow>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*needspace>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-needspace.sty}
+
+% \section{Needspace}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{needspace}
+% \pkg{needspace} is not used during HTML conversion.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/22}{\pkg{needspace}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-needspace}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{needspace}
+
+\newcommand*{\needspace}[1]{}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\Needspace}{s m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</needspace>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*nowidow>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-nowidow.sty}
+
+% \section{Nowidow}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{nowidow}
+% \pkg{nowidow} is not used during HTML conversion.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{nowidow}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-nowidow}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{nowidow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\nowidow} \oarg{lines}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setnowidow} \oarg{lines}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\nowidow}[1][]{}
+\newcommand*{\setnowidow}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\noclub} \oarg{lines}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setnoclub} \oarg{lines}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\noclub}[1][]{}
+\newcommand*{\setnoclub}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</nowidow>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*pagenote>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-pagenote.sty}
+
+% \section{Pagenote}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{pagenote}
+% \pkg{pagenote} is used by \pkg{lwarp},
+% and its user-interface macros have been nullified.
+%
+% Both footnotes and pagenotes appear as footnotes in the \acro{HTML} output.
+%
+% Any manipulation of \pkg{pagenote} in the user's document after
+% the preamble should be encased within a \env{warpprint} environment.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{pagenote}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-pagenote}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{pagenote}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \cs{pagenote} is already modified to work with \pkg{lwarp}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\makepagenote}{}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\printnotes}{s}{}
+\renewcommand{\printnotes}[2][]{}
+\renewcommand{\addtonotes}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</pagenote>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*placeins>
+% \fi
+%
+% \part{lwarp-placeins.sty}
+%
+% \section{Placeins}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{placeins}
+% \pkg{placeins} is not used during HTML conversion.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/19}{\pkg{placeins}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-placeins}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{placeins}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\FloatBarrier}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</placeins>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*ragged2e>
+% \fi
+%
+% \part{lwarp-ragged2e.sty}
+%
+% \section{Ragged2e}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{ragged2e}
+% \pkg{ragged2e} is not used during HTML conversion.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/19}{\pkg{ragged2e}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-ragged2e}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{ragged2e}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Centering}{\centering}
+\newcommand*{\RaggedLeft}{\raggedleft}
+\newcommand*{\RaggedRight}{\raggedright}
+\newcommand*{\justifying}{}
+\newlength{\CenteringLeftskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedLeftLeftskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedRightLeftskip}
+\newlength{\CenteringRightskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedLeftRightskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedRightRightskip}
+\newlength{\CenteringParfillskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedLeftParfillskip}
+\newlength{\RaggedRightParfillskip}
+\newlength{\JustifyingParfillskip}
+\newlength{\CenteringParindent}
+\newlength{\RaggedLeftParindent}
+\newlength{\RaggedRightParindent}
+\newlength{\JustifyingParindent}
+\newenvironment*{Center}{\center}{\endcenter}
+\newenvironment*{FlushLeft}{\flushleft}{\endflushleft}
+\newenvironment*{FlushRight}{\flushright}{\endflushright}
+\newenvironment*{justify}{\justifying}{\endjustifying}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</ragged2e>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*rotating>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-rotating.sty}
+
+% \section{Rotating}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{rotating}
+% \pkg{rotating} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{rotating} package is ignored.
+%
+% \textcolor{red}{This code is untested.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{rotating}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\sidewaystable\table
+\let\endsidewaystable\endtable
+
+\let\sidewaysfigure\figure
+\let\endsidewaysfigure\endfigure
+
+\newenvironment*{sideways}{}{}
+\newenvironment*{turn}[1]{}{}
+\newenvironment*{rotate}[1]{}{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\turnbox}{m +m}{#2}
+\let\rotcaption\caption
+\let\@makerotcaption\@makecaption
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</rotating>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*setspace>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-setspace.sty}
+
+% \section{Setspace}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{setspace}
+% \pkg{setspace} is not used during HTML conversion.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2016/12/22}{\pkg{setspace}: Improved support.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-setspace}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{setspace}
+
+\newcommand*{\setstretch}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\SetSinglespace}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\singlespacing}{}
+\newcommand*{\onehalfspacing}{}
+\newcommand*{\doublespacing}{}
+
+\newenvironment*{singlespace}
+{\BlockClass{singlespace}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+
+\newenvironment*{singlespace*}
+{\BlockClass{singlespace}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+
+\newenvironment*{spacing}[1]{
+
+}{
+
+}
+
+\newenvironment*{onehalfspace}
+{\BlockClass{onehalfspace}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+
+\newenvironment*{doublespace}
+{\BlockClass{doublespace}}
+{\endBlockClass}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</setspace>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*textpos>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-textpos.sty}
+
+% \section{Textpos}
+% \label{sec:textpos}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{textpos}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{textpos}
+% \pkg{textpos} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{textpos} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{textpos}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{textblock}{m r()}{}{}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{textblock*}{m o r()}{}{}
+\newcommand*{\TPGrid}[3][]{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\TPMargin}{s o}{}
+\newcommand*{\textblockcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\textblockrulecolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\textblockcolor}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\textblockrulecolor}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\tekstblokkulur}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\tekstblokrulekulur}[1]{}
+\newlength{\TPHorizModule}
+\newlength{\TPVertModule}
+\newlength{\TPboxrulesize}
+\newcommand{\textblocklabel}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\showtextsize}{}
+\newcommand{\textblockorigin}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</textpos>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*threeparttable>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-threeparttable.sty}
+
+% \section{Threeparttable}
+% \label{sec:threeparttable}
+%
+%
+% \DescribePackage{threeparttable}
+% \pkg{threeparttable} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{threeparttable} package is ignored.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{threeparttable}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@printtablenote} \marg{text}
+%
+% Prints the table note item header inside a \acro{CSS} class of |tnoteitemheader|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LWR@printtablenote}[1]{\InlineClass{tnoteitemheader}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{environment}{threeparttable} \oarg{alignment}
+% To emulate threeparttable:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{threeparttable}[1][b]{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{environment}
+
+% ^^A \begin{environment}{tablenotes} \oarg{options}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/01}{CSS for table note item.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment*{tablenotes}[1][]
+{%
+\BlockClass{tnotes}%
+\setlist[description]{format=\LWR@printtablenote}%
+\description%
+}
+{%
+\enddescription%
+\endBlockClass%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{environment}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\tnote}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\tnote}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</threeparttable>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*titleps>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-titleps.sty}
+
+% \section{Titleps}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{titleps}
+% \pkg{titleps} is loaded and used by \pkg{lwarp} during \acro{HTML} output.
+% All user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{titleps}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-titleps}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{titleps}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \cs{pagestyle} and \cs{thispagestyle} are already disabled in the \pkg{lwarp} code.
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newpagestyle} \marg{name} \oarg{style} \marg{commands}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\renewpagestyle} \marg{name} \oarg{style} \marg{commands}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\newpagestyle}{m o m}{}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\renewpagestyle}{m o m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\sethead} \oarg{el} \oarg{ec} \oarg{er} \marg{ol} \marg{oc} \marg{or}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setfoot} \oarg{el} \oarg{ec} \oarg{er} \marg{ol} \marg{oc} \marg{or}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\sethead}{o o o m m m}{}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\setfoot}{o o o m m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\settitlemarks} * \marg{names}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\settitlemarks}{s m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\headrule}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\footrule}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\headrule}{}
+\renewcommand*{\footrule}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setheadrule} \marg{length}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setfootrule} \marg{length}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\setheadrule}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\setfootrule}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\makeheadrule}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\makefootrule}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\makeheadrule}{}
+\newcommand*{\makefootrule}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setmarkboth} \marg{code}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\setmarkboth}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\widenhead}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\widenhead}{s o o m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\bottitlemarks}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\toptitlemarks}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\firsttitlemarks}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\nexttitlemarks}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\outertitlemarks}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\innertitlemarks}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\bottitlemarks}{}
+\renewcommand*{\toptitlemarks}{}
+\renewcommand*{\firsttitlemarks}{}
+\renewcommand*{\nexttoptitlemarks}{}
+\renewcommand*{\outertitlemarks}{}
+\renewcommand*{\innertitlemarks}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newtitlemark} * \marg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\newtitlemark}{s m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\pretitlemark} * \marg{section} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand{\pretitlemark}{s m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\ifsamemark} \marg{group} \marg{command} \marg{true} \marg{false}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\ifsamemark}[4]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setfloathead} * \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{extra} \oarg{which}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\setfloatfoot} * \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{extra} \oarg{which}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\setfloathead}{s o o o m m m m m}{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\setfloatfoot}{s o o o m m m m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\nextfloathead} * \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{extra} \oarg{which}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\nextfloatfoot} * \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \oarg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{.} \marg{extra} \oarg{which}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\nextfloathead}{s o o o m m m m m}{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\nextfloatfoot}{s o o o m m m m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newmarkset} \marg{markset}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\newmarkset}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newextramark} * \marg{markset} \marg{macro-name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\newextramarkset}{s m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\botextramarks} \marg{markset}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\topextramarks} \marg{markset}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\firstextramarks} \marg{markset}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\nextextramarks} \marg{markset}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\outerextramarks} \marg{markset}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\innerextramarks} \marg{markset}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\botextramarks}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\topextramarks}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\firstextramarks}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\nexttopextramarks}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\outerextramarks}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\innerextramarks}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</titleps>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*titlesec>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-titlesec.sty}
+
+% \section{Titlesec}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{titlesec}
+% \pkg{titlesec} is emulated.
+% All user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{titlesec}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-titlesec}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{titlesec}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titlelabel} \marg{label-format}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\titlelabel}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titleformat*} \marg{command} \marg{format}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titleformat} \marg{command} \oarg{shape} \marg{format}
+% ^^A						\marg{label} \marg{sep} \marg{begfore} \oarg{after}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\titleformat{%
+  \@ifstar{\ttl@format@s}%
+          {\ttl@format@i}}
+\newcommand{\ttl@format@s}[1]{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\ttl@format@i}{m o m m m m o}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\chaptertitlename}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}
+\newcommand\chaptertitlename{\@chapapp}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titlespacing} * \marg{command} \marg{left} \marg{before} \marg{after} \oarg{right}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\titlespacing}{s m m m m o}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\filright}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\filcenter}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\filleft}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\fillast}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\filinner}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\filouter}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\filright}{}
+\newcommand*{\filcenter}{}
+\newcommand*{\filleft}{}
+\newcommand*{\fillast}{}
+\newcommand*{\filinner}{}
+\newcommand*{\filouter}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\wordsep}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\wordsep{\fontdimen\tw@\font \@plus
+  \fontdimen\thr@@\font \@minus \fontdimen4\font}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titleline} * \oarg{align} \marg{material}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\titleline}{s o m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titlerule} \oarg{height}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\titlerule{\@ifstar{\ttl@row}{\ttl@rule}}
+\newcommand*{\ttl@rule}[1][]{}
+\newcommand*{\ttl@row}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\iftitlemeasuring} \marg{true} \marg{false}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\iftitlemeasuring}[2]{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\assignpagestyle} \marg{command} \marg{pagestyle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\assignpagestyle}[2]{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titleclass} \marg{name} \oarg{startlevel} \marg{class} \oarg{cmd}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\titleclass}{m o m o}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</titlesec>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*titletoc>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-titletoc.sty}
+
+% \section{Titletoc}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{titletoc}
+% \pkg{titletoc} is emulated.
+% All user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{titletoc}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-titletoc}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{titletoc}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\dottedcontents} \marg{section} \oarg{left} \marg{above} \marg{label} \marg{leader}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\dottedcontents}{m o m m m}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\titlecontents} * \marg{section} \oarg{left} \marg{above}
+% ^^A		\marg{numbered} \marg{numberless} \marg{filler}
+% ^^A		\oarg{below or begin} \oarg{separator} \oarg{end}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\titlecontents}{\@ifstar{\ttl@tcstar}{\ttl@tcnostar}}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\ttl@tcstar}{m o m m m m o o o}{}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\ttl@tcnostar}{m o m m m m o}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\contentsmargin} \oarg{correction} \marg{right}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\contentsmargin}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\thecontentslabel}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\thecontentspage}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\thecontentslabel}{thecontentslabel}
+\newcommand*{\thecontentspage}{thecontentspage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\contentslabel} \oarg{format} \marg{space}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\contentspage} \oarg{format}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\contentslabel}[2][]{\thecontentslabel}
+\newcommand{\contentspage}[1][]{\thecontentspage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\contentspush} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\contentspush}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\contentsuse} \marg{name} \marg{text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\contentsuse}[2]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\startcontents} \oarg{name}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\stopcontents} \oarg{name}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\resumecontents} \oarg{name}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\startcontents}[1][]{}
+\newcommand*{\stopcontents}[1][]{}
+\newcommand*{\resumecontents}[1][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\printcontents} \oarg{name} \marg{prefix} \marg{start} \marg{code}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\printcontents}[4][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\startlist} \oarg{name} \marg{list}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\stoplist} \oarg{name} \marg{list}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\resumelist} \oarg{name} \marg{list}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\startlist}[2][]{}
+\newcommand{\stoplist}[2][]{}
+\newcommand{\resumelist}[2][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\printlist} \oarg{name} \marg{list} \marg{prefix} \marg{code}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\printlist}[4][]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</titletoc>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*titling>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-titling.sty}
+
+% \section{Titling}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{titling}
+% \pkg{titling} is used by \pkg{lwarp}.
+% The following patches are not needed by \pkg{lwarp},
+% but are required if the user requests \pkg{titling}.
+%
+% \pkg{lwarp} uses page notes for footnotes, so the various
+% \pkg{titling} footnote restyling commands have no effect.
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/22}{\pkg{titling}: Improved compatibility.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Pass all options to \pkg{lwarp-titling}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{titling}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Patch \cs{@bsmtitlempty}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@orig@bsmtitlempty\@bsmtitlempty
+\renewcommand*{\@bsmtitlempty}{%
+\LWR@orig@bsmtitlempty%
+\global\let\published\relax%
+\global\let\subtitle\relax%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Patch \cs{keepthetitle}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origkeepthetitle\keepthetitle
+\renewcommand*{\keepthetitle}{%
+\LWR@orig@keepthetitle%
+\global\let\@published\@empty%
+\global\let\@subtitle\@empty%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Patch \cs{killtitle}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\LWR@origkilltitle\killtitle
+\renewcommand*{\killtitle}{%
+\LWR@orig@killtitle%
+\global\let\thepublished\relax%
+\global\let\thesubtitle\relax%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</titling>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*tocloft>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-tocloft.sty}
+
+% \section{Tocloft}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{tocloft}
+% \pkg{tocloft} is emulated.
+% Most user options and macros are ignored and disabled.
+% \cs{newlistof} and \cs{cftchapterprecis} are supported.
+
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/03}{\pkg{tocloft}: Added.}
+%
+% \codehtml
+%
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-tocloft}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{tocloft}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\tocloftpagestyle} \marg{style}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\tocloftpagestyle}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftmarktoc}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cfttoctitlefont}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftaftertoctitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftmarktoc}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttoctitlefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftaftertoctitle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforetoctitleskip}
+\newlength{\cftaftertoctitleskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftmarklof}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftloftitlefont}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftafterloftitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftmarklof}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftloftitlefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftafterloftitle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforeloftitleskip}
+\newlength{\cftafterloftitleskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftmarklot}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftlottitlefont}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftafterlottitle}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftmarklot}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftlottitlefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftafterlottitle}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforelottitleskip}
+\newlength{\cftafterlottitleskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftdot}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftdotsep}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftnodots}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftdot}{.}
+\providecommand*{\cftdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftnodots}{5000}
+
+\providecommand{\cftdotfill}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftsetpnumwidth} \marg{length}
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftsetrmarg} \marg{length}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftsetpnumwidth}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsetrmarg}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\cftpnumalign} \marg{alignment}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cftpnumalign}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftparskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforepartskip}
+\newlength{\cftpartindent}
+\newlength{\cftpartnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftpartafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforechapskip}
+\newlength{\cftchapindent}
+\newlength{\cftchapnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchappresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftchappagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftchapafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesecskip}
+\newlength{\cftsecindent}
+\newlength{\cftsecnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsecafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesubsecskip}
+\newlength{\cftsubsecindent}
+\newlength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsecafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesubsubsecskip}
+\newlength{\cftsubsubsecindent}
+\newlength{\cftsubsubsecnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubsubsecafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforeparaskip}
+\newlength{\cftparaindent}
+\newlength{\cftparanumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftparafont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparapresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparaaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparaaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparaleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparadotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftparapagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftparaafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesubparaskip}
+\newlength{\cftsubparaindent}
+\newlength{\cftsubparanumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparafont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparapresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparaaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparaaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparaleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparadotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparapagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubparaafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforefigskip}
+\newlength{\cftfigindent}
+\newlength{\cftfignumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftfigafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesubfigskip}
+\newlength{\cftsubfigindent}
+\newlength{\cftsubfignumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigleader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubfigafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforetabskip}
+\newlength{\cfttabindent}
+\newlength{\cfttabnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttableader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cfttabafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\cftbeforesubtabskip}
+\newlength{\cftsubtabindent}
+\newlength{\cftsubtabnumwidth}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabfont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabpresnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabaftersnum}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabaftersnumb}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtableader}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabdotsep}{1}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabpagefont}{}
+\newcommand*{\cftsubtabafterpnum}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\cftsetindents}[3]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\pagenumbersoff}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\pagenumberson}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\newlistof} \oarg{within} \marg{type} \marg{ext} \marg{listofname}
+%
+% Emulated through the \cs{newfloat} mechanism.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\newlistof}{o m m m}
+{%
+\IfValueTF{#1}
+{\newfloat{#2}{tbp}{#3}[#1]}
+{\newfloat{#2}{tbp}{#3}}
+\@namedef{listof#2}{\listof{#2}{#4}}
+\@namedef{#2depth}{1}
+\expandafter\newlength\csuse{cftbefore#2skip}
+\expandafter\newlength\csuse{cft#2indent}
+\expandafter\newlength\csuse{cft#2numwidth}
+\@namedef{cft#2font}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2presnum}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2aftersnum}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2aftersnumb}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2leader}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2dotsep}{1}
+\@namedef{cft#2pagefont}{}
+\@namedef{cft#2afterpnum}{}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% \cs{cftchapterprecis} from \pkg{tocloft}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\cftchapterprecis}[1]{%
+  \cftchapterprecishere{#1}
+  \cftchapterprecistoc{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cftchapterprecishere}[1]{%
+  \begin{quote}\textit{#1}\end{quote}}
+\newcommand{\cftchapterprecistoc}[1]{
+  \addtocontents{toc}{%
+  {
+     \protect\begin{quote}#1\protect\end{quote}}
+  }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</tocloft>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*trivfloat>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-trivfloat.sty}
+
+% \section{Trivfloat}
+% \label{sec:trivfloat}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{trivfloat}
+% \pkg{trivfloat} is forced to use the built-in \pkg{lwarp}
+% emulation for floats.
+
+% \codehtml
+
+% Discard all options for \pkg{lwarp-trivfloat}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{trivfloat}
+\LWR@origRequirePackage{trivfloat}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Package \pkg{trivfloat} is supported via the \pkg{lwarp} emulation of \pkg{float}.
+% For \acro{HTML} usage, use only |\usepackage{trivfloat}|, without any options,
+% \watchout
+% which tells \pkg{trivfloat} to use the emulated \pkg{float} functions instead
+% of using \pkg{floatrow} or \pkg{memoir}.
+
+% ^^A \DescribeMacro{\trivfloat} \marg{type}
+%
+% To create a new float type and change its name:
+% \begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2,frame=lines,obeytabs,tabsize=4]
+% \trivfloat{example}
+% \renewcommand{\examplename}{Example Name}
+% \crefname{example}{example}{examples}
+% \Crefname{example}{Example}{Examples}
+% \end{Verbatim}
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\tfl@chapter@fix}
+% Nullified at the beginning of the document.
+% Is used by \pkg{trivfloat} to correct float chapter numbers,
+% but is not needed for \pkg{lwarp}.
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\DeclareDocumentCommand{\tfl@chapter@fix}{m m}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \subsection{Combining \cs{newfloat}, \cs{trivfloat}, and \pkg{algorithmicx}}
+% \label{sec:combiningfloats}
+% \index{newfloat>with trivfloat, algorithmic}
+% \index{trivfloat>with newfloat, algorithmic}
+% \index{algorithmic>with newfloat, trivfloat}
+%
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \textcolor{red}{For both print and HTML output:}
+%
+% When using \pkg{float}, \pkg{trivfloat}, or \pkg{algorithmicx} at the same time,
+% be aware of conflicting file usage.
+% \watchout
+% \pkg{algorithmicx} uses |.loa|.
+% \pkg{trivfloat} by default starts with |.loa| and goes up for additional floats,
+% skipping |.lof| and |.lot|.
+%
+% When using \cs{newfloat},
+% \watchout
+% be sure to manually assign higher letters to the \cs{newfloat}
+% files to avoid |.loa| used by \pkg{algorithmicx}, and any files used by \pkg{trivfloat}.
+% Also avoid using |.lof| and |.lot|.
+%
+% When using \cs{trivfloat}, you may force it to avoid conflicting with
+% \watchout
+% \pkg{algorithmicx} by starting \pkg{trivfloat}'s file extensions with |.lob|:
+%
+% \begin{docsidebar}
+% \cs{makeatletter} \\
+% \cs{setcounter\{tfl\@float\@cnt\}\{1\}} \%	start trivfloats with .lob \\
+% \cs{makeatletter}
+% \end{docsidebar}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</trivfloat>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*wallpaper>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-wallpaper.sty}
+
+% \section{Wallpaper}
+% \label{sec:wallpaper}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{wallpaper}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{wallpaper}
+% \pkg{wallpaper} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{wallpaper} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{wallpaper}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\CenterWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisCenterWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\TileWallPaper}[3]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisTileWallPaper}[3]{}
+\newcommand*{\TileSquareWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisTileSquareWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ULCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisULCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\LLCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisLLCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\URCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisURCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\LRCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ThisLRCornerWallPaper}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\ClearWallPaper}{}
+\newlength{\wpXoffset}
+\newlength{\wpYoffset}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</wallpaper>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*wrapfig>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-wrapfig.sty}
+
+% \section{Wrapfig}
+% \label{sec:wrapfig}
+%
+% \changes{v0.20}{2017/01/11}{\pkg{wrapfig}: Added.}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{wrapfig}
+% \pkg{wrapfig} is emulated during \acro{HTML} output, and
+% the \pkg{wrapfig} package is ignored.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackageDrop{wrapfig}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \codehtml
+
+
+% Computed width of a wrapped object.
+%	Used to print the \acro{HTML} style.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\LWR@wrapwidth}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@wrapposition}{}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@subwrapfigure}[2]{%
+\LWR@maybeincthisfloat%
+\renewcommand*{\LWR@wrapposition}{}%
+\ifthenelse{%
+\equal{#1}{r}\OR\equal{#1}{R}\OR%
+\equal{#1}{o}\OR\equal{#1}{O}%
+}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@wrapposition}{float:right}}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@wrapposition}{float:left}}%
+\setlength{\LWR@wrapwidth}{#2}%
+\addtolength{\LWR@wrapwidth}{4em}%
+\uselengthunit{PT}%
+% \BlockClass{marginblock}[%
+% width:\rndprintlength{\LWR@wrapwidth} ; %
+% \LWR@wrapposition%
+% ]%
+\LWR@stoppars%
+\LWR@htmltag{div class="marginblock" id="autofloat-\arabic{LWR@thisfloat}"
+style="width:\rndprintlength{\LWR@wrapwidth} ; %
+\LWR@wrapposition"%
+}
+\LWR@startpars
+}
+
+
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{wrapfigure}{o m o m}
+{%
+\LWR@subwrapfigure{#2}{#4}%
+\captionsetup{type=figure}%
+}
+{
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{div}
+}
+
+
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{wraptable}{o m o m}
+{%
+\LWR@subwrapfigure{#2}{#4}%
+\captionsetup{type=table}%
+}
+{
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{div}
+}
+
+
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{wrapfloat}{m o m o m}
+{%
+\LWR@subwrapfigure{#3}{#5}%
+\captionsetup{type=#1}%
+}
+{
+\LWR@htmldivclassend{div}
+}
+
+\newlength{\wrapoverhang}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</wrapfig>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*xcolor>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-xcolor.sty}
+
+% \section{Xcolor}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{xcolor}
+%
+% \limitsxcolor
+
+% \codehtml
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{xcolor}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@tempcolor} The color converted to \acro{HTML} colorspace.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@tempcolor}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@currenttextcolor} The color to use for text and \cs{rule},
+% defaulting to black.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@currenttextcolor}{black}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\LWR@colorstyle} \marg{1: styletext} \marg{2: model}
+% ^^A									\marg{3: color} \marg{4: spancontents}
+%
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/01}{Supports colored \cs{rule}.}
+%
+% Creates a styled span with a color converted to \acro{HTML} hex colorspace.
+% Uses |LWR@spandepth| to prevent paragraph tags inside the span.
+% If used for \cs{textcolor}, with a styletext of |color:|, then the new color is
+% copied into \\ \cs{LWR@currenttextcolor} for possible re-use in \cs{rule}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@colorstyle}{m m m +m}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Use the \pkg{xcolor} package to convert to an \acro{HTML} color space:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\convertcolorspec{#2}{#3}{HTML}\LWR@tempcolor%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If is a \cs{textcolor}, save a copy of this color for use by \cs{rule}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{color:}}%
+{\renewcommand*{\LWR@currenttextcolor}{\#\LWR@tempcolor}}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Create the \acro{HTML} |span| with the styled color:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@htmltagc{span style="#1\#\LWR@tempcolor"{}}%
+\begin{LWR@nestspan}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent additional paragraph tags inside this span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Print the contents then close the span:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+#4%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\end{LWR@nestspan}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For paragraph-tag handling:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ensuredoingapar%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\color} appears in the \LaTeX{} \acro{PDF} output, but is ignored by
+% |pdftotext| and thus is ignored in the \acro{HTML} file.  Text styling by local group
+% is not yet supported.
+
+% Each of the following macros is given a temporary name, and is |\let| to the final
+% name once the \acro{HTML} conversion starts.
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\textcolor} \oarg{model} \marg{color} \marg{text}
+%
+% is converted into an \acro{HTML} hex color span.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@textcolor}{O{named} m +m}{%
+\begingroup%
+\LWR@colorstyle{color:}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\pagecolor} \oarg{model} \marg{color}
+%
+% Ignored.  Use |\NewCSS| instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@pagecolor}[2][named]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\colorbox} \oarg{model} \marg{color} \marg{text}
+%
+% is converted into an \acro{HTML} hex background color span.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@colorbox}{O{named} m m}{%
+\begingroup%
+\LWR@colorstyle{background:}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\fcolorbox}
+% \oarg{framemodel} \marg{framecolor} \oarg{boxmodel} \marg{boxcolor} \marg{text}
+%
+% is converted into a framed \acro{HTML} hex background color span.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@fcolorbox}{O{named} m O{named} m m}{%
+\begingroup%
+\LWR@colorstyle{border:1px solid }{#1}{#2}%
+{\LWR@colorstyle{background:}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+\endgroup%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+
+% \iffalse
+%</xcolor>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+
+% \iffalse
+%<*xfrac>
+% \fi
+
+% \part{lwarp-xfrac.sty}
+
+% \section{Xfrac}
+% \label{sec:xfrac}
+%
+% \DescribePackage{xfrac} Supported by adding \pkg{xfrac} instances.
+%
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{xfrac}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% In the user's document preamble, \pkg{lwarp} should be loaded
+% after font-related setup.
+% \watchout[font size]
+% During \acro{HTML} conversion, this font is used by \pkg{lwarp}
+% to generate its initial \acro{PDF} output containing \acro{HTML} tags,
+% later to be converted by |pdftotext| to a plain text file.
+% While the text may be in any font which |pdftotext| can read, the math is
+% directly converted into \acro{SVG} images using this same user-selected font.
+% |xfrac| below is set for the Latin Modern (lmr) font.
+% If another font is used, it may be desirable to redefine
+% \cs{xfracHTMLfontsize} with a different em size.
+
+
+
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\sfrac} \oarg{instance} \marg{num} \oarg{sep} \marg{denom}
+%
+% A text-mode instance for the default font is provided below.
+% The numerator and denominator formats are adjusted to encase everything
+% in \acro{HTML} tags.  \cs{scalebox} is made null inside the numerator and
+% denominator, since the \acro{HTML} tags should not be scaled, and we do not
+% want to introduce additional \acro{HTML} tags for scaling.
+%
+% In math mode, which will appear inside a \env{lateximage}, no adjustments
+% are necessary.
+
+% \codeall
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% ^^A \begin{macro}{\xfracHTMLfontsize}
+% \changes{v0.19}{2016/06/06}{Added.}
+% \index{font>size --- xfrac}
+% User-redefinable macro which controls the font size of the fraction.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\xfracHTMLfontsize}{.6em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ^^A \end{macro}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpall}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \codehtml
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% A span for a small font, used in the numerator and denominator:
+% \margintag{font size}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart}{%
+\LWR@htmltagc{span style="font-size:\xfracHTMLfontsize"{}}%
+\LWR@nestspan%
+%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\LWR@htmlsmallfontend}{%
+\LWR@htmltagc{/span}%
+\endLWR@nestspan%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% A nullified \cs{scalebox} command, to avoid introducing \acro{HTML} scaling tags:
+% \margintag{\cs{scalebox}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\LWR@noscalebox}{m o m}{#3}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% Instances of \pkg{xfrac} for various font choices:
+% \margintag{instances}
+%
+% Produce \acro{HTML} tags for a small superscript numerator and
+% a small (non-subscript) denominator.
+%
+% Scaling is turned off so that \cmds{pdftotext} correctly reads the result.
+%
+% \changes{v0.16}{2016/04/07}{xfrac: Adjusted for the use of any font:}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareInstance{xfrac}{default}{text}{
+numerator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart\textsuperscript{#1}\,\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+denominator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart{}\,#1\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For |pdftotext|, do not scale the text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+scaling = false
+}
+\DeclareInstance{xfrac}{lmr}{text}{
+numerator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart\textsuperscript{#1}\,\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+denominator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart{}\,#1\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For |pdftotext|, do not scale the text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+scaling = false
+}
+\DeclareInstance{xfrac}{lmss}{text}{
+numerator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart\textsuperscript{#1}\,\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+denominator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart{}\,#1\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For |pdftotext|, do not scale the text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+scaling = false
+}
+\DeclareInstance{xfrac}{lmtt}{text}{
+numerator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart\textsuperscript{#1}\,\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+denominator-format = {%
+\let\scalebox\LWR@noscalebox%
+\LWR@htmlsmallfontstart{}\,#1\LWR@htmlsmallfontend},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For |pdftotext|, do not scale the text:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+scaling = false
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\end{warpHTML}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+
+% \iffalse
+%</xfrac>
+% \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% \clearpage
+% \renewcommand*{\partname}{}
+% \renewcommand*{\thepart}{}
+% \part{Change History and Index}
+% \label{sec:changehistory}
+%
+% \pagestyle{plain}
+%
+% \Finale
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0226e02107e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/lwarp/lwarp.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+%% lwarp.ins
+%% Copyright 2016 Brian Dunn
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%% 
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Brian Dunn.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files lwarp.dtx and lwarp.ins
+%% and the derived file lwarp.sty.
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+%% \usedir{tex/latex/ package }
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+Copyright 2016 Brian Dunn
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in
+  http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\generate{\file{lwarp.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-newproject.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{lwarp-newproject}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-afterpage.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{afterpage}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-algorithmicx.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{algorithmicx}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-alltt.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{alltt}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-bookmark.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{bookmark}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-booktabs.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{booktabs}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-draftwatermark.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{draftwatermark}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-epigraph.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{epigraph}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-eso-pic.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{eso-pic}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-everypage.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{everypage}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-extramarks.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{extramarks}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-fancyhdr.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{fancyhdr}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-float.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{float}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-floatrow.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{floatrow}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-geometry.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{geometry}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-graphicx.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{graphicx}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-graphics.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{graphics}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-hyperref.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{hyperref}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-keyfloat.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{keyfloat}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-letterspace.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{letterspace}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-listings.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{listings}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-longtable.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{longtable}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-ltcaption.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{ltcaption}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-mdframed.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{mdframed}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-microtype.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{microtype}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-multicol.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{multicol}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-multirow.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{multirow}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-needspace.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{needspace}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-nowidow.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{nowidow}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-pagenote.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{pagenote}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-placeins.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{placeins}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-ragged2e.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{ragged2e}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-rotating.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{rotating}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-setspace.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{setspace}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-textpos.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{textpos}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-threeparttable.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{threeparttable}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-titleps.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{titleps}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-titlesec.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{titlesec}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-titletoc.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{titletoc}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-tocloft.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{tocloft}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-trivfloat.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{trivfloat}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-wallpaper.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{wallpaper}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-wrapfig.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{wrapfig}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-xcolor.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{xcolor}}}
+\generate{\file{lwarp-xfrac.sty}{\from{lwarp.dtx}{xfrac}}}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space lwarp.sty, lwarp-*.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file lwarp.dtx}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\endbatchfile